Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 2023-R0524 - PW Contract 17410, Rangeline Utility Services Inc - 10/24/2023Resolution No. 2023-R0524 Item No. 5.18 October 24, 2023 RESOLUTION BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, Public Works Contract No. 17410 for Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement as per RFP 23-17410-KM, by and between the City of Lubbock and Rangeline Utility Services, LLC of Haslet, TX, and related documents. Said Contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council. Passed by the City Council on October 24, 2023 ATTEST: Co ney Paz, City ry APPROVED AS TO CONT�NT: � � � Erik Rejino, Assistant City Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: elli Leisure, Senior Assistant City Attorney ccdocs/RES.Public Works Contract 17410 Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement 09.07.23 Resolution No. 2023-R0524 PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL CONTRACT DATE: , � �a 3 PROJECT NUMBER: RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement Proposalof `�((��Q,`1C�Q 1`f��`} .X��IiLQ.�,L�C- (hereinafter called Offeror� To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner} Ladies and Gentlemen: The Offeror, in compliance with your Request for Proposals for construction of the referenced project, having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to offerors, notice to offerors and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construcrion of the intended project including the availabiiity of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTiON TIME: 1. Contractors proposed CONSTRUCTION TIIVIE for completion: TOTAL CONSECUTNE CALENDAR DAYS: '79 (to Substantiai Completion) TOTAL CONSECUTYVE CALENDAR DAYS: (to Final Completion) �not to exceed 79 consecutive calendar days to Substantial Completion / 114 consecutive calendar days Eo Final Completion). Offeror hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 79 Consecutive Calendar Days with final completion within 114 Consecutive Calendar Days as s#ipulated in the specification and other contract documents. Offeror hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages in the sum of $2,500 for each consecutive calendar day after substantial connpletion and liquidated damages in the sum of $1,000 for each consecutive calendar day after final completion set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the General Conditions of the Agreement. Offeror understands and agrees that this proposal submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Offerors. Offeror understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and to waive any formality in the proposing. The Offeror agrees that this proposal shall be good for a period of siz 60 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving proposals. The undersigned Offeror hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this proposal, and he further agrees to commence work on the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has proposed; as provided in the contract documents. City of Lubbock, TX Public Works RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement Rangeline Utility Services, LLC of Haslet, TX QTY U/ Unit Extended # Items +/- M Price Cost #1-1 Mobilization - Contractor mobilization including insurance, 1 LS $15,000.00 $15,000.00 payment bond, performance bond, move-in and move-out cost. # ' . . , , conditions once linestop and valve replacement work has been performed. #1-3 Exploratory Work and Site Preparation - uncovering pipelines to —i� EA $7,362.00 �9�:� be linestopped, confirming and measuring the outside diameter by b $44, l 72.00 non-mechanical means, and preparing the various sites for linestop and valve installations. #1-4 Provide and maintain a Traffic Control Plan - Preparation, 1 approval from COL Traffic Engineering to all sites, and all other work considered incidental to this item. ��.i�a�r=u�� �, � � _ #2-1 Furnish and Install valve vault, valve, and appurtenances for 1 installation of pre-purchased 42" butterfly valve as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. Any ancillary items needed to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. LS $12,000.00 EA $92,248.00 $12,000.00 � $92,248.00 #2-2 Furnish and Install valve vault, valve, and appurtenances for -� EA ��}.HEr �7-8� installation of pre-purchased 36" butterfly valve as herein � $7�,069.00 $156,138.00 specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. Any ancillary items needed to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. #2-3 Install 36" pre-purchased butterfly valve in existing vault as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. The removal, replacement, and disposal of existing valves to be replaced shall be considered subsidiary to the new valve installation. EA $47,924.00 $47,924.00 #2-4 Furnish and Install necessary fittings, reducers, and pipe to 1 EA $61,426.00 $61,426.00 transition from a 39" Steel Cylinder Reinforced Concrete pipe to a 36" Steel Cylinder Reinforced Concrete Pipe as herein specified. Any ancillary items need to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. #2-5 Furnish and Install valve vault, valve, and appurtenances for 2 EA $54,470.00 $108,940.00 installation of pre-purchased 30" butterfly valve as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. Any ancillary items needed to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. City of Lubbock, TX Public Works RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement Rangeline Utility Services, LLC of Haslet, TX QTY U/ Unit Extended # Items +/- M Price Cost #2-6 Insta1130" pre-purchased butterfly valve in existing vault as 1 EA $76,295.00 $76,295.00 herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. The removal, replacement, and disposal of existing valves to be replaced shall be considered subsidiary to the new valve installation. #2-7 Furnish and Install valve vault, valve, and appurtenances for installation of pre-purchased 24" butterfly valve as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. Any ancillary items needed to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. #2-8 Insta1124" pre-purchased butterfly valve in existing vault as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. The removal, replacement, and disposal of existing valves to be replaced shall be considered subsidiary to the new valve installation. #2-9 Furnish and Install neceessary fittings, reducers, and pipe to transition from a 27" Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe to a 24" Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe as herein specified. Any ancillary items need to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. #2-10 Furnish and Install 42" Linestop of Waterline as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. This item also includes uncovering pipelines to be linestopped, confirming and measuring the outside diameter by non- mechanical means, and preparing the various sites for linestop 2 EA EA EA I�1 $79,918.00 $24,742.40 $36,928.00 $78,863.00 $79,918.00 $123,712.00 $36,928.00 and valve installations. #2-11 Furnish and Install 36" Linestop of Waterline as herein specified, � EA including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. This t item also includes uncovering pipelines to be linestopped, confirming and measuring the outside diameter by non- mechanical means, and preparing the various sites for linestop and valve installations. #2-12 Furnish and Insta1130" Linestop of Waterline as herein specified, 2 EA including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. This item also includes uncovering pipelines to be linestopped, $157,726.00 _ . .. :: . . :: '�' 1: 1�1 ' ` 1: 11 $57,802.00 $115,604.00 confirming and measuring the outside diameter by non- mechanical means, and preparing the various sites for linestop and valve installations. � City of Lubbock, TX Public Works RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement Rangeline Utility Services, LLC of Haslet, TX QTY U/ Unit Extended # Items +/- M Price Cost #2-13 Furnish and Install 27" Linestop of Waterline as herein specified, 1 EA $62,867.00 $62,867.00 including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. This item also includes uncovering pipelines to be linestopped, confirming and measuring the outside diameter by non- mechanical means, and preparing the various sites for linestop and valve installations. #2-14 Cut, plug, and abandon existing 42" water line, as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. #2-15 Cut, plug, and abandon existing 36" water line, as herein speciiied, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. #2-16 Cut, plug, and abandon existing 20" water line, as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. EA $54,104.00 EA $38,706.00 EA $33,321.00 $54,104.00 $38,706.00 $33,321.00 �� , , • , • including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. �� • , , • , • all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. #2-19 Flowable backfill as approved, complete and in place per 500 CY $170.00 $85,000.00 Specifications. #2-20 Furnish and Install previously removed Vault Lid covers for 40 SY $225.00 $9,000.00 Pump Station 4 site valve vaults as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. See detail sheet #D- 102. Demolition of the existing valve vault lids shall be considered subsidiary to this item. #2-21 #2-22 Remove Existing 36x39 Tee and Replace Pipe Section as needed as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, labors, fittings, and reduceers needed to perform work. Remove Existing 36x36 Tee and Replace Pipe Section as needed as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, labors, fittings, and reduceers needed to perform work. EA $26,194.00 EA $26,194.00 #3-1 Saw cut and remove existing asphalt paving, including all 20 SY material, equipment and labor to perform removal, disposal and all other work considered incidental to this item. #3-2 Repair asphalt paving, including all material, equipment and 20 SY labor to perform sub grade compaction and testing. HMAC installation per COL Specifications and all other work considered incidental to this item. $50.00 $50.00 $26,194.00 $26,194.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 City of Lubbock, TX Public Works RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement Rangeline Utility Services, LLC of Haslet, TX QTY U/ Unit Extended # Items +/- M Price Cost #3-3 Sidewalk Removal and Repair including all material, equipment 15 SY $90.00 $1,350.00 and labor to perform removal, disposal, repair and all other work considered incidental to this item. #3-4 Curb Removal and Repair including all material, equipment and labor to perform removal, disposal, repair and all other work considered incidental to this item. 20 LF $100.00 Original $2,000.00 BAFO Proposal Proposal Total (Items 1-1 through 1-4): �H�9Cr.HH $71,172.00 Total (Items 2-1 through 2-22): , , . $1,483,237.00 Total (Items 3-1 through 3-4): �:4� $5,350.00 Total (Items 1-1 through 3-4): , , . $1,559,849.00 Offerors are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%} of the total amount of the proposal submitted as a guarantee that offeror will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) days after notice of award of the contract to him. Enciosed with this proposal is a Cashier's Check oi- Certified Check Enclosed with this proposal is a Cashier's Cl�eck o►• CerHfied Check for Do a $ or a Propasal Bond in the sum o� � .�{,a,� .{'o�J o ar , which it is agreed shall be coUecte and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the proposat is accepted by the Owner aud the undersigned fails to execute the necessary cont�•act documents, Insurance certiHcates, and the required bond (if a�ny) with the Owner rvithin te�n (10) business days after ihe date of rcceipt of wxitten noti�cation oi accepfance of said proposal; otherw9se, said check or bond shall be returned to the underslgned upon demand. Offeror understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Offeror shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to hi�n for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Offerors. Pursuaat to Tezas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competit(ve sealed proposat tl�at has been opened may not be changed for tltc purpose of correcting an error in tl�e proposal price. TFIEREFOR�, ANY COR1iLCTIONS TO TAE PROPOSAL PRICE MUS'I' BE MAD� ON THE PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO PROPOSAJ. O�ENI�1 �. (Seal if Offeror is a Corporation) /,,�/,I�j , , � � �_!!��` �l � � Of%ror acknawledges receipt of the fol[owing addenda: Addenda No. � Date � aC133 Addenda No. � Date �if ! 3 Addenda No. � Date 8' ! �� Addenda No. � Date '8' 1`'6 3�'�1¢0 5 $ j � i laoa3 Date: {-Ll �11�.c�i' (,�.�T d�-lJ0 � oriz i ch�;s ���.obP�� {Printed or Typed Name) 'R rv�,ea�n U.�-�,��� Se�v►c,es.TC� Comp 11�c� 3lua.. YYl�u,n ��� 1� � S�e $� �- Address ��,5�.� _._.. , T0.ft(�lL-� City, Caunty —t'� , �7c��5�t State Zip Code Tetephone: (��S a - `��'J� " �-f 'rJ.3 _ Fax: �� - - Email: C e1in4 •COn'1 FEDERAL TAX ID or S CXAL SECURIT'Y No. g� 38�?9��96 M/WBE Fim�: BOND CHECK BEST RATING LICENSED IN TEXAS DATE BY: CONTRACT AWARD DATE: October 24, 2023 CITY OILUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement RFP 23-17410-KM CONTRACT 17410 PROJECT NUMBER: 92513.9241.30000 Plans & Specifications may be obtained from https://ci-lubbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/ U b City of bock TEXAS CITY OF LUBBOCK Lubbock, Texas Page Intentionally Left Blank Addenda Page Intentionally Left Blank of oirLubbock ADDENDUM 1 Revised Plan Drawings RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement DATE ISSUED: August 2, 2023 CLOSING: August 17, 2023 at 3:00 PM The following items take precedence over the proposal dates for the above named Request for Proposal (RFP). Where any item called for in the RFP documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. Plan Drawings 1. The Plan Drawings have been updated. A) The Plan Drawings have revised and are attached to this addendum. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Kiara Morgan City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office 1314 Ave K, Floor 9 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Questions may be emailed to Kmorgan(c�r�,mylubbock.us Questions are preferred to be posted on Bonfire: https://ci-lubbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/ THANK YOU, A&$14 Oro" CITY OF LUBBOCK Kiara Morgan City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals. It shall be the offeror's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications will be made. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Ella City of Lubbock ADDENDUM 2 Q&A RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement DATE ISSUED: August 14, 2023 CLOSE DATE: August 17, 2023, at 3:00 p.m. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Request for Proposals (RFP) Where any item called for in the RFP documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. Please review, incorporate, and acknowledge the information in this addendum on the signature page of the Proposal Submittal Form. M 1. Attached are the questions and answers as of 8/10/2023. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Kiara Morgan City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office 1314 Ave K, Floor 9 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Questions may be emailed to Kmorgangmylubbock.us Questions are preferred to be posted on Bonfire:-hLtps://ci-lubbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/ THANK YOU, CITY OF LUBBOCK Kiara Morgan City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals. It shall be the offeror's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications will be made. Lubbock 1FSdY Vendor Discussions Pre -bid zoom meeting Aug 08, 2023 10:24 AM CDT We have been waiting for 25 minutes to be let in to the meeting. So how can we attend the meeting? Aug 08, 2023 11:03 AM CDT Answer: My apologies, Bonfire didn't send this message until 10:41 which is after the meeting. Please email me with any questions you may have. I will be posting the PowerPoint and sign -in sheet shortly. Line Stops Aug 09, 2023 5:23 PM CDT Is it known which line stops need to be done at the same time? Answer: All linestops around the pump station must be active and installed before the Pump Station valving and line work can be performed. The linestop installation can be phased over multiple days if the contractor prefers but the goal is to completely isolate the water system of pump station 4 in order to install valves and perform line work while the pump station is dry. Sheet C-102 Aug 09, 2023 5:39 PM CDT On sheet C-102, the connections between lines lack clarity due to the absence of tees or bends. While the Parcel Viewer Public App provides some assistance, certain connections remain ambiguous. Could you please confirm if there are any record drawings or additional information accessible to aid in clarifying these connections? Answer: The city will provide an additional record drawing that may be of some for clarifying some bend angles. Please note that the city cannot guarantee that the lines in the drawing were installed according to the plans and that these plans are about 36 years old. LL1b&Y&Gilt' of Valve on Homeowner's Property Aug 09, 2023 5:41 PM CDT Regarding the valve situated on the homeowner's property, could you please clarify whether we are cleared to proceed with work on it, or if permits are required prior to commencing any tasks in that area? Answer: The contractor will need to get a ROW permit from the city and contact the homeowner ahead of time but there is a 32' wide utility easement that gives the city the right to work on the 36" water line under the homeowner's lawn. LOTS 1-3 & 5-10, BLOCK 18) GUADALUPE ADDITION TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK , LUBBOCK COUNTY, TEXAS A REPLAT OF LOTS 1-9 AND LOT 11, BLOCK 7, WILLIAM TUBBS ADDITION, AND A PORTION OF LOTS I, 2 AND 3, BLOCK I, J.J. CUTLER SUBDIVISION OF LOT I, BLOCK C, WILLIAM TUBBS ADDITION TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, LUBBOCK COUNTY, TEXAS .5 I m r `v0I o r (A 01 E_W 86.97'ry v .1 - - J ti IG 2fi`� — { E —W � + h I �-- f4i _ 49, E MC t' 31Lfr'L £SVT o a-�"------ 9 �— �"- 3 OD— i E W 140.00 f ch j y IJ r LOr w, 6L K. T p I lt 1 QI Q ZI WIL4 AM TU885 AO NV. h I � � E-W 140.00' , 4 At LLJ �5,Z y 2• ' 140' 17 I a - -- — 7 I Ah �o 4}.19 - D 8 a z f9 UJ- a 0 �+ -- cr 21 1 a 0� I ' y ALLEY r n R 739.49` 6� 27°41 15., T--182,24` t� 4 Q o I 1 CH=353.88' Q C.B.= N23°03'02"W I© J W 23 ham. R-739,49' A'o:i W e- s Oaso*37"f»" i33 Z - T-68.72' _ cM=136.96, p •F 2778 m Ic 24 I` Cis. SRG = n k 8°4s'12"w (PRE s4 D€d) J { 4 �21 40't R SPIKE APPROVED �-spAYOF T> 19 , BY THE E- 3rd STREET CITY P�Le4Nfi77NG C0MM1SSIt3N DP THE CITY OF UDC, APPROVED _ .T - . - --CKAWOMN �x ATTEST -__ -_ - - SECRETARY A �+ R KNOW Al -,-MEN BY THESE PRESEN - THAT I TOMMIE E. R.BISTLkt D �'JbLIL SOR'N/EYOR DV HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I PREPARED THIS PLAT FROM ANACnAl ANDACCURA"E SLIR',F`r OF THE LAND AND THAT THE CORNER MONUMENTS INDIC4TEDTHEREON WERE PROPERLY PLACEG UNDER MY PERSONAL SUPERVISION W ACCDROA14CE WITH rHIE -SUBVVISION REGULATIONS OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS . K'E CISTERED PURUC SURVEYOR } JBBOCK , TEXAS APRIL 9, 1975 REVISED: OCTOBER 13, 1975 JUNE 6, 1988 SEPTEMBER 16, 1988 SEPTEMBER 22 ,1988 NOTES E 1 11 100° HEAVY LINES IND?l ATE PLAT lMl T5 ALL STREETS ALLEYS AND EASEMENTS WITHIN PLAT LIMITSARE'iER� IN DEDICATE) ALL EASEM&fT DEDIUTU HEREBY SHA -L ENTITLE THE CITY OR 7 HE —L I rY COMPANY JSING SUCH EASEMENTS TO THE RIGHT TO REMOVE, REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY .INE S PIPES lhl? T , OR POLES WITHIN S1CH CEMENTS AS MAYBE DETERMINED BY 774E uiTY tR UTILITY Ci�4lP4NY WITHOUT THE CITYORLITIUTY COMPANY BENGRESP(A4SIBLE JR LIABLE FOR THEREPLACEMENT OF IMPROVEMENTS, PAV ING FOR SURFACING OF THE F ASEMENT NECESSITATEDBY SUCH REMOVAL, RECUR , , + REPLAC r BASEMENTS DESIGiNATED OR INTEh� R71R VFDiICULAR PASSIM t LML- ITY AND EM E I�W1� ACCESS SHA- 47 BE FED OR OTHERWISE OBSTRLCTED ALLELECTR SERVICE 9W�BEINACODRDANCEW17T1'HE.UNDEJGROUNDUTILITIES POLICY STATE - MEN' PLANNING .AND ZONING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF LUBBOPK TEXAS ANY FI;ELDCRT i(-A OR REVISION OF EXISTING FACILITIES SHALL BEAT DEVELOPERS eXPENSE . COMPEN- SAT)ON SHALL BE MADE PRIOR TO RECORDING OFANY PORT !ON OF THIS T. ALL EXISTING OR PROPOSED UJTILITY SERVICES TO AND ON TRACTS INDICATED BY T� PLAT SHALL BE CONTAINED IN THE PUSUC RIVET-OF-MIAYAND PUBLIC OR PRIVATE LMUTY EAS84ENTS UTILITY SERV ICE INSTALLATION REQUESTED ATA FUTURE DATE AND NOT WITHIN AN EASEMENT IN01- GATED WTITS PLAT SF� BE W"IN A PROPER UTILIT4 EASEMENT GRANMIPY THE OWNER OF SAM PPOUM #i SEPARATE RECOFMD INSTRUMENT P1,27C?R -'J THE PR(IVMIO € OF SUCH SERVif. . EASEMEENTS S BE AT THE OEVELOPEP S E XPEASE . NO WILDING WALL BE ISSUM ON ANY SURVEY CERTIFIC.A-F TMiAT IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AN APPROVED F1� PLAT UNLESS AN EXCEPTION IS -Pr-' ICED BY PLANNING CL)MMISSCN POLICY OR 13YTHE CODE OFORDINANCES 112" RODS SET ON ALL BLOCK-ORNERS AND CONTROL POINTS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 10' LUBBOCK POWER a LIGHT EASF%4FNT ON LOT 2 TO BE AN VERHEAD UTILITY EASEMENT. CONTAINS: 2.126 ACRE'= .rF TSH 882009 M [-UGO EO AND A'CSCOCIATEC, INC. LAND SURVEYORS 12'10 AVENUE 0 CIVIL ENGINEERS LUBBOCK, TEXAS B06f 7SS - 5542 79401 Page is too large to OCR. City of Lubbock ADDENDUM 3 Closing Date Extension RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement DATE ISSUED: August 16, 2023 NEW CLOSING DATE: August 24, 2023 at 3:00 p.m. The following items take precedence over the proposal dates for the above named Request for Proposal (RFP). Where any item called for in the RFP documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. The following date in the Request for Proposals has been revised. Closing Date Extension 1. Closing has been extended to Tuesday August 24, 2023 at 3:00 PM. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Kiara Morgan City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office 1314 Ave K, Floor 9 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Questions may be emailed to kmorgangmylubbock.us Questions are preferred to be posted on https://ci-lubbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/ THANK YOU, CITY OF LUBBOCK Kiara Morgan Buyer III City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals. It shall be the proposer's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any lane` requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this RFP to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications will be made. Page Intentionally Left Blank �Lub City of bock TEXAS ADDENDUM 4 Revised General Notes Sheet, Updated Q&A and Pump Station 94 Map RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement DATE ISSUED: August 18, 2023 NEW CLOSING DATE: August 24, 2023 at 3:00 p.m. The following items take precedence over the proposal dates for the above named Request for Proposal (RFP). Where any item called for in the RFP documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. The following date in the Request for Proposals has been revised. Revised General Notes Sheet and Pump Station #4 Map 1. General notes sheet has been updated. Please see attached. Q&A 1. Questions and Answers sheet has been updated to include all questions as of 8/18/2023. Please see attached. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Kiara Morgan City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office 1314 Ave K, Floor 9 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Questions may be emailed to kmorgan2mylubbock.us Questions are preferred to be posted on hops://ci-lbbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/ THANK YOU, Aam %#A" CITY OF LUBBOCK Kiara Morgan Buyer III City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals. It shall be the proposer's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this RFP to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications will be made. *Lub8ity Ci Hofk EX�S Vendor Discussions Pre -bid zoom meeting Aug 08, 2023 10.24 AM CDT We have been waiting for 25 minutes to be let in to the meeting. So how can we attend the meeting? Aug 08, 2023 11:03 AM CDT Answer: My apologies, Bonfire didn't send this message until 10:41 which is after the meeting. Please email me with any questions you may have. I will be posting the PowerPoint and sign -in sheet shortly. Line Stops Aug 09, 2023 5:23 PM CDT Is it known which line stops need to be done at the same time? Answer: All linestops around the pump station must be active and installed before the Pump Station valving and line work can be performed. The linestop installation can be phased over multiple days if the contractor prefers but the goal is to completely isolate the water system of pump station 4 in order to install valves and perform line work while the pump station is dry. Sheet C-102 Aug 09, 2023 5:39 PM CDT On sheet C-102, the connections between lines lack clarity due to the absence of tees or bends. While the Parcel Viewer Public App provides some assistance, certain connections remain ambiguous. Could you please confirm if there are any record drawings or additional information accessible to aid in clarifying these connections? Answer: The city will provide an additional record drawing that may be of some for clarifying some bend angles. Please note that the city cannot guarantee that the lines in the drawing were installed according to the plans and that these plans are about 36 years old. '� ityof LL1b8o'k Valve on Homeowner's Property Aug 09, 2023 5:41 PM CDT Regarding the valve situated on the homeowner's property, could you please clarify whether we are cleared to proceed with work on it, or if permits are required prior to commencing any tasks in that area? Answer: The contractor will need to get a ROW permit from the city and contact the homeowner ahead of time but there is a 32' wide utility easement that gives the city the right to work on the 36" water line under the homeowner's lawn. Aug 15, 2023 2:15 PM CDT 1. Is the class of SCRC pipes known? C301, C302, C303? 2. Is bid item #2-9 related to the 27" Line stop and 24" BFV shown on plan sheet C102 on the left-hand side of the sheet? 3. Is flowable fill from line item #2-19 being used where excavation is necessary and approved by the city (i.e. installing new vault, transitions, linestops) or strictly just for whenever the city deems necessary? Answer: 1. The class of the SCRC pipes is not known at this time. 2. Yes, bid item #2-9 is to transition from 24" line to 27" line on sheet C102 on the left hand side. This was called out specifically as that is not a common fitting and could potentially need to be custom ordered. 3. The flowable fill quantity is for approved use by the city only. Compaction efforts around vaults will be performed mechanically or through flowable fill that is subsidiary to the valve vaults. Aug 16, 2023 9:18 AM CDT Can you please provide the brand of butterfly valve that the city will be providing? Answer: The brand of valve is Municipal Valve and Equipment/Vector Automation Group. The valves are 24-42 inches and their description is "(Size) High Performance Double Offset Butterfly Valve, Model EKN Class 250/125 w/2" Operating Nut. The valve submittal from Municipal Valve and Equipment will be attached in an addendum for contractor's use and information. *Lub6"0 k T III Aug 15, 2023 3:04 PM CDT New Vaults: is there a detail available that can provide us with LxWxH dimensions? Are depths required known for each vault? Pre -Purchased valves: can you verify if the connections are FLxFL? Due to these questions, and the ones submitted earlier, can an extension to the due date be considered? Answer: The city is providing the butterfly valve shop drawings in an addendum, these drawings contain the valve dimensions for each valve size. Also note general sheet G-101 general note 5 which calls for 2' clearance around the valve. As far as depths required: Please see the addendum file titled "depths" that gives a better idea of how deep these top of pipe/top of valves are. Please review the shop drawings to determine connection type. The closing date has been extended by one (1) week. Aug 18, 2023 Regarding the lines to be abandoned for the subject project. Do those lines need to be filled with grout? Answer: At this time the city has no plans to grout fill the lines proposed to be abandoned in this project. PUMP STATION #4 VALVE PROJECT 77 F� ve Mier =67 A� s C-w LINESTOP N O.D.- on 13 BW 22AI (SOLr?ml (D on 2342 (NORTH) 40.W00 Igo G (421) 4L66W A (WPEPE 464= k Aw JWVALVE) xv- �7— _Lr z ■ N 11 M -,W Ngm INSPECTION TABLE MATERIAL SITE NOTES 0 (3 VPJAT OUTSIDE fENO! sm sc,c sm sm CLfr. PLUG, & ABANDON SDK 540 OF PAWS 6 RM PPJWlW. LOT LAWN AT 2W ST &AVE L Lubbock pa TT7075 CJ.P a92SI39NT.3000 DEDOWD BY' M ou— "I OW 0 O*WD IN' TT Sc . V-2W DATE: 711im THE CITY HAS SPOT CHECKED OUTSIDE DIAMETERS AND PIPING MATERIAL FOR BIDDING PURPOSES, BUT CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING THIS PRIOR 10 INSTALLING LINE STOPS. wmle C-101 Page Intentionally Left Blank i b io'y k ADDENDUM 5 RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement DATE ISSUED: August 21 2023 TEXAS ' NEW CLOSING DATE: August 24, 2023 at 3:00 p.m. The following items take precedence over the proposal dates for the above named Request for Proposal (RFP). Where any item called for in the RFP documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. 1) Please see attachment for the Butterfly Valve Submittal/Shop Drawings. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Kiara Morgan City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office 1314 Ave K, Floor 9 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Questions may be emailed to kmorgangmylubbock.us Questions are preferred to be posted on https://ci-lbbock-tx.bonrirehub.com/ THANK YOU, CITY OF LUBBOCK Kiara Morgan Buyer III City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals. It shall be the proposer's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this RFP to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications will be made. DI VAW T MUNICIPAL VALVE & EQUIPMENT COMPANY 4010 BILLY MITCHELL DRIVE, ADD ISON, TEXAS 75001 SUBMITTAL DATA Project Name: City of Lubbock Location: Lubbock, Texas Contractor: N/A Engineer: N/A Date: 2/24/2023 Product Type: Butterfly Valves Specification Section: N/A OTY SO DESCRIPTION 6 24" 24" High Performance Double Offset Butterfly Valve, Model EKN (lass 250/125w/ 2" Operating Nut 3 30" 30" High Performance Double Offset Butterfly Valve, Model EKN (lass 250/125 w/2" Operating Nut 5 36" 36" High Performance Double Offset Butterfly Valve, Model EKN (lass 250/125 w/2" Operating Nut 1 42" 42" High Performance Double Offset Butterfly Valve, Model EKN (lass 250/125 w/2" Operating Nut NOTE: The standard manufacturer's warranty is applicable to above submitted valves. Local Representative for Service: Municipal Valve & Equipment Co. (MVE) Upon receipt of contractor's signed approval, MVE, and or its affiliates, will order the equipment listed in this submittal as approved by the contractor. (ontractor is responsible for any costs associated with any change made by the contractor after the equipment has been ordered by MVE, and or its affiliates. (ontractor is hereby made aware that any delay in approving this submittal will delay the ordering of this equipment by MVE, and or its affiliates, and could cause delivery delays beyond the original estimated delivery dates. Any costs associated with contractor's delay in approving this submittal will not be born by MVE, and or its affiliates, in whole or in part. PHONE972-248-2600 FAX 972-767-4414 E VAG Table of Contents Tab Description 1. Product Descriptions 2. Certificate of Compliance 3. Warranty 4. Dimensional Drawing for the 24" Class 250 BFV 5. AUMA Gearbox Technical Data Sheet for the 24" BFV 6. Dimensional Drawing for the 30" Class 250 BFV 7. AUMA Gearbox Technical Data Sheet for the 30" BFV 8. Dimensional Drawing for the 36" Class 250 BFV 9. AUMA Gearbox Technical Data Sheet for the 36" BFV 10. Dimensional Drawing for the 42" Class 250 BFV 11. AUMA Gearbox Technical Data Sheet for the 42" BFV 12. BFV Coating Technical Data Sheets 13. VAG EKN Butterfly Valve Brochure 14. VAG EKN Butterfly Valve Flow Coefficient VAG Group / (978) 894-7087 Cell www.vag-usa.com "The world demands modern water management — and that is precisely what VAG supplies" Page 3 of 52 mi I off 111 11 Page 4 of 52 ram' VAG Product Descriptions ❖ (Qty of 6) 24" High Performance Double Offset Butterfly Valve, Model EKN Class 250/125 w/ 2" Operating Nut Design: - Double offset design (eliminates compression of rubber seal in open position, increases seal life) - According to AWWA C504 - Automatic sealing system (pressure on either side of disc increases sealing pressure) - Dry shaft and shaft bearings (prevent corrosion of shaft) - Flange size and drilling acc. to ANSI B16.1 class 125 - Face to face: acc. to AWWA C504 Short body - Medium: Water - Temperature Range: 34°F to 120°F - Maximum working pressure: 250psi Materials: - Body: Ductile iron ASTM A536 Gr.65-45-12 - Disk: Ductile iron ASTM A536 Gr.65-45-12 - Shafts: 2205 Duplex - Shaft O-Rings: EPDM - Bearing bushings: bronze - Body seat: Wear -resistant, corrosion -resistant, micro finished chromium -nickel weld overlay - Profile sealing ring: EPDM (fixed on disc by retaining ring, replaceable) - Retaining ring and bolts: 316SS Corrosion protection (NSF61 and NSF372 certified): - Body exterior: Fusion epoxy coating - Body interior: Fusion epoxy coating - Disc: Fusion epoxy coating - Coating thickness: minimum 10 mils Mode of Operation: - Gearbox: AUMA GS125.3 VZ4, FA25, 208:1 Gearbox w/ 2" Operating Nut ❖ (Qty of 3) 30" High Performance Double Offset Butterfly Valve, Model EKN Class 250/125 w/ 2" Operating Nut Design: - Double offset design (eliminates compression of rubber seal in open position, increases seal life) - According to AWWA C504 - Automatic sealing system (pressure on either side of disc increases sealing pressure) - Dry shaft and shaft bearings (prevent corrosion of shaft) - Flange size and drilling acc. to ANSI B16.1 class 125 - Face to face: acc. to AWWA C504 Short body VAG Group / (978) 894-7087 Cell www.vag-usa.com "The world demands modern water management — and that is precisely what VAG supplies" Page 5 of 52 Product Descriptions - Medium: Water - Temperature Range: 34°F to 120°F - Maximum working pressure: 250psi Materials: - Body: Ductile iron ASTM A536 Gr.65-45-12 - Disk: Ductile iron ASTM A536 Gr.65-45-12 - Shafts: 2205 Duplex - Shaft O-Rings: EPDM - Bearing bushings: bronze - Body seat: Wear -resistant, corrosion -resistant, micro finished chromium -nickel weld overlay - Profile sealing ring: EPDM (fixed on disc by retaining ring, replaceable) - Retaining ring and bolts: 316SS Corrosion protection (NSF61 and NSF372 certified): - Body exterior: Fusion epoxy coating - Body interior: Fusion epoxy coating - Disc: Fusion epoxy coating - Coating thickness: minimum 10 mils Mode of Operation: - Gearbox: AUMA GS160.3 GZ8, FA30, 442:1 Gearbox w/ 2" Operating Nut ❖ (Qty of 5) 36" High Performance Double Offset Butterfly Valve, Model EKN Class 250/125 w/ 2" Operating Nut Design: - Double offset design (eliminates compression of rubber seal in open position, increases seal life) - According to AWWA C504 - Automatic sealing system (pressure on either side of disc increases sealing pressure) - Dry shaft and shaft bearings (prevent corrosion of shaft) - Flange size and drilling acc. to ANSI B16.1 class 125 - Face to face: acc. to AWWA C504 Short body - Medium: Water - Temperature Range: 34°F to 120°F - Maximum working pressure: 250psi Materials: - Body: Ductile iron ASTM A536 Gr.65-45-12 - Disk: Ductile iron ASTM A536 Gr.65-45-12 - Shafts: 2205 Duplex - Shaft O-Rings: EPDM - Bearing bushings: bronze - Body seat: Wear -resistant, corrosion -resistant, micro finished chromium -nickel weld overlay - Profile sealing ring: EPDM (fixed on disc by retaining ring, replaceable) - Retaining ring and bolts: 316SS VAG Group / (978) 894-7087 Cell www.vag-usa.com "The world demands modern water management — and that is precisely what VAG supplies" Page 6 of 52 Product Descriptions Corrosion protection (NSF61 and NSF372 certified): - Body exterior: Fusion epoxy coating - Body interior: Fusion epoxy coating - Disc: Fusion epoxy coating - Coating thickness: minimum 10 mils Mode of Operation: - Gearbox: AUMA GS200.3 GZ16, FA35, 864:1 Gearbox w/ 2" Operating Nut ❖ (Qty of 1) 42" High Performance Double Offset Butterfly Valve, Model EKN Class 250/125 w/ 2" Operating Nut Design: - Double offset design (eliminates compression of rubber seal in open position, increases seal life) - According to AWWA C504 - Automatic sealing system (pressure on either side of disc increases sealing pressure) - Dry shaft and shaft bearings (prevent corrosion of shaft) - Flange size and drilling acc. to ANSI B16.1 class 125 - Face to face: acc. to AWWA C504 Short body - Medium: Water - Temperature Range: 34°F to 120°F - Maximum working pressure: 250psi Materials: - Body: Ductile iron ASTM A536 Gr.65-45-12 - Disk: Ductile iron ASTM A536 Gr.65-45-12 - Shafts: 2205 Duplex - Shaft O-Rings: EPDM - Bearing bushings: bronze - Body seat: Wear -resistant, corrosion -resistant, micro finished chromium -nickel weld overlay - Profile sealing ring: EPDM (fixed on disc by retaining ring, replaceable) - Retaining ring and bolts: 316SS Corrosion protection (NSF61 and NSF372 certified): - Body exterior: Fusion epoxy coating - Body interior: Fusion epoxy coating - Disc: Fusion epoxy coating - Coating thickness: minimum 10 mils Mode of Operation: - Gearbox: AUMA GS200.3 GZ16, FA35, 864:1 Gearbox w/ 2" Operating Nut VAG Group / (978) 894-7087 Cell www.vag-usa.com "The world demands modern water management — and that is precisely what VAG supplies" Page 7 of 52 Page 8 of 52 E VAG Certificate of Compliance Contract/PO #22201-1 VAG USA, LLC certifies that the material listed below complies with the material and workmanship requirements of the Specifications for the contract listed above. VAG USA, LLC also certifies that we are an official representative / Subsidiary for VAG China, the manufacturer of the material listed below. Furthermore, we certify that the manufacturer will perform the necessary quality control to substantiate this certification. Material Description: Manufacturer VAG China Model : EKN AWWA C504 Class 250B Butterfly Valves Serial Number/Size (if applicable) : Will provide in O&M (Under separate cover) Signed by Printed Name Title Company Date Brian S. Pippin Sr Project Manager VAG USA, LLC February 21, 2023 VAG Group / (978) 894-7087 Cell www.vag-usa.com "The world demands modern water management — and that is precisely what VAG supplies" Page 9 of 52 Page 10 of 52 WARRANTY CERTIFICATE February 21, 2023 Customer: Municipal Valve & Equipment Co., Inc. Project: Lubbock Direct Project VAG Order: 432041512 Warranty Valves: 10-year warranty after substantial completion or 10.5 years after delivery whichever comes first. Warranty is excluded for improper operation due to incorrect installation. Warranty Gearboxes: 2-year warranty after shipment. Warrantied Product(s): (6) six 24", (3) three 30", (5) five 36", and (1) one 42" EKN Butterfly Valves Class 250 w/ AUMA Gearboxes. WARRANTY For the warranty period as outlined above (Valves, Gearboxes, and Electric Actuators) and provided payments for the Products have been made by Buyer to Seller, Seller warrants to Buyer that its Products: (i) substantially conform to Seller's published specifications and (ii) are free from defects in material or workmanship. Specific products may have a warranty period greater than one year. Any Services provided by Seller are warranted to be performed in a good and workmanlike manner. Should a warranted Product or any Services fail to conform to these warranties, Buyer must notify Seller in writing no later than thirty (30) days after discovery of the alleged failing. Seller will, at its discretion and at no charge to the Buyer: (i) repair the Product or Services; (ii) replace the Product or any Services; or (iii) offer a full refund of that portion of the purchase price allocable to the non -conforming Product or Services. Warranty repair or replacement by Seller shall not extend or renew the applicable warranty period. Buyer shall obtain Seller's agreement on the specifications of any tests it plans to conduct to determine whether a non-conformance exists. Buyer shall bear the costs of access for Seller's remedial warranty efforts (including removal and replacement of systems, structures or other parts of Buyer's facility), de -installation, decontamination and re -installation. THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This warranty allocates the risks of Product failure between Seller and Buyer. This allocation is recognized by both parties and is reflected in the price of the goods. Buyer acknowledges that it has read this Contract, understands it, and agrees to and is bound by its terms. WHAT IS NOT COVERED BY WARRANTY No representative of Seller has authority to waive, alter, vary or add to the terms hereof without prior written approval of an officer of Seller. Seller's warranty does not apply to: (i) dynamic vibrations imposed by the drive system in which such Products are installed unless the nature of such vibrations has been defined and accepted in writing by Company as a condition of operation; (ii) improper or unauthorized repair, installation, or maintenance of the Products by a party other than Seller; (iii) use for purposes other than those for which designed, or other abuse, negligence, misuse, or normal wear and tear; (iv) unauthorized attachments, modifications, or disassembly; (v) damage during shipping; or (vi) Products purchased from unauthorized distributors, resellers, or internet sites. Buyer's care in selection, adequate testing at time of installation and proper installation, operation and maintenance of all Products is required for adequate performance. VAG GmbH / (978) 894-7087 Cell www.vag-usa.com "The world demands modern water management — and that is precisely what VAG supplies" Page 11 of 52 WARRANTY CERTIFICATE February 21, 2023 Customer: Municipal Valve & Equipment Co., Inc. Project: Lubbock Direct Project VAG Order: 432041512 Warranty Valves: 10-year warranty after substantial completion or 10.5 years after delivery whichever comes first. Warranty is excluded for improper operation due to incorrect installation. Warranty Gearboxes: 2-year warranty after shipment. Warrantied Product(s): (6) six 24", (3) three 30", (5) five 36", and (1) one 42" EKN Butterfly Valves Class 250 w/ AUMA Gearboxes. Indemnification When and to the extent of Seller's negligence, Seller shall Indemnity, defend and hold Buyer, its affiliates and licensees, and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (as applicable, the "indemnitees"), harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, losses, and liabilities of whatever kind or nature, including attorneys' fees and costs, asserted against or suffered by an indemnitee by reason of, arising out of, or In any way related to, in whole or In part, the goods and services covered by this Order, the preparation, processing, manufacture, construction, completion, delivery and/or use thereof, or Sellers acts, omissions or negligence. Without limitation, such obligation to indemnify shall exist with respect to claims and demands relating to accidents, occurrences, Injuries or losses, including, without limitation, Injuries to persons or property and economic losses, by reason of, arising out of, or in any way related to, In whole or In part, the goods and services covered by this Order or the preparation, processing, manufacture, construction, completion, delivery and/or use thereof. Without limitation, such obligation to Indemnify shall exist with respect to claims and demands that; (1) any goods; (2) any part of such goods; or (3) any combination of such goods, other hardware, and/or other software wherein such infringement would not occur but for such goods being a part of such combination, infringes on any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other Intellectual property right, foreign or domestic and Indemnification shall in no event exceed the amount of the Purchase Order and amount of the required Insurance. if, as the result of an action as set forth above, the sale or use of any goods, or part hereof, is enjoined by court order, Seller shall, at its expense, (a)procure for Buyer the right to continue selling and/or using the goods, (b) replace or modify the goods with functionally -equivalent, non -infringing goods (subject to Buyer's approval and satisfaction), or (c) return the purchase price of each unit of goods in Buyer's Inventory that Buyer is unable to ship due to the injunction. The Indemnity set forth in this paragraph shall apply not withstanding that the goods sold here under may have been produced by Seller in compliance with specifications furnished by Buyer unless the goods cannot be furnished In accordance with the specifications without infringing the intellectual property as asserted in the action. Buyer does not have any obligation to hold Seller harmless from any claim against Seller, its directors, officers, employees or agents, arising out of compliance with Buyers specifications. Best regards, Brian Pippin Sr. Project Manager Customized Products Hydro & Dam VAG GmbH / (843) 488-9020 Office / (978) 894-7087 Cell www.vag-usa.com "The world demands modern water management — and that is precisely what VAG supplies" Page 12 of 52 Page 13 of 52 FLOW W FLOW y FLOW y FLOW 01► SEAT END VALVE SIZE A B F ITYPj {QTY. THD, d DEPTH) L M N WGT [APPRO]q IN IN MM IN MM IN MM UNCFIN IN MM IN MM IN MM LIDS KG 24 8,00 203 19,95 507 7.17 182 4x 1 114-7 x 1 A7 24,68 627 AA2 125 16.1 410 1000 456 305 22.90 582 1 8.60 218 4x 1 1/4-7x2.13 28,38 721 6,30 160 16A 421 36 12.00 305 10.51 267 4x 1 V2.6 x 1.18 34,22 869 7,87 486 2366 1075 42 46 54 12.00 305 361 381 31.05 34,83 3 789 14.51 855 �: 14,59 8.05 455 - x 1, -6x 1.�44,88 8x 1 314-5 x 2, 1140 7,87 200 9,84 .' 250 g.84 20D 22A 509 568 568 2681 4543 6584 1279 2201 2957 15.00 15.00 6O 81 36.66 837 21.2Q 53B Sx 1 314-5 x 2.05 45.42 1178 1 9,84 250 22A 56W POSITION 'A" SEAT FND POSITION 'B' SEAT END POSITION "C" SEAT END A POSITION "D" OPTIONAL MOTOR ACTUATOR POSITIONS CUSTOMER TO SPECIFY POSITION'OeITH ORDER POSITION'C' SHOWN IN MAIN VIE'VV DE$CRimoN ****PLEASE IDENTIFY SPECIFIC GEARBOX ORIENTATION" DATE F 0. DESCRIPTION 1 EKN BUTTERFLY VALVE ASSY 2 MANUAL GEAR BOX ACTUATOR 3 ACTUATOR BOLTS TFCHNICAI RFQUIRFF.'FNTS: 1, DESIGN STANDARD, A'NWAC504 2. FLANGE DRILLING PER ANSI B16.1 CLASS 125; FOR AV,"A'A CLASS "50B VALVES, 3, DIME-NSIONS IN INCHES, WEIGHT IN POUNDS. 4, WORKING PRFSSURE 150 PSI BASED ON AVV'AA PRESSURE CLASS, 5. SHAFT DIAMETER AND BODY WALL THICKNESS PER AWWA C%4. rml `s GA INDUSTRIES, LLc ::. 24" - B0' ANSI 1259 FLANGED AMA EKN BUTTERFLY VALVE M AUMA GS GEARBOX AND SQUARE NU7 CLASS15M 250 SEAT END Y_ Y: w' s s �€ BH4NY �T BRF ■ILL A JT $mm NTS BLA1$Im YL mv. EKN-1010 Page 14 of 52 m 'R BI F#1 5 Page 15 of 52 GS 50.3 - GS 125.3 auma® Dimensions Part -turn gearboxes Without primary reduction gearings 0 d11 Valve attachment EN ISO 5211 F07 - F16 F25 - F35 Valve attachment GS 125.3 - F30 With primary reduction gearings For manual operation 1) Swing angle adjustable 10' - 100' Version Y For manual operation 2) Swing angle adjustable 100' - 190' with spigot FA25 3) Equipped with primary reduction gearing or planetary gearing to reduce input torques h, Dimensions GS 50.3 GS 63.3 GS 80.3 GS 100.3 GS 125.3 51:1 53:1 52:1 126:1 3) 126:1 3) 1 82:1 82:1 107:1 160:1/208:11) 52:1 160:13) 208:13� EN ISO 5211 F05 F07 10 F10 F12 F12 F14 F14 F16 F14 F16 F16 F F30 F16 F25 F30 F16 F30 A 50 63 80 100 100 125 125 125 B 60 60 63 75 88 105 105 1 150 125 125 150 125 125 150 125 B1 108 108 125 0 175 210 210 0 300 250 250 300 250 250 300 250 C 77 9 111 148 148 173 173 173 E 98 128 133 189 189 194 194 194 El 1) 101 135 140 213 21 218 218 218 E22) 114 150 5 225 230 230 230 F 132 165 17 230 250 99 255 304 324 304 304 H 85 80 80 91 94 97 10 142 142 145 184 145 184 145 184 1 3 3 4 5 5 5 5 5 J 45 40 40 42 45 47 57 5 75 75 114 75 114 75 114 K 12 13 16 1 17 18 18 18 R 100 125 130 0 259 195 264 264 O a f7 16 20 20 30 20 30 20 30 20 20 b1 5 6 6 6 8 6 8 6 8 6 6 c 31.5 42 42 43 60 3 60 43 60 43 42 O d1 65 90 125 125 150 150 5 175 210 175 10 210 300 348 210 300 348 210 300 348 O d2f8 35 55 70 70 85 85 100 100 130 100 1 130 200 230 130 200 230 130 200 230 0 d3 50 70 102 102 125 1 140 140 165 140 165 165 254 298 165 254 298 165 254 298 d4 M6 M8 M10 M10 M12 12 M16 M16 M20 M16 M20 0 M16 M20 M20 M16 M20 M20 M16 M20 OcI5 40 60 85 85 10 105 115 115 140 115 140 14 225 - 140 225 - 140 225 - OcI6 32.5 49 64 64 9 79 92 92 121 92 121 121 0 - 121 190 - 121 190 - d10 M5 6 M6 M10 M6 M M10 M6 e 28 38 38 38 55 38 55 38 55 38 38 h1 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 5 4.5 4.5 5 h2 10 13 1 16 19 19 25 25 32 25 32 32 25 32 32 25 32 32 25 32 h3 3 3.5 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 - 5 - 5 5 - L max. 68 63 63 75 78 80 90 125 125 128 128 167 128 128 167 128 128 167 t1 22.5 22.5 22.5 33 22.5 33 22.5 22.5 22.5 z 32 40 40 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 40 EN ISO 52104) F07/F10 F07/F10 F07/F10 F10/F14 F10 F14 F10514 F10 DIN 32104)) GO GO GO GO/G1/2 GO G1/2 GO/G1/2 GO ") Flange for mounting multi -turn actuator EN ISO 52 F07 F10 F14 DIN 3210 G1/2 O d11 90 125 125 175 O d12 55 60 100 kid 13 70 102 102 140 0 d14 9 11 18 h11 5 5 5 5 s 8 12 12 1 We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made. Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document Y000.265/003/en Issue 1.20 Page 112 Page 16 of 52 GS 50.3 - GS 250.3 aumao Technical data Part -turn gearboxes for open -close duty General information For motor or manual operation of valves (e.g. butterfly valves, ball and plug valves). For special applications, e.g. dampers, gas diverters, flue gas dampers, toggle arm driven diverters and guillotine isolators, specific sizing is required. Specific technical data applies. Duty class V Motor operation in accordance with EN 15714-2. Valve Gearbox Max. valve Valve attachment Type Reduction ratio Factor) Turns for 90° Input shaft Input mounting Max. input Weight") Addition - torque flange for multi -turn torques al weight 2> actuator Exten- sion flange Flange ac- Max. cording to Shaft to EN ISO diameter [Nm] 5211 [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kg] F077 38 GS 50.3 51:1 16.7 12.75 16 F07 10 30 7 - 1,000 F10 51:1 16.7 12.75 F07 7501) F 1 2 GS63.3 82:1 17.0 20.5 20 F10 44 12 _ 2,000 F12 60 GS80.3 18.2 13.25 F07 110 16 - 1,5005) F14 82:1 205 F10 88 4,000 52:1 18. (F14 214 2,81005) F14 G :1 22.6 26.8 F14 124 33 80 F16 0.3 126:1e> 42.8 31.5 F10 3 - 4,000 160:16) 54.0 40 20 F10 74 39 208:16) 71.0 52 F10 57 52:1 19.2 13 30 (F14 F10FA25 417 40 F16 GS 126:16) 44.0 31.5 F14 (F10) 182 F30: 8,000 F FP 90 F307> 125.3 30/(20) 18 kg 160:16) 56.0 40 (F10) 143 46 208:16) 72.7 52 20/(30) T14) 110 54:1 21.0 13.5 30 (F16 F1425 667 80 14,000 100 218:16) 76.0 54.5 30/(20) (F10) 184 F35: 1GS F35 7) 442:1 ) 155 110.5 0 91 33 kg 880:16) 276 220 20 F10 51 •1 21.0 13.25 40 (F16) 1,333 140 F30 214:16) .0 53.5 F14 373 GS 28,000 135 200.3 434:161 152 8 30/(20) 184 160 48 kg F407) (F10) 864:16) 268 216 20 F10 104 1,752:161 52 438 2 F10 51 170 :1 20.3 13 50 F30 2,759 273 F35 210:161 74.0 52.5 40/(30) F16 (F14) 757 296 GS 56,000 F4 tjl 0 250.3 411:161 144 103 30 F14 38 F48: 75 kg 848:16) 263 212 30/(20) (F10) 213 308 1,718:16) 533 430 20/(30) F10 105 1) For further information on lifetime, refer to "Lifetime for motor operation" and "Lifetime for manual operation" 2) For a swing angle up to max. 90°. 3) Conversion factor from output torque to input torque for actuator size definition When new, the factor can fall short of the indicated value by up to 10 %. 4) Indicated weight includes unfinished coupling and grease filling in the gear housing. 5) Toothing does not allow for higher loads. 6) Equipped with primary reduction gearing or planetary gearing to reduce input torques. 7) Screwed and doweled to housing by means of extension flange. We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made. Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document. For further information on the product, refer to www.auma.com. Y000.288/003/en Issue 1.20 Page 1/8 Page 17 of 52 MB]r#ir6 Page 18 of 52 FLOW W FLOW y FLOW y FLOW 01► SEAT END VALVE SIZE A B F ITYPj {QTY. THD. 8 DEPTH) L M N WGT (APPROX) IN IN MM IN MM IN MM UNCFIN IN MM IN MIA IN MM LDS KG � 4x 1 1r4-7 x 2.13 7211 r 1279 2201 2947 30 12.00 305 22.90 582 8.60 218 28,38 34.22 721 869 6,30 160 7.87 ' 200 16A 19.1 421 4 1001 27.47 _ 698 10.51 267 4x 1 1126 x 1.18 42 4$ 54 12.00 15,00 15,00 305 3$1 351 31.05 34,83L 36.37 $$$ .: 14,59 369 371 45$ 4x 1 V2.6 x 1.61 x $x 1 314-5 x 2,05 37,09 44,88 942 9124 9 t40 9,84 250 209 22,4 22,4 509 568 568 2681 4543 6584 6. 36.$$ 937 21,20 53$ 8x 1 314-5 x 2.05 46,42 9179 9,84 250 22A 99 POSITION 'A" SEAT FND POSITION 'B' SEAT END POSITION "C" SEAT END A POSITION "D" OPTIONAL MOTOR ACTUATOR POSITIONS CUSTOMER TO SPECIFY POSITION'OeITH ORDER POSITION'C' SHOWN IN MAIN VIE'VV DE$CRimoN ****PLEASE IDENTIFY SPECIFIC GEARBOX ORIENTATION" DATE F 0. DESCRIPTION 1 EKN BUTTERFLY VALVE ASSY 2 MANUAL GEAR BOX ACTUATOR 3 ACTUATOR BOLTS TFCHNICAI RFQUIRFF.'FNTS: 1, DESIGN STANDARD, A'NWAC504 2. FLANGE DRILLING PER ANSI B16.1 CLASS 125; FOR AV,"A'A CLASS "50B VALVES, 3, DIML-NSIONS IN INCHES. WEIGHT IN POUNDS. 4, WORKING PRFSSURE 150 PSI BASED ON AVV'AA PRESSURE CLASS, 5. SHAFT DIAMETER AND BODY WALL THICKNESS PER AWWA C%4. rml `s GA INDUSTRIES, LLc ::. 24" - W ANSI 1259 FLANGED AMA EKN BUTTERFLY VALVE M AUMA GS GEARBOX AND SQUARE NU7 CLASS15M 250 SEAT END Y_ Y: w' s s �€ BH4NY �T BRF ■ILL A JT $mm NTS BLA1$Im YL mv. EKN-1010 Page 19 of 52 Page 20 of 52 GS 160.3 auma® Dimensions Part -turn gearboxes Without primary reduction gearings Rail Valve attachment GS 160.3 — F35 For manual operation Valve attachment h1 N lA ® $ I L max. Versions RR ILL RL Q � ti 1) Swing angle adjustable 0 — 100 2) Swing angle adjustable 90 — 190 3) Equipped with primary reduction gearing or planetary gearing to reduce input torques Dimensions GS 160.3 GS 160.3 54:1 218:1 31 EN ISO 5211 F2 F30 F35 F25 F30 ` With primary reduction gearings M a„ S 160.3 42:1 3) F25 F35 For manual operation B 165 175 165 165 175 165 165 175 165 1 B1 330 350 330 330 350 330 330 350 330 33 F1 380/ 0 380 G1 — 5 335 H 155 170 212 155 170 212 155 170 212 155 1 75 90 132 75 90 132 75 90 132 75 R — 340 340 O a — 20/30 20 b1 8 6/8 6 c 60 43/60 43 O d1 300 350 41 00 350 415 300 350 415 300 O d2f8 200 230 0 2 230 260 200 230 260 200 0 d3 254 298 56 254 298 356 254 298 356 254 d4 M16 M20 M30 M16 M20 M30 M16 M20 M30 M16 e 55 8/55 38 h1 5 h2 25 32 47 25 32 47 25 32 47 25 L max. 133 148 190 133 148 190 133 148 190 1 t1 33 22.5/33 22.5 z 60 40/60 40 EN ISO 52104) F14 (F16) F10 (F14) F10 DIN 32104) G1/2 (G3) GO (G1/2) GO 4) Flange for mounting multi -turn actuator EN ISO 5210 F10 F14 DIN 3210 GO O d11 125 125 175 0 d12 70 100 0 d13 10 102 140 O d14 4x11 4x11 4x hill 5 5 5 s 12 12 17 We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made. Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document. Y000.262/003/en Issue 1.20 Page 112 Page 21 of 52 GS 160.3 880:1 3) F30 175 350 450 405 170 90 410 298 M20 38 5 32 148 22.5 40 F10 GO F16 G3 210 130 165 4x22 25 F3 1 5 30 212 132 415 260 356 M30 GS 50.3 - GS 250.3 aumao Technical data Part -turn gearboxes for open -close duty General information For motor or manual operation of valves (e.g. butterfly valves, ball and plug valves). For special applications, e.g. dampers, gas diverters, flue gas dampers, toggle arm driven diverters and guillotine isolators, specific sizing is required. Specific technical data applies. Duty class V Motor operation in accordance with EN 15714-2. Valve Gearbox Max. valve Valve attachment Type Reduction ratio Factor) Turns for 90° Input shaft Input mounting Max. input Weight") Addition - torque flange for multi -turn torques al weight 2> actuator Exten- sion flange Flange ac- Max. cording to Shaft to EN ISO diameter [Nm] 5211 [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kg] F07 38 GS 50.3 51:1 16.7 12.75 16 F07 10 30 7.0 - 1,000 51:1 16.7 12.75 F07 60 7501) F12 50 GS 63.3 82:1 17.0 20.5 20 F10 12 2,000 F12 60 3 53:1 18.2 13.25 20 F07 110 16 1,5005) F14 . 82:1 28.1 20.5 F10 88 4,000 18.7 13 14 (F10) 214 30/ 33 2,8005) F14 GS 107:1 2 26.8 (F10) 124 80 F16 100.3 126:16> 42.8 F10 93 - 4,000 160:16) 40 0 F10 74 39 208:16) 71.0 52 F10 57 52:1 19.2 13 30 ( 14 417 40 F16 GS 126:16) 44.0 31.5 (F10) 182 F30: 8,000 F25 90 13 6� 30/(20) F14 18 kg 160:1 56.0 40 (F10) 143 46 FA30 208:16) 72.7 52 20/(30) (F14) 110 54:1 21.0 13.5 30 (F16 F14F25 667 80 GS 14,000 100 218:16� 76.0 54.5 30/(20) F14 (F10) 184 F35: F�35 7) 160.3 442:16) 155 110.5 90 91 33 kg 880:16) 276 220 20 F10 51 53:1 21.0 13.25 40 (F26) 1,333 140 F30 214:16) 75.0 53.5 30 F14 37 28,000 F35 13 GS 434:161 152 108.5 30/(20) F14 184 160 48 �g F40 F 8 . 6 268 216 20 F10 104 1,752:161 438 F10 51 170 52:1 20.3 13 50 (F25) 2,759 273 F35 74.0 52.5 40/(30) F16 757 56,000 F4840� 160 GS3 411:161 144 103 30 F14 389 296 754kg 848:16) 263 212 30/(20) (F10) 213 1,718:16) 533 430 20/(30) F10 105 1) For further information on lifetime, refer to "Lifetime for motor operation" and "Lifetime for manual operation" 2) For a swing angle up to max. 90°. 3) Conversion factor from output torque to input torque for actuator size definition When new, the factor can fall short of the indicated value by up to 10 %. 4) Indicated weight includes unfinished coupling and grease filling in the gear housing. 5) Toothing does not allow for higher loads. 6) Equipped with primary reduction gearing or planetary gearing to reduce input torques. 7) Screwed and doweled to housing by means of extension flange. We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made. Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document. For further information on the product, refer to www.auma.com. Y000.288/003/en Issue 1.20 Page 1/8 Page 22 of 52 Page 23 of 52 FLOW W FLOW y FLOW y FLOW 01► SEAT END VALVE SIZE A B F ITYPj . {QTY. TH©. 3nF-THj ININ L M N VIM WGT {APPRO]() LBS KG IN IN MIA IN MM IN MM UNC+Iti 4x 11!4-7x 1.87 4x 1 1r4-7 x 2.13 4x 1 V2 6 x 1.18 24 B. 12.00 12.00 305 2Z47 _ 698 10.51 267 24,66 28,38 1 34,22 37,09 44,2 46,42 �NMMIN 869 7.87 _ 200 9�2 7.57 200 .. 0 q B4 250 1179 118.&l 25Q --m.1-TT-1000 19A 4a6 2366 465 721, _ 1075 2201 2997 37.: 30 36 48 54 60 15,00 15,00 381 31.05 34,83 36.37 7139 14.51 $ 924 1 837 21,20 369 53B 4x 1 112.6 x 1.61 4x 1 112-fix 1,61 x2 Sx 1 314-5 x 2.05 20.0 22A 22A 568 568 4843 6584 381 POSITION 'A" SEAT FND POSITION 'B' SEAT END POSITION "C" SEAT END A POSITION "D" OPTIONAL MOTOR ACTUATOR POSITIONS CUSTOMER TO SPECIFY POSITION'OeITH ORDER POSITION'C' SHOWN IN MAIN VIE'VV DE$CRimoN ****PLEASE IDENTIFY SPECIFIC GEARBOX ORIENTATION" DATE F 0. DESCRIPTION 1 EKN BUTTERFLY VALVE ASSY 2 MANUAL GEAR BOX ACTUATOR 3 ACTUATOR BOLTS TFCHNICAI RFQUIRFF.'FNTS: 1, DESIGN STANDARD, A'NWAC504 2. FLANGE DRILLING PER ANSI B16.1 CLASS 125; FOR AV,"A'A CLASS "50B VALVES. 3, DIME-NSIONS IN INCHES. WEIGHT IN POUNDS. 4, WORKING PRFSSURE 150 PSI BASED ON AVV'AA PRESSURE CLASS, 5. SHAFT DIAMETER AND BODY WALL THICKNESS PER AWWA C%4. rml `s GA INDUSTRIES, LLc ::. 24"- W ANSI 1259 FLANGED AMA EKN BUTTERFLY VALVE M AUMA GS GEARBOX AND SQUARE NU7 CLASS15M 250 SEAT END Y_ Y: w' s s �€ BH4NY �T BRF ■ILL A JT $mm NTS BLA1$1118 K mv. EKN-1010 Page 24 of 52 Page 25 of 52 GS 200.3 auma® Dimensions Part -turn gearboxes Without primary reduction gearings Odil d 0 N a Valve attachment GS 200.3 — F40 For manual operation Valve attachment EN ISO 5211 t1 a iA ht IL J I 6 H Versions C' C' C RR ILL RL ! 1 Q ti 6LR 1) Swing angle adjustable 0 — 100 2) Swing angle adjustable 90 — 190 FA35 3) Equipped with primary reduction gearing or planetary gearing to reduce input torques With primary reduction gearings SDI Al i For manual operation Dimensions GS 200.3 GS 200.3 GS 200.3 200.3 53:1 214:1 3) 434:1 3) 0000GS 64:1/ IGi:1 " EN ISO 5211 F30 F35 F40 F30 F35 F40 F30 F35 F40 f36.- rt+4@_ F1 485 46 85 510 G1 — 420 420 465 H 186 211 55 186 211 255 18 211 255 186 211 255 1 90 115 1 90 115 159 0 115 159 90 115 159 R — 425 425 470 O a — 30 20/30 20 b 1 12 8 6/8 6 c — 60 43/60 43 fd d1 350 415 475 350 475 350 415 475 350 415 475 fd d2f8 230 260 300 230 260 300 230 260 300 230 260 300 fd d3 298 356 406 2 356 6 298 356 406 298 356 406 d4 M20 M30 M36 20 M30 M3 M20 M30 M36 M20 M30 M36 e — 55 38/55 38 h1 5 5 7 5 7 5 7 h2 31 47 55 31 47 55 31 47 55 31 47 55 L max. 160 19 229 160 190 229 160 90 229 160 190 229 t1 3 33 22. 22.5 z — 60 40/60 40 EN ISO 52104) F16 (F25) F14 F10 (F14) F10 DIN 32104) G3 G1/2 GO (G1/2) GO Flange for mounting multi -turn actuator EN ISO 5210 F10 F14 F16 F25 DIN 3210 GO G1/2 G3 O d11 125 210 300 kid 12 70 100 130 200 0 d13 102 102 1 165 254 0 d14 4x11 4x18 8x18 h11 5 5 5 6 6 s 12 12 17 25 We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made. Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document. Y000.263/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 112 Page 26 of 52 GS 50.3 - GS 250.3 aumao Technical data Part -turn gearboxes for open -close duty General information For motor or manual operation of valves (e.g. butterfly valves, ball and plug valves). For special applications, e.g. dampers, gas diverters, flue gas dampers, toggle arm driven diverters and guillotine isolators, specific sizing is required. Specific technical data applies. Duty class V Motor operation in accordance with EN 15714-2. Valve Gearbox Max. valve Valve attachment Type Reduction ratio Factor) Turns for 90° Input shaft Input mounting Max. input Weight") Addition - torque flange for multi -turn torques al weight 2> actuator Exten- sion flange Flange ac- Max. cording to Shaft to EN ISO diameter [Nm] 5211 [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kg] F07 38 GS 50.3 51:1 16.7 12.75 16 F07 10 30 7.0 - 1,000 10 51:1 16.7 12.75 F07 60 7501) 50 GS 63.3 82:1 17.0 20.5 20 F10 44 12 2,000 F12 GS803 53:1 18.2 13.25 20 F07 16 1,5005) F14 . 82:1 28.1 20.5 F10 88 4,000 52:1 18.7 13 F14 (F1 214 30/(20) 33 2,8005) F14 GS 1 22.6 26.8 (F10) 14 124 80 F16 100.3 126:11) 42.8 31.5 F10 93 - 4,000 160:1 40 20 F10 74 39 208:1 71.0 52 F 1 0 57 52:1 19.2 13 30 (F14 FloF16 417 40 GS 126:16) 44.0 31.5 (F10) 182 F30: 8,000 F25 90 125 3 F30 > 6 ) 30/(20) F14 18 kg :1 56.0 40 ) 143 46 208:16) 72.7 52 20/(30) Flo (F14) 110 54:1 21.0 13.5 30 16 (F14) 80 14,000 F2100 218:16) 76.0 54.5 30/(20) (F14 Flo90 184 1GS F35 �� 9 3F335: kg 442:16) 880:16) 155 276 110.5 220 20 F10 51 FA35 53:1 21.0 13.25 40 (F26) 1,333 140 F30 214:16� 75.0 53.5 30 F14 373 GS 28,000 FFB� 135 200.3 434:161 152 108.5 30/(20) (Flo) 184 160 48 kg 864:16) 268 216 20 F10 104 1,752:161 552 438 20 F10 51 170 52:1 20.3 13 50 (F25) 2,759 F35 GS 6) 74.0 52.5 40/1 (F14) 757 296 F48: 56,000 F48� 160 250.3 411:16� 30 F14 389 75 kg 848:16) 263 212 30/(20) (F10) 213 308 1,718:16) 533 430 20/(30) F10 105 1) For further information on lifetime, refer to "Lifetime for motor operation" and "Lifetime for manual operation" 2) For a swing angle up to max. 90°. 3) Conversion factor from output torque to input torque for actuator size definition When new, the factor can fall short of the indicated value by up to 10 %. 4) Indicated weight includes unfinished coupling and grease filling in the gear housing. 5) Toothing does not allow for higher loads. 6) Equipped with primary reduction gearing or planetary gearing to reduce input torques. 7) Screwed and doweled to housing by means of extension flange. We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made. Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document. For further information on the product, refer to www.auma.com. Y000.288/003/en Issue 1.20 Page 1/8 Page 27 of 52 Page 28 of 52 FLOW W FLOW y FLOW y FLOW 01► SEAT END VALVE SIZE A B F ITYPj {QTY. THD, 8 DEPTH) L M N WGT {APPRO)) IN IN MM IN MM IN MM UNCIIN IN MM IN MM IN MM KG 24 7.17 182 4x 1 114-7 x 1 R7 24,68 627 4A2 65 30 12.00 305 22.90 582 i 8,60 2 1 6,30 160 16A 421 28 36 10.51 267 4x 1 V2.6 x 1.18 34,22 869 7.87 52681121 075 42 54 12.00 15,00 305 381 31.G5 36.37 789 14.51 885 14,59 924 18.05 369 371 4x 1 1l2-6x 1,61 4x 1 112.0 x 1,61 37,09 44,25 942 1124 0 7,87 20G 9,84 2 9,84 250 209 22A 509 568 6594 . 9 1 2997 60 21,20 538 8x 1 314-5 x 2.05 46,42 1179 8.84 37.: POSITION 'A" SEAT END POSITION 'B' SEAT END POSITION "C" SEAT END A POSITION "D" OPTIONAL MOTOR ACTUATOR POSITIONS CUSTOMER TO SPECIFY POSITION'OeITH ORDER POSITION'C' SHOWN IN MAIN VIE'•%% ****PLEASE IDENTIFY SPECIFIC GEARBOX ORIENTATION" F 0. DESCRIPTION 1 EKN BUTTERFLY VALVE ASSY 2 MANUAL GEAR BOX ACTUATOR 3 ACTUATOR BOLTS TFCHNICAI RFQUIRFF.'FNTS: 1, DESIGN STANDARD, A'NWAC504 2. FLANGE DRILLING PER ANSI B16.1 CLASS 125; FOR AV,"A'A CLASS "50B VALVES, 3, DIMLNSIONS IN INCHES, WEIGHT IN POUNDS. 4, WORKING PRFSSURE 150 PSI BASED ON AVV'AA PRESSURE CLASS, 5. SHAFT DIAMETER AND BODY WALL THICKNESS PER AWWA C%4. rml `s GA INDUSTRIES, LLc 24" - W ANSI 1259 FLANGED AMA EKN BUTTERFLY VALVE M AUMA GS GEARBOX AND SQUARE NU7 CLASS 15M 250 SEAT END DE$CRimoN DATE Page 29 of 52 EKN-1010 Page 30 of 52 GS 200.3 auma® Dimensions Part -turn gearboxes Without primary reduction gearings Odil d 0 N a Valve attachment GS 200.3 — F40 For manual operation Valve attachment EN ISO 5211 t1 a iA ht IL J I 6 H Versions C' C' C RR ILL RL Q ti 6LR 1) Swing angle adjustable 0 — 100 2) Swing angle adjustable 90 — 190 3) Equipped with primary reduction gearing or planetary gearing to reduce input torques FA35 With primary reduction gearings SDI Al i For manual operation Dimensions GS 200.3 GS 200.3 GS 200.3 GS 200.3 53:1 214:1 3) 434:1 3) 864:1/ IGi:1 " EN ISO 5211 F30 F35 F40 F30 F35 F40 F30 F35 F40 —�3l� Fair rt+4l� F1 485 46 85 510 G1 — 420 420 465 H 186 211 55 186 211 255 18 211 255 186 211 255 1 90 115 1 90 115 159 0 115 159 90 115 159 R — 425 425 470 O a — 30 20/30 20 b 1 12 8 6/8 6 c — 60 43/60 43 fd d1 350 415 475 350 475 350 415 475 350 415 475 fd d2f8 230 260 300 230 260 300 230 260 300 230 260 300 fd d3 298 356 406 2 356 6 298 356 406 298 356 406 d4 M20 M30 M36 20 M30 M3 M20 M30 M36 M20 M30 M36 e — 55 38/55 38 h1 5 5 7 5 7 5 7 h2 31 47 55 31 47 55 31 47 55 31 47 55 L max. 160 19 229 160 190 229 160 90 229 160 190 229 t1 3 33 22. 22.5 z — 60 40/60 40 EN ISO 52104) F16 (F25) F14 F10 (F14) F10 DIN 32104) G3 G1/2 GO( 1/ ) GO Flange for mounting multi -turn actuator EN ISO 5210 F10 F14 F16 F25 DIN 3210 GO G1/2 G3 O d11 125 210 300 kid 12 70 100 130 200 0 d13 102 102 1 165 254 0 d14 4x11 4x18 8x18 h11 5 5 5 6 6 s 12 12 17 25 We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made. Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document. Y000.263/003/en Issue 1.18 Page 112 Page 31 of 52 GS 50.3 - GS 250.3 aumao Technical data Part -turn gearboxes for open -close duty General information For motor or manual operation of valves (e.g. butterfly valves, ball and plug valves). For special applications, e.g. dampers, gas diverters, flue gas dampers, toggle arm driven diverters and guillotine isolators, specific sizing is required. Specific technical data applies. Duty class V Motor operation in accordance with EN 15714-2. Valve Gearbox Max. valve Valve attachment Type Reduction ratio Factor) Turns for 90° Input shaft Input mounting Max. input Weight") Addition - torque flange for multi -turn torques al weight 2> actuator Exten- sion flange Flange ac- Max. cording to Shaft to EN ISO diameter [Nm] 5211 [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kg] F07 38 GS 50.3 51:1 16.7 12.75 16 F07 10 30 7.0 - 1,000 10 51:1 16.7 12.75 F07 60 7501) 50 GS 63.3 82:1 17.0 20.5 20 F10 44 12 2,000 F12 GS803 53:1 18.2 13.25 20 F07 16 1,5005) F14 . 82:1 28.1 20.5 F10 88 4,000 52:1 18.7 13 F14 (F1 214 30/(20) 33 2,8005) F14 GS 1 22.6 26.8 (F10) 14 124 80 F16 100.3 126:11) 42.8 31.5 F10 93 - 4,000 160:1 40 20 F10 74 39 208:1 71.0 52 F 1 0 57 52:1 19.2 13 30 (F14 FloF16 417 40 GS 126:16) 44.0 31.5 (F10) 182 F30: 8,000 F25 90 125 3 F30 > 6 ) 30/(20) F14 18 kg :1 56.0 40 ) 143 46 208:16) 72.7 52 20/(30) Flo (F14) 110 54:1 21.0 13.5 30 16 (F14) 80 14,000 F2100 218:16) 76.0 54.5 30/(20) (F14 Flo90 184 1GS F35 �� 9 3F335: kg 442:16) 880:16) 155 276 110.5 220 20 F10 51 FA35 53:1 21.0 13.25 40 (F26) 1,333 140 �28 214:16) 75.0 53.5 30 F14 373 GS 'F407) 135 200.3 434:161 152 108.5 30/(20) T10) 184 160 48 kg 864:16) 268 216 20 F10 104 1,752:161 552 438 20 F10 51 170 52:1 20.3 13 50 (F25) 2,759 F35 GS 6) 74.0 52.5 40/ 3 (F14) 757 296 F48: 56,000 F4487� 160 250.3 411:16� 30 F14 389 75 kg 848:16) 263 212 30/(20) (F10) 213 308 1,718:16) 533 430 20/(30) F10 105 1) For further information on lifetime, refer to "Lifetime for motor operation" and "Lifetime for manual operation" 2) For a swing angle up to max. 90°. 3) Conversion factor from output torque to input torque for actuator size definition When new, the factor can fall short of the indicated value by up to 10 %. 4) Indicated weight includes unfinished coupling and grease filling in the gear housing. 5) Toothing does not allow for higher loads. 6) Equipped with primary reduction gearing or planetary gearing to reduce input torques. 7) Screwed and doweled to housing by means of extension flange. We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made. Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document. For further information on the product, refer to www.auma.com. Y000.288/003/en Issue 1.20 Page 1/8 Page 32 of 52 Page 33 of 52 Powder coating - For Valves up to 48" - Coating thickness = 10 mils Akzo Nobel Powder Coatings GmbH Functional Powder Coatings Product Datasheet AkzoNobel Resicoat° R4-FB for Fluidized Bed Application on Preheated Surfaces Code: HJC06R Product Resicoat® R4 is a high quality thermosetting epoxy powder coating for the corrosion protection of Description valves and fittings, manufactured from cast iron or steel. It fulfills the stringent requirements of GSK. The powder coating is applied in one layer on a preheated surface by fluidized bed application. Typical film thickness achieved is in the range of 250 — 500 pm. The resultant thermoset epoxy has a high mechanical resistance with excellent electrical insulation properties. Drinking water approvals are available to confirm the coatings suitability, as a hygienic and environmental friendly coating. The outstanding adhesion of Resicoat® R4 epoxy powders to the metal substrate provides long term protection of the coated component. It ensures a reliable conservation to the function and value of the pants for the common water and gas distribution network. The applicator of Resicoat® R4 benefits from a modern and environmentally friendly process. It is possible to overcoat Resicoat® R4 with polyester powder and liquid coatings to achieve an UV protection. Powder Properties Typical value Method EpoxyBinder System Density Gel time at 2000 C Particle size distribution Storage stability 1.30 — 1.40 g/cm3 30 — 45 sec. < 63 pm = 25 — 50 % < 200 pm > 99 % ISO 8130-2 modified ISO 8130-6 Malvern ISO 8130-1 6 months from date of manufacture at < 23' C Application Preheating temperature object 180 — 210' C object temperature Data Post cure conditions object The coating is self curing, if the wall thickness of the steel/cast iron is greater than 8 mm. If the wall thickness of the steel/cast iron is less than 8 mm, additional curing of 3 to 8 minutes at 190' C object temperature is required. Coating 1. Pre -cleaning Process MarkwiesenstraSe 50 72770 Reutlingen Germany The surface must be free of oil, grease, salt, and other impurities. 2. Blasting Moulding sand, rust and sharp edges must be removed with angular steel grit. The graphite from the cast iron must be removed from the blasting material according NACE No.2 / SSPC-10 / Sa 2.5. Recommended anchor profile of >_60 pm should be stored max. 4 hours before pre -heating (dust -free and dry). 3. Pre -heating This form of heating produces a uniform, defined temperature in the component. Any oxidation should be avoided. 4. Coating application Immediately after preheating, the coating process starts without loosing any object temperature. The coating is done in the shortest possible time in a single pass with no interruption. 5. Coating cure Curing is achieved by the heat contained in the object. If the heating capacity of the work piece is sufficient. To confirm fully curing, MIBK is dropped for 30 sec. on the film surface with no visible change. T+49 7121 519-0 RESICOAT° F+49 7121 519-212 www.resicoat.com Experts in Functional Powder Coatings Resicoat® R4-FB HJC06R December 20, 2016 Page 1 of 3 Paqe 34 of 52 Material Properties MarkwiesenstraSe 50 72770 Reutlingen Germany Akzo Nobel Powder Coatings GmbH Functional Powder Coatings AkzoNobel MethodTypical value Color blue, ca. RAL 5005 Recommended film thickness 250 — 350 pm Flow smooth Gloss at 600 angle 65 — 90 units ISO 2813 Cross cut Gt 0 DIN EN ISO 2409 Impact resistance > 5 Joule DIN 30677-2 > 2.26 Joule ASTM D 2794 20 inchpound > 18 Joule ASTM G 14 modified 1/8 in (3.2 mm) [steel plate] Abrasion resistance ASTM D 4060 < 40 mg CS-1 7, 1000 g, 1000 cycles < 200 pm EN 598 Dielectric strength >_ 30 kV/mm IEC 60243-1 Volume resistivity (DC voltage) 1.1 x 1015 ASTM D 257 Elongation > 5 % DIN 30677-2 Indentation resistance 48 In, 700 C < 30 % DIN 30677-2/DIN EN 14901 24 In, 600 C < 10 % ASTM G 17 Compressive strength > 100 MPa ASTM D 695 Shear adhesion > 35 MPa ASTM D 1002 Heat aging DIN EN 14901 in air (1100 C, 90 days) pass in water (700 C, 7 days) pass Thermal stability under heat aging pass AS/NZS 4158:2003 Weathering (Xenon test), 100 days pass ASTM D 2596 Hardness (Buchholz) >_ 80 DIN EN ISO 2815 Strain polarization pass WIS 4-52-01 Cathodic disbonding, 30 days, 230 C < 10 mm DIN 30677-2 Hot water immersion, 90 days, 700 C pass AWWA C550 Adhesion after 7 days, 900 C water >_ 16 MPa ISO 4624, GSK Disinfectant resistance no change of surface, after 10 test stages a 15 h according DVGW work sheet W 291 no chalking. (chlorine dioxide, sodium hypochlorite) The following migration test with demineralised water showed no defects of the film. The concentration of the examined para- meters in the tested water were below the limits of the epoxy guideline for ancillaries for pipes DN >300 mm (in main trunks). Water condensation test no change ASTM D 4585 (Cleveland test), 21 days Salt spray resistance, 2000 h no blistering, no loss of adhesion BS 3900:F4 Salt spray test, 4000 h no under -rusting on the cut DIN EN ISO 9227 (steel substrate) Water absorption, 100 days, 230C ± 2 pass AS/NZS 3862 Chemical resistance fulfilled EN 598 (pH 3 —13, 230 C) T+49 7121 519-0 F+49 7121 519-212 www.resicoat.com RESICOATc Experts in Functional Powder Coatings ResicoaC R4-FB HJC06R December 20, 2016 Page 2 of 3 Paqe 35 of 52 Material Properties MarkwiesenstraSe 50 72770 Reutlingen Germany Akzo Nobel Powder Coatings GmbH Functional Powder Coatings AkzoNobel MethodTypical value Color blue, ca. RAL 5005 Recommended film thickness 250 — 350 pm Flow smooth Gloss at 600 angle 65 — 90 units ISO 2813 Cross cut Gt 0 DIN EN ISO 2409 Impact resistance > 5 Joule DIN 30677-2 > 2.26 Joule ASTM D 2794 20 inchpound > 18 Joule ASTM G 14 modified 1/8 in (3.2 mm) [steel plate] Abrasion resistance ASTM D 4060 < 40 mg CS-1 7, 1000 g, 1000 cycles < 200 pm EN 598 Dielectric strength >_ 30 kV/mm IEC 60243-1 Volume resistivity (DC voltage) 1.1 x 1015 ASTM D 257 Elongation > 5 % DIN 30677-2 Indentation resistance 48 In, 700 C < 30 % DIN 30677-2/DIN EN 14901 24 In, 600 C < 10 % ASTM G 17 Compressive strength > 100 MPa ASTM D 695 Shear adhesion > 35 MPa ASTM D 1002 Heat aging DIN EN 14901 in air (1100 C, 90 days) pass in water (700 C, 7 days) pass Thermal stability under heat aging pass AS/NZS 4158:2003 Weathering (Xenon test), 100 days pass ASTM D 2596 Hardness (Buchholz) >_ 80 DIN EN ISO 2815 Strain polarization pass WIS 4-52-01 Cathodic disbonding, 30 days, 230 C < 10 mm DIN 30677-2 Hot water immersion, 90 days, 700 C pass AWWA C550 Adhesion after 7 days, 900 C water >_ 16 MPa ISO 4624, GSK Disinfectant resistance no change of surface, after 10 test stages a 15 h according DVGW work sheet W 291 no chalking. (chlorine dioxide, sodium hypochlorite) The following migration test with demineralised water showed no defects of the film. The concentration of the examined para- meters in the tested water were below the limits of the epoxy guideline for ancillaries for pipes DN >300 mm (in main trunks). Water condensation test no change ASTM D 4585 (Cleveland test), 21 days Salt spray resistance, 2000 h no blistering, no loss of adhesion BS 3900:F4 Salt spray test, 4000 h no under -rusting on the cut DIN EN ISO 9227 (steel substrate) Water absorption, 100 days, 230C ± 2 pass AS/NZS 3862 Chemical resistance fulfilled EN 598 (pH 3 —13, 230 C) T+49 7121 519-0 F+49 7121 519-212 www.resicoat.com RESICOATc Experts in Functional Powder Coatings ResicoaC R4-FB HJC06R December 20, 2016 Page 2 of 3 Paqe 36 of 52 Akzo Nobel Powder Coatings GmbH Functional Powder Coatings A kzo N o b e l Conformities • AWWA C550 • DIN EN 14901 • ISO 12944-2, table 1 (standard does not include powder coating systems) Resicoat° R4-FB HJC06R meets the high atmospheric corrosivity category C4 (typically in industrial areas and coastal areas with moderate salinity) and the very high atmospheric- corrosivity -categories C5-1 (industrial) and C5-M (marine) if applied as a holiday -free coating at a film thickness of >400 pm. A sufficient film thickness is highly required to ensure good edge coverage. For gloss and color stability a UV - resistant polyester topcoat has to be applied. Approvals Drinking water: DE: UBA-Coatings Guideline, Approval no.: K-235947-13, Hygiene Institut DE: DVGW directive work sheet W 270, Approval no. W-279700k-17, Hygiene Institut FIR: DGS/VS 4 No99/217, AFNOR XP P41-250-1-3, No. de dossier: ACS 12 MAT LY 129, LSEHL NL: Guideline BRL-K759, Zertifikat Nr.: K 11557, KIWA UK: BS 6920, Approval No. 1701509, WRAS CZ: Regulation no. 409/2005 Statute Book, Mark 4/2010, ZDRAVOTNI USTAV AT: Food contact assessment, Dok.-Nr.: D-2524353, AGES AT: ONORM B 5014 Teil 1, Test Report No.: 412.335, OR IT: D.M. del 6/04/04 n. 174, Rapporto di Prova N. 286, SSICA PL: PZH Atest Higieniczny, Document No. HK/W/0410/02/2016, Narodowy Instytut Zdrowia Publicznego US: ANSI/NSF 61 Drinking Water System Components — Health Effects, NSF GSK: Material approval Gas: DE: Test of resistance to gas according G 260, Report no.: 06/069/5123/3, DVGW Biogas: DE: Test of resistance to biogas (gases from regenerative sources) according G 262, Report no.: 07/040/5110/3, DVGW Recommended Resicoat® IRS two -component repair material Repair Material Date of issue: December 20, 2016 Authorized by: GK Revision no.: 15 Disclaimer: This Product Data Sheet is based on the present state of our knowledge and on current laws. The data referring to Powder Properties, Application Data and Physical Tests is based on lab based samples. Factors such as quality or condition of the substrate may have an effect on the use and application of the product. It remains the responsibility of the user to test thoroughly if the product is applicable for the intended use. The use of the product beyond our recommendation releases us from our responsibility, unless we have recommended the specific use in writing. It is always the responsibility of the user to take all necessary steps to fulfil the demands set out in the local rules and legislation. We are not liable for any application -technological advice. The Product Data Sheet shall be updated from time to time. Please ensure you have the latest version before using the product. All products and Product Data Sheets are subject to our standard terms and conditions of sale (GCS). You can receive the latest copy of GCS via internet or our post address. Brand names mentioned in this Product Data Sheet are trademarks of or are licensed to the AkzoNobel group. MarkwiesenstraRe 50 72770 Reutlingen Germany T+49 7121 519-0 F+49 7121 519-212 www.resicoat.com RESICOA - Experts in Functional Powder Coatings Resicoat® R4-FB HJC06R December 20, 2016 Page 3 of 3 Paqe 37 of 52 il I ,;#3K3 Page 38 of 52 OVAG VAG Butterfly Valves VAG EKN° double eccentric - VAG TEKN triple eccentric Paqe 39 of 52 A Century of Experience VAG valves are known for long term reliability in the most demanding water and wastewater applications. Whether a simple check valve or a complex automatic control valve, each VAG valve is built on over 100 years of design, manufacturing and application experience to ensure its dependability and superior performance. Outstanding Technical Support From the factory to the field, VAG provides responsive and knowledgeable technical assistance and support. VAG application engineers, and our team of trained and experienced sales representatives, work closely with designers to select the right valve from our broad product range to ensure the valve meets the system requirements. VAG is committed to serving our customers in all phases of the project. Superior Quality VAG valves are designed in accordance with applicable AWWA and other industry standards and precision manufactured from the highest grade materials. Every valve is tested to ensure it meets our high standards and the latest industry requirements so you can be sure it will operate as expected from the minute it is put in service. Comprehensive Product Range We are continuously expanding and improving our product line to meet the ever -changing needs of the waterworks industry. From off -the -shelf standard butterfly and plug valves to sophisticated, highly engineered pump control, check and surge control valves, VAG offers one of the broadest ranges of valves specifically suited to the demanding needs of municipal waterworks. Paqe 40 of 52 EKN° AWWA Butterfly Valve VAG butterfly valves have been manufactured for over 50 years in different versions. They are renowned all over the world for their reliability in a wide variety of operating conditions while performing under strict functional requirements. The VAG EKN° AWWA Butterfly Valve has been designed based on this experience. VAG EKN° AWWA Butterfly Valves are commonly found in cooling systems for power plants and industrial facilities - as well as transmission pipelines, hydro power plants and water systems around the world. • Pressure rating: - 6" up to 168": class 150 A/B, 250 B, 300 - large sizes available • Standard version with worm gear • Operating options: — manual actuator — electric actuator — pneumatic actuator — hydraulic actuator — Actuator with counter weight • Special design on demand — steel welded — forged steel — with welding ends — for operational temperatures from -40°F up to 392°F (200°C) — rubber lined version — different kinds of elastomer for various applications: EPDM, NBR, Viton, PU, PTFE • NSF61 approved coating systems • Fusion Bonded Epoxy (< 48"); Epoxy coating > 48" • VAG epoxy coating system: - GSK quality specification (heavy corrosion protection) • Optional: Rilsan, Patig, Halar, Hard Rubber Lining • Self locking • Fully enclosed (water proof, NEMA 4 or 6) • ISO flange and shaft connection to the gear • Adjustable limit stops made of solid material • Gear box position can be turned by 90' • Shafts are made of stainless steel and are completely enclosed by a redundant double O-ring sealing and covered disk -shaft bearings. This guarantees optimum corrosion protection for all parts. • Bearing bushings are made of seawater resistant bronze and guaranty a long and reliable life due to self-lubricating capability. • Safe operation even at changing pipeline conditions • Dry shaft operation • Optimized closing of the sealing ring into the body seat • Important reduction of the shea- ring strains on the sealing ring • Long life due to low wear of the sealing ring • Relief of the sealing ring in full, open position • Sealing ring can be replaced easily while valve is in -line • Shape optimized by use of computer analysis minimizing head loss • Sealing ring is not interrupted by shaft bearings • Automatic sealing system in the sealing ring. Operational pressure supports sealing force in both flowing directions. • Due to its profile, the sealing ring is retained firmly between disk and retaining ring. No seal failure even at extreme flow velocities. 40 • Micro -finished hard faced seat. Other surfaces with epoxy resin coating • Direct welded onto the body to avoid corrosion between seat and body Paqe 41 of 52 3 EKNO AWWA Butterfly Valve - Resilient Seated Double Offset Fusion bond epoxy coating Dry shaft, free end Double offset disk Robotically applied nickel chromium body seat Easily replaceable profile seal ring, bi-directional, drip tight Low cost life cycle Double Offset Design The centerline of the disc rotation is horizontally and vertically offset from the body seat. This modern design provides 360 degree sealing and eliminates the potential for "compression set" of the rubber seat in the fully open position. Expect decades of bi-directional sealing from vacuum to rated pressure. Retaining ring Rugged and Corrosion Resistant High strength ductile iron body coated with NSF-61 certified fusion bonded epoxy creates long-term corrosion resistance. Weld Overlaid Body Seat The body seat is nickel chromium alloy, weld overlaid onto the ductile iron body and micro -finished. The weld overlay process forms a permanent metallurgical bond preventing corrosion between the seat and body. Body, Ductile iron Optional: Steel welded, Welded end) Pin connection Worm gear unit Dry shaft, drive end with o-ring sealing sets Bearing bushing, bronze Dry Shaft The innovative dry shaft design protects the body and disc hub shaft bores by sealing the shafts from line media, while the backup replaceable cartridge seals prevent groundwater entry. The shaft is supported at both ends by heavy duty, self-lubricating, lead-free bronze bushings. Field Replaceable Rubber Seat High quality body and disc castings allow for minimal exposure of the elastomeric seal to the flow stream and are designed to withstand extreme localized fluid velocities across the seat without pullout, cold flow, or scalloping. In the unlikely event seat replacement becomes necessary, the seat retention method permits replacement using common tools with minimal down time. 4 Page 42 of 52 TEKN AWWA Butterfly Valve - Metallic Seated Triple Offset Shaft, ii= C, IU Stainless steel seal ring Retaining ring Technical Details • Pressure range class 150 A/B, class 250 B/300 • Nominal dimensions 6" - 48" • Field of application: Water, sea water, hot water • Sealing system: triple eccentric seat design solid stainless steel seat and stainless steel sealing ring • Face to Face dimensions ISO 5752 Table4, short (13) • Standard version: With worm gear unit • Actuator types: - handwheel - electric - hydraulic - pneumatic • With brake and lift unit as safety device • Standard version: Body and disk of A536 60-40-18 ductile cast iron EN-JS 1030 (GGG-40) with epoxy coating • Special versions: - Sealing system laminated stainless steel with graphite laminate - Steel welded - With welded -ends • Epoxy coating min 250pm ­1 11 ly u 1 ill ly Product Characteristics • The stainless steel shafts are completely enclosed by an O-ring seal and closed bearing lugs. This protects the whole bearing optimally from corrosion. • The self-lubricating properties of the bronze bearing bushing guarantee a long and safe service life. • Wear -resistant, hardfaced stainless steel seat. • Metal sealing valve. The friction forces are minimized by triple eccentric design. • To predict reliability, the VAG Valve design is verified by a stress analyses and functional testing under critical conditions. The VAG Triple Eccentric Butterfly Valve provides a tight shut-off. The design ensures that the disc sea contacts the body seat only at the final close position. • The metal to metal sealed TEKN Butterfly Valve provides extra safety compared to the operation of rubber seal Butterfly Valves. Contamination with limescale or mussels do not harm the sealing system. • OFFSET 1: The shaft is offset from shaft to seal allowes the complete sealing contact around the entire seat. • OFFSET 2: The shaft centerline is offset from the pipe centerline which provides interference free opening and closing of the valve. • OFFSET 3: The seat cone axis is offset from the shaft centerline to eliminate friction during closing and opening. The disc seal closes into the cone to achieve uniform sealing around the entire seat. 5 Paqe 43 of 52 EKNO AWWA Butterfly Valve Material specification 3.1 4.4 3.4 Standard Materials 4.1 4.5 1 Body Ductile Iron, ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 or 60-40-18 2.1 Disc Ductile Iron, ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 or 60-40-18 2.2 Retaining Ring Stainless Steel, Type 304 (Standard) Stainless Steel, Type 316 (Optional) 2.3 Seat Ring EPDM (Standard) Buna-N or Viton (Optional) 2.4 Hex Head Screw Stainless Steel, Type 316 2.5 Washer Stainless Steel, Type 316 3.1 Shaft, Driven End Stainless Steel, Type 304 (Standard) Stainless Steel, Type 316 (Optional) 3.2 Shaft, Free End Stainless Steel, Type 304 (Standard) Stainless Steel, Type 316 (Optional) 3.3 Shaft Pin Stainless Steel, Type 431, Mechanically Retained 3.4 Key Carbon steel, A576 4.1 Bearing Flange Steel, ASTM A36, Zinc Plated 4.2 Bearing Cover Steel, ASTM A36, Zinc Plated 4.3 Bearing Bushing Bronze, Alloy C90800 4.4 Spacer Bushing Stainless Steel, Type 304 4.5 Hex Head Screw Stainless Steel, Type 316 4.7 Set Screw Stainless Steel, Type 316 4.8 O-Ring EPDM (Standard) Buna-N or Viton (Optional) 4.9 O-Ring EPDM (Standard) Buna-N or Viton (Optional) Contact factory for other options, materials, configurations and lining/coatings. Paqe 44 of 52 EKNO AWWA Butterfly Valve Dimensions (inches) Valve Size A 311 913/16 81, lkl3/16 101, 913/16 12" 913/16 40MMF 913/16 133/4 133i4 'A'MMMkj2" 153/4 153/4 153/4 153/4 1911/16 48" 1911 54" 2413�16 .0 2413�16 2413�16 3�16 B 71/8 81 713/16 1012 1115116 141/16 1 16 1612 1915116 2115116 2712 311/16 3458 3638 3678 4211/16 4512 C 11 7B 13 aB 7/16 171/16 18 5/16 21 X 221/16 24 5B 2712 3111/16 38 40 78 4812 6 51 11B 571 66 7/16 D 915/16 11 3/16 11 151/16 16516 A9 19 3B 21 3/4 2411/16 28 3B 343/16 37 441 467/16 5116 583/4 E 212 212 212 31B 31B 315/16 315/16 415/16 415/16 65/16 77B 77B 913h6 913h6 1238 153/4 F 313/16 313/16 313/16 4 i8 5 5B 5 5B 6 7/8 6 7/8 8 9/16 10 3/4 10 3/4 r133/16 133/16 195/16 24 G 215/16 215/16 215/16 3 7/16 37/16 41/8 41/8 415/16 415/16 6718 83/16 83/16 10 3/16 10 13 M 1615,16 H 85116 912 1013116 16 167/16 1813116 21 314 2413116 2911/16 329/16 3813116 39 3B 5116 V, 451/4 51 7B i aB 1a'16 fah 111/16 211/16\14 4a'16 51,16 611/16 812 10aB 147,16 143�4 181/1 21 3�16 259/16 J 913�16 913�16 3116 10 10 165116 1713116 1713116 2238 257,G 26314 2911116 29 /16 2911/16 351 3913116 K 61B 71 8 5B 915V16 11 ah 6 12 ah 6 3/4 14 all6 1712 2011/16 23 58 27 9/16 3012 7/16 37 58 40 3/4 4416 L 500 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 15 15 15 18 18 M 6 77B 97,16 11 11316 1258 11 13�16 153/4 1711/16 2158 259/16 27 6 31 12 337B 361/4 47 Weight 79 125 174 267 1 306 1 408 590 780 1015 1616 2701 2381 4863 6614 1 8377 10141 12125 NOTE: 1. Dimensions apply to Pressure Class 15013, ANSI Class 125 flanged valves, dimensions for larger sizes and higher pressure ratings available upon request. 2. Weight includes standard gear actuator. 3. Dimensions based on standard gear actuator and may vary if a different actuator is supplied. Request certified drawings if dimensions are critical. 4. Larger sizes and higher pressure ratings available upon request. Page 45 of 52 EKNO AWWA Butterfly Valve Accident Prevention Device (APD) EKN° APD is a reliable mechanical safety device comprising of 3 to 6 locking pins that when engaged, prevent the butterfly valve from opening. While the upstream side is fully pressurized — the disc remains drop tight — in the `locked' and closed position. Why APD? • Safety - Considered `Best Practice' protocol when workers enter a pipeline for system/component maintenance. • Disk is `locked' in closed position — even if the valve shaft and gearbox are removed — ensuring truest form of isolation in a pipeline. • Reduces liability — manufactured and proven safety solution • Reduces plant downtime, improves profitability • Reduces investment cost by replacing two conventional isolation valves respectively - double block and bleed system Why VAG APD? • 30+ years experience • Hundreds of installations, references • German engineered quality, zero failure • Approved by international safety authorities and power plant operators Finite Element Analysis VAG EKN® Butterfly Valve 84" with APD. The VAG design team provides conceptual design, traditional and computational stress analysis, flow dynamics analysis and technical drawings. Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) analysis is also employed to minimize cavitation, headloss, and turbulence. VAG engineers have effectively integrated FEA into the design process, enabling rapid optimization before expensive hardware is made. The valve is subject to different load cases in order to predict the behavior under all postulated opeating conditions. For each load case, the valve is assessed to the requirement of PED 97/23/EC or ASME VIII code, ensuring safety and quality of construction through a series of hydrostatic tests. VAG Butterfly Valve undergoing FEA. Paqe 46 of 52 VAG Butterfly Valves With HYsec Hydraulic Actuator by VAG When performance and safety is of utmost importance, VAG Hydraulic Actuated Valves are an excellent selection. EKN° AWWA Butterfly Valves can be equipped with a weight loaded hydraulic actuator (VAG HYsec Brake -and -Lift Cylinder). This electro hydraulic unit actuates the valve efficiently and safely. Due to the lever and drop weight, the valve can be opera- ted in the event of power failures. The modular design enables VAG Brake -and -Lift Cylinder to be used in a variety of applications. Typical modes of operation are pipe burst safety device, pump check valve, quick opening valve and turbine inlet/bypass valve. Additional functions are easily added by attaching a new module. Safety is guaranteed wherever VAG Brake -and -Lift Cylinder are used: Pin= hi ircf cnf=fii rl=%Ar= Paqe 47 of 52 HYsec Hydraulic Actuators by VAG The possibilities are yours! VAG EKN° 78" Butterfly Valve with HYsec Hydraulic Brake -and -Lift Cylinder during customer acceptance the pressure test in 2009 at a power plant in Boxberg, Germany. Vertical cylinder, anti clockwise closing VAG EKN° 48" Butterfly Valve with brake and lift cylinder, installed in the Leibis-Lichte dam in Germany VAG EKN° 54" Butterfly Valve with HYsec for water supply at a plant in Poland. Vertical cylinder downward, clockwise closing VAG EKN° 48" Butterfly Valve with HYsec Hydraulic Brake -and -Lift Cylinder, installed in the Eibenstock dam in Germany. 10 Paqe 48 of 52 Technical details EE WIN 1s.z L1.3 1.1.5 1.1.6 1.1 Working unit 1.1.1 Lever with drop weight 1.1.2 Cylinder body 1.1.3 Piston rod 1.1.4 Cushioning plunger 1.1.5 Hinge joint 1.1.6 Stop in closed position 1.1.7 Connecting console 1.1.9 Flow control non -return valve -dosing, second stage RK 1.1.10 1.1.10 Oil drain plug 1.2 Control unit 1.2.1 Valve block 1.2.2 Solenoid seat valve 1.2.3 Flow control valve - closing, first stage 1.2.4 Stop cock closing stop for opening with hand pump Flow control valve Closing speed not influenced by hydraulic pressure 2nd Flow control valve • 2 seperate adjustable closing times • Control function for plunger valves Shut-off ball valve Bypass valve • Bypass of solenoid seat valve • Manual tripping / Solenoid seat valve Pressure aauae 1.2.5 Check valve 1.2.6 Pressure gauge 1.2.7 Cover plate 1.3 Pump unit 1.3.1 Drive block 1.3.2 Pump motor 1.3.3 Radial plunger pump 1.3.4 Hand pump 1.3.5 Oil filter 1.3.6 Pressure limiting valve 1.3.7 Oil tank 1.3.8 Oil lever indicator 1.3.9 Oil filling plug 1.3.10 Oil drain plug 1.4 Control piping 1.4.1 Pipe pressure side 1.4.2 Pipe recirculation 1.4.3 Pipe recirculation 1.4.4 Check valve 1.4.5 Lifting control valve 1.5 Electric accessories 1.5.1 Terminal box 1.5.2 Control box 1.5.3 Limit switch „Open" „Closed" „Open on automatic" Hydraulic pump with oil submerge motor protection NEMA 6 Hydraulic pump with electric mo- tor protection class NEMA 4 3 plunger pumps y r 11 Paqe 49 of 52 0 Production and sales location Sales Office Locations O GERMANY MANNHEIM 0 AUSTRIA VIENNA 0 CHILE SANTIAGO DE CHILE 0 CHINA TAICANG 0 CZECH REPUBLIC (JMA) HODONIN 0 FRANCE CHASSIEU 0 HUNGARY BUDAPEST 0 INDIA HYDERABAD 0 ITALY SAN GIULIANO 0 MALAYSIA PETALING JAYA &VAG VAG USA, LLC For international sales, 9025 Marshall Road please contact our partner Cranberry Twp., PA 16066 company, VAG-Armaturen GmbH, headquartered in Phone: 724-776-1020 Mannheim, Germany. info-ga@vag-group.com www.vag-usa.com www.vag-group.com 0 MEXICO MONTERREY 0 POLAND WARSAW 0 RUSSIA SAMARA 0 SOUTH AFRICA (VAG/KLAMFLEX) KRUGERSDORP 0 UAE DUBAI 0 UK BIRMINGHAM 0 VAG USA, LLC CRANBERRY TWP, PA VAG-EKN-0617 Paqe 50 of 52 11 1 ';#M, Page 51 of 52 VAG EKN Absperrklappe DN 100... 2500 PN 6 ... 40 VAG EKN Butterfly Valve Widerstandsbeiwert ZETA Ober den Offnungswinkel der Klappenscheibe flow resistance coefficient ; versus opening degree of the butterfly valve YAG 1000 c °' U 0) N o U 100 U) 0 N a� a� � o 10 Anfangswerte fur die 0,5 ge6ffnete Klappe in Abhangigkeit von DN and PN Starting values for open valve in relation to DN and PN 0,1 AUF OPEN 000, 00, 80 70 60 SchlieRwinkel 50 40 a 30 20 10 ZU CLOSED DN 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 24" 700 800 30" 900 36" 1000 1100 42" 1200 1400 1500 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2500 PN 6 - - - - - - - - - - - 0,3 0,2 0,15 - 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,13 0,12 0,12 0,12 0,12 PN 10 - - 0,55 0,45 0,4 0,35 0,3 0,45 0,4 0,4 0,38 0,3 0,3 0,29 0,25 0,23 0,2 0,2 0,15 0,15 0,14 0,14 0,14 0,12 PN 16 1,24 1,0 0,6 0,55 0,45 0,4 0,35 0,35 0,45 0,5 0,46 0,41 0,38 0,36 0,34 0,33 0,32 0,3 0,3 0,25 0,2 0,3 0,3 0,3 PN 25 1,24 - 0,6 0,55 0,45 0,4 0,35 0,35 0,55 0,55 0,58 0,58 0,52 0,48 0,46 - 0,43 0,5 0,5 0,45 - 0,4 0,4 0,4 PN 40 - I - 1 0,8 0,65 0,55 1 0,48 0,42 0,55 0,6 1 0,62 1 0,621 0,6 1 0,551 0,51 1 0,49 0,45 0,51 0,6 0,52 35 KAT1310-U Blatt: 1 28.02.2019 Hd Page 52 of 52 1. 2. 3. 4. 5 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 11 12 13 INDEX NOTICE TO OFFERORS GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE § 2269 PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM — (must be submitted by published due date & time) 4-1. PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM 4-2. SUBMITTAL OF DOCUMENTS 4-3. CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS POST -CLOSING DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS — (to be submitted no later than seven business days after the close date when proposals are due) 5-1. FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS PAYMENT BOND PERFORMANCE BOND CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS SPECIAL CONDITIONS (IF APPLICABLE) SPECIFICATIONS Page Intentionally Left Blank NOTICE TO OFFERORS Pate Intentionally Left Blank City of :,Lubbock TEXAS RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement 1. NOTICE TO OFFERORS 1.1. Offerors may submit proposals electronically by uploading required documents at the City of Lubbock's partner's website, Bonfire. This Request for Proposals is for your convenience in submitting an offer for the specified services. If submitting electronically, do not submit paper documents. If you choose to submit in hard copy, submit one original paper copy of your submittal to the office of the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management: Physical: Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management City of Lubbock 13 14 Avenue K, 9th Floor Lubbock, Texas 79401 Mailing: Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 MARK ENVELOPE WITH THE SOLICITATION NUMBER, TITLE, AND DUE DATE/TIME 1.2. Proposals will be opened in the office of the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management, Citizens Tower, 1314 Avenue K, Floor 9, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, and via teleconference as shown below at 3:00 PM on August 17, 2023, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the above referenced. 1.3. After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed proposals will be opened in the office of the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management and publicly read aloud. Bids will be opened via teleconference if date/time stamped on or before the deadline stated at the office listed above. The Zoom meeting information is as follows: Website: https://zoom.us/j/98439372245?pwd=bHpwUThVUWpXEUCeEp2SnJgQjR Meeting ID: 984 3937 2245 Passcode: 1314 1.4. It is the sole responsibility of the offeror to ensure that his proposal is actually in the office of the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written. Any proposal received after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the offeror. 1.5. Mailing of a proposal does not ensure that the proposal will be delivered on time or delivered at all. If offeror does not hand deliver proposal, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery service that provides a receipt. The City of Lubbock assumes no responsibility for errant delivery of proposals, including those relegated to a courier agent who fails to deliver in accordance with the time and receiving point specified. 1.6. Although offers may be submitted electronically, hard copy proposals will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier service. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX PROPOSALS. 1.7. Proposals may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time set for closing. Alteration made before RFP closing must be initialed by offeror guaranteeing authenticity. 1.8. Proposals are due at 3:00 PM on August 17, 2023 and should be addressed to Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management, City of Lubbock, Texas, Citizens Tower, 1314 Avenue K, Floor 9, Lubbock, Texas, 79401. The City of Lubbock Council members will consider the proposals on September 12, 2023, at the Citizens Tower, 1314 Avenue K, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all proposals and waive any formalities. The successful offeror will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful offeror will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $50,000. Said statutory bonds shall be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of "A" or better. THE BONDS MUST BE IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE CITY ATTORNEY. NO WORK ON THE CONTRACT SHOULD COMMENCE BEFORE THE BONDS ARE PROVIDED AND APPROVED. 1.9 NOTICE TO PROCEED WILL BE ISSUED 30 DAYS FOLLOWING THE AWARD OF THE CONTRACT BY THE LUBBOCK CITY COUNCIL. 1.10. Please allow time to upload required documentation. 24hrs in advance is recommended. 1.11. Offerors are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the proposal submitted as a guarantee that offeror will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds within ten (10) business days after notice of award of the contract to the Offeror. FAILURE OF THE OFFEROR TO INCLUDE PROPOSAL SECURITY WITH THE PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL SHALL CONSTITUTE A NON -RESPONSIVE PROPOSAL AND RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF THE PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL. 1.12. Copies of plans and specifications may be obtained at bidder's expense from the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management office. Plans and specifications can be viewed online and downloaded from https://ci-lbbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/portal/ at no cost. In the event of a large file size, please be patient when downloading or viewing. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries. 1.13. It shall be each offeror's sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform Offeror regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the proposal submitted. 2. PRE -PROPOSAL MEETING 2.10. For the purpose of familiarizing offerors with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing addenda as needed for the clarification of the Request for Proposals (RFP) documents, a non -mandatory pre -proposal conference will be held at 10:00AM, August 8, 2023, via teleconference. The Zoom meeting information is as follows: Website: https://zoom.us/j/98068340778?pwd=OTRFMkImMlhILzglTkQ2OTgwNkIDdzO9 Meeting ID: 980 6834 0778 Passcode: 1314 2.11. All persons attending the meeting will be asked to identify themselves and the prospective offeror they represent. 2.12. It is the offeror's responsibility to attend the pre -proposal meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre -proposal meeting to offerors who do not attend the pre -proposal meeting. Attention of each offeror is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this notice to offerors. Each offerors attention is further directed to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. 3. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all offerors that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit proposals in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. 4. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -proposal meetings and proposal openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you require special assistance, please contact the Purchasing and Contract Management Office at (806) 775-2572 write to Post Office Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. CITY OF LUBBOCK, Marta Alvarez DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING & CONTRACT MANAGEMENT Pate Intentionally Left Blank GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Pate Intentionally Left Blank GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS 1. OFFEROR INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS 1.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals. It shall be the offerors responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this RFP to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the proposal closing date. A review of such notifications will be made. 1.2 NO OFFEROR SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS (RFP) MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE PROPOSAL CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TO: Kiara Morgan, Buyer III City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office 1314 Avenue K, Floor 9, Lubbock, Texas, 79401 Fax: 806-775-2164 Email KMorgan2mylubbock.us Website: https://ci-lbbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/portal/ 2. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION 2.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be substantially completed within 79 Consecutive Calendar Days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful offeror. 2.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified. 2.3 Upon receipt of notice to proceed, and upon commencement of the work, the Contractor shall ensure daily prosecution of the work is conducted every business day until the work is completed, regardless if the work will be substantially or finally complete ahead of specified deadlines in the agreement, unless the City determines time off from said prosecution is necessary or reasonable and Contractor received said determination in writing from the City. Additionally, inclement weather shall be the only other reason consistent, daily prosecution of the work may not take place on those inclement weather days. GUARANTEES 3.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within One year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 3.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein. 3.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub- contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default. 3.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference. 4. BASIS OF PROPOSALS AND SELECTION CRITERIA 4.1 The City uses the Competitive Sealed Proposals procurement method as authorized by the Texas Legislature and further defined by Texas Government Code Section 2269. The Maximum Point value is equal to 100 points. The weight factor is 60 points for Price, 30 points for Contractor Qualifications, and 10 points for Construction Time. The selection criteria used to evaluate each proposal includes the following: 4.1.1 60 POINTS - PRICE: The quality of Offerors is not judged solely by a low initial cost proposal or, conversely, eliminated solely because of a high initial cost proposal. The following is the formula used when determining price as a factor for construction contract proposals. The lowest proposal price of all the proposals becomes the standard by which all price proposals are evaluated. One at a time, each proposal is evaluated by taking the lowest proposal price and dividing it by the price of the proposal being evaluated. That fraction is then multiplied by the maximum point value of the price factor for the price score. For Example: (Lowest Price/Current Proposal Price) x Maximum Point Value = Price Score. 4.1.2 30 POINTS - CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS: When evaluating a contractor's qualifications, the City uses the "Contractor's Statement of Qualifications" attached within, past experience with the contractor, the "Safety Record Questionnaire", and the Contractor's Experience Modification Ratio (EMR). The City may also interview the job superintendent at a time to be named after receipt of proposals. 4.1.3 Five (5) points of the overall points for this criteria are based on the Experience Modification Ration (EMR) and supporting documentation submitted by the contractor. 4.1.3.1 The lowest EMR of all the proposals becomes the standard by which all the EMRs are evaluated. One at a time, each proposal is evaluated by taking the lowest EMR and dividing it by the EMR of the proposal being evaluated. That fraction is then multiplied by 5 for the EMR score. For example: (Lowest EMR/Current EMR) x 5 = EMR Score portion of this criteria) 4.1.3.2 Contractors with an EMR greater than 1.0, as well as those Contractors not submitting EMRs, will receive zero points for this portion of the selection criteria. 4.1.4 For the remaining portion of this criteria, each evaluator assigns points based upon the responses the contractor provides in the "Contractor's Statement of Qualifications", any past experience with the contractor, and on safety record information submitted. The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or safety of Lubbock residents, be it related or caused by environmental, mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor under the contractor's control. Evaluators base their rating primarily upon how well you document previous offenses with the date of the offense, location where the offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of the offense, and any penalty assessed 4.1.5 The "Contractor's Statement of Qualifications" is a minimum. 4.1.5.1 You may provide additional pertinent information relevant to the project for which you are submitting this proposal in an appendix. 4.1.6 10 POINTS - CONSTRUCTION TIME: This criterion is, as with price, objective and evaluators use the following formula when determining construction time as a factor for construction contract proposals. The lowest construction time proposal of all the proposals becomes the standard by which all the construction time proposals are evaluated. One at a time, each proposal is evaluated by taking the lowest construction time and dividing it by the construction time of the proposal being evaluated. That fraction is then multiplied by the maximum point value of the construction time factor for the construction time score. For example: (Lowest construction time/Current Proposal construction time) x Maximum Point Value = Construction Time Score) 4.1.7 EVALUATION PROCESS: Evaluators independently review and score each proposal. The Committee meets, to discuss the individual scores of each evaluator. If the individual scores are similar, the Chairperson may average the scores then rank offerors accordingly. If the scores are significantly diverse, the Chairperson initiates and moderates discussion to determine the reasons for the differences and ensures that all evaluators are fully knowledgeable of all aspects of the proposals. Scores may then be adjusted by the committee based on committee discussion. 4.1.8 Please note that offerors with higher qualifications scores could be ranked higher than offerors with slightly better price scores. 4.2 The estimated budget for the construction phase of this project is $950,000.00. 4.3 Proposals shall be made using the forms provided. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS (Continued) 5. ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS 5.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the RFP are made by ADDENDA information available over the Internet at hiips://ci-lubbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/portal/. We strongly suggest that you check for any addenda a minimum of forty-eight hours in advance of the response deadline. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries. 5.2 Any offeror in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may request an interpretation thereof from the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management. At the request of the offeror, or in the event the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management. Such addenda issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office will be available over the Internet at https://ci-lubbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/portal/ and will become part of the proposal package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original RFP. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the proposal closing date. 5.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any explanation or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office in writing or in this RFP should be used in preparing proposal responses. All contacts that an offeror may have had before or after receipt of this RFP with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this proposal should be disregarded in preparing responses. 5.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to offerors 6. EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 6.1 Each offeror shall carefully examine all RFP documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all requirements before submitting a proposal to ensure that their proposal meets the intent of these specifications. 6.2 Before submitting a proposal, each offeror shall be responsible for making all investigations and examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of this Request for Proposals. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the offeror from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the Request for Proposals. 6.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management and a clarification obtained before the proposals are received, and if no such notice is received by the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management prior to the opening of proposals, then it shall be deemed that the offeror fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its proposal to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If offeror does not notify the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management before offering of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of proposals. 7. PROPOSAL PREPARATION COSTS 7.1 Issuance of this RFP does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a proposal. 7.2 The issuance of this RFP does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services or equipment. 7.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a proposal shall be paid by the offeror. 8. TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT 8.1 If you consider any portion of your proposal to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision, including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions. 8.2 Proposals will be opened in a manner that avoids disclosure of the contents to competing offerors and keeps the proposals secret during negotiations. All proposals are open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, but trade secrets and confidential information in the proposals are not open for inspection. Tex. Loc. Govt. Code 252.049(a) 8.3 Marking your entire proposal CONFIDENTIAL/PROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas Public Information Act. 8.4 Pursuant to Section 552.234(c) of the Texas Government Code, submit your open records request using the link provided below. https:///Iubbocktx.govga.us/WEBAPP/_rs/(S(quiyirflbtihahjny^ cegwpcs))/SLipportHome.aspx 8.5 For more information, please see the City of Lubbock Public Information Act website at: https://ci.lubbock.tx.us/pa�es/public-information-act 9. LICENSES. PERMITS. Taxes 9.1 The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the offeror is or may be required to pay. 10. UTILIZATION OF LOCAL BUSINESS RESOURCES 10.1 Prospective offerors are strongly encouraged to explore and implement methods for the utilization of local resources, and to outline in their proposal submittal how they would utilize local resources. 11. CONFLICT OF INTEREST 11.1 The offeror shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock. 11.2 By signing and executing this proposal, the offeror certifies and represents to the City the offeror has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this proposal. 11.3It is not necessary to fill out the CIQ Form unless you have a business relationship that might cause a conflict of interest with the City of Lubbock 11.4 Effective January 1, 2006, Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code requires that any vendor or person considering doing business with a local government entity disclose in the Questionnaire, Form CIQ, the vendor or person's affiliation or business relationship that might cause a conflict of interest with a local government entity. By law, the questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the City of Lubbock not later than the Seventh business day after the date the person becomes aware of the facts that require the statement to be filed. The questionnaire can be found at: hLtps://www.ethics.state.tx.us/fonns/conflict/ For the City of Lubbock, these forms should be filed with the City Secretary's Office, P.O. Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas, 79457 See Section 176.006, Local Government Code: http://www.statutes.Iegis.state.tx.us/SOTWDocs/LG/htm/LG.176.htm. A person commits an offense if the person violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a Class C misdemeanor. 12. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 12.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. 12.2 All offerors shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 13. CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES 13.1 Effective January 1, 2016, Section 2252.908, as amended, of Chapter 2252 of the Texas Government Code requires certain business entities to submit an electronic disclosure form to the Texas Ethics Commission before entering into a contract with a local government entity when any of the following apply: 1) Contract requires an action or vote by the City Council (governing body); OR 2) Contract value is $1 Million or greater; OR 3) Contract is for services that would require a person to register as a lobbyist under Chapter 305 of the Government Code. This must be done before executing the contract. The disclosure form may be found at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf_ info_forml295.htm. You must log in and create an account the first time you fill out the form. Tutorial videos on how to log in for the first time and how to fill out the form can be found through the link above. After you electronically submit the disclosure form, a screen will come up confirming the submission and assigning a certificate number. Then, you must print the form, have an authorized agent complete the declaration and sign, and provide it to the City (scanned email copy is acceptable). 14. PLANS FOR USE BY OFFERORS 14.1 It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a proposal on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a proposal without charge. The contract documents may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Offerors. 15. PAYMENT 15.1 All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. 16. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID 16.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. 17. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 17.1 The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory proj ect. 18. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR 18.1 The contractor will, upon written request, be furnished up to a maximum of five sets of plans and specifications and related contract documents for use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. 19. PROTECTION OF THE WORK 19.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the proposals have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of an offeror the following information: (a) The experience record of the offeror showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the offeror. (c) Equipment schedule. 20. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX 20.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. 20.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. 21. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES 21.1 It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures, both known and unknown, cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, and/or the owning utility at the Contractor's expense. 22. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES 22.1 The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 23. EXPLOSIVES 23.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted 23.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. 24. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE 24.1 The successful offeror shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful offeror shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 25. INSURANCE 25.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution. 26. LABOR AND WORKING HOURS 26.1 Attention of each offeror is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The offeror's attention is further directed to the requirements of Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the offeror's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on Sundays or holidays unless the following conditions exist: 26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. 26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. 26.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on Sundays or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on Sundays or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. 26.3In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. 27. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS 27.1 The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors shall keep a record showing the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or subcontractor in the construction of the public work and the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. This record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the City. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, sixty dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. 28. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES 28.1 Proposals submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated proposal price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the offeror without being considered. 29. PREPARATION FOR PROPOSAL 29.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City, and all blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in, stating the price in numerals for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the unit price and the extended total for a bid item, the unit price will be taken. A bid that has been opened may not be chanted for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. 29.2If the proposal is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the proposal signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposals must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. The proposal shall be executed in ink. 29.3 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(2), a competitive sealed proposal that has been opened may not be chanted for the purpose of correcting an error in the proposal price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO PROPOSAL OPENING. 29.4 Proposal submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening of the proposals, but no proposal may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 30. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 30.1 Offeror understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by offeror shall be bound and include the following: (a) Notice to Offerors. (b) General Instructions to Offerors. (c) Offeror's Submittal. (d) Statutory Bonds (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) Insurance Certificates for Contractor and all Sub -Contractors. (j) All other documents made available to offeror for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Offerors. 30.2If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. 31. QUALIFICATIONS OF OFFERORS 31.1 The offeror may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The offeror may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the offeror's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the offeror to perform the work, and the offeror shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The offeror's proposal may be deemed not to meet specifications or the proposal may be rejected if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the offeror fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the offeror is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the offeror's qualifications shall include but not be limited to: (a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. (b) The ability of the offeror to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified, without delay or interference. (c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the offeror (d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services. (e) The safety record of the Contractor and proposed Sub -Contractors (f) The experience and qualifications of key project personnel (g) Past experience with the Owner 31.2 Complete and submit the PROPOSED List of Sub -Contractors. Seven (7) business days after closing, complete and submit the FINAL List of Sub -contractors. (a) If no sub -contractors will be used please indicate so. 31.3 Before contract award, the recommended contractor for this project may be required to show that he has experience with similar projects that require the Contractor to plan his work efforts and equipment needs with City of Lubbock specifications in mind. Demonstration of experience shall include a complete list of ALL similar municipal and similar non -municipal current and completed projects for the past five (5) years for review. This list shall include the names of supervisors and type of equipment used to perform work on these projects. In addition, the Contractor may be required to provide the name(s) of supervisor(s) that will be used to perform work on this project in compliance with City of Lubbock specifications herein. 32. SELECTION 32.1 Selection shall be based on the responsible offeror whose proposal is determined to be the most advantageous to the City of Lubbock considering the relative importance of evaluation factors included in this RFP. 32.2 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT (CITY OF LUBBOCK WATER UTILITIES OR OTHER) HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL. 32.3 The City shall select the offeror that offers the best value for the City based on the published selection criteria and on its ranking evaluation. The City shall first attempt to negotiate a contract with the selected offeror. The City and its engineer or architect may discuss with the selected offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with the modification. If the City is unable to negotiate a contract with the selected offeror, the City shall, formally and in writing, end negotiations with that offeror and proceed to the next offeror in the order of the selection ranking until a contract is reached or all proposals are rejected. 32.4In determining best value for the City, the City is not restricted to considering price alone, but may consider any other factor stated in the selection criteria. 32.5A proposal will be subject to being considered irregular and may be rejected if it shows omissions, alterations of form, conditional alternate proposals, additions or alternates in lieu of the items specified, if the unit prices are obviously unbalanced (either in excess of or below reasonably expected values), or irregularities of any kind. 33. ANTI -LOBBYING PROVISION 33.1 DURING THE PERIOD BETWEEN PROPOSAL SUBMISSION DATE AND THE CONTRACT AWARD, OFFERORS, INCLUDING THEIR AGENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES, SHALL NOT DISCUSS OR PROMOTE THEIR PROPOSAL WITH ANY MEMBER OF THE LUBBOCK CITY COUNCIL OR CITY STAFF EXCEPT UPON THE REQUEST OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK PURCHASING DEPARTMENT IN THE COURSE OF CITY -SPONSORED INQUIRIES, BRIEFINGS, INTERVIEWS, OR PRESENTATIONS. 33.2 This provision is not meant to preclude bidders from discussing other matters with City Council members or City staff. This policy is intended to create a level playing field for all potential bidders, assure that contract decisions are made in public, and to protect the integrity of the bid process. Violation of this provision may result in rejection of the bidder's bid. 34. PROTEST 34.1 All protests regarding the RFP process must be submitted in writing to the City Director of Purchasing and Contract Management within 5 working days after the protesting party knows of the occurrence of the action which is protested relating to advertising of notices deadlines, proposal opening and all other related procedures under the Local Government Code, as well as any protest relating to alleged improprieties with the RFP process. This limitation does not include protests relating to staff recommendations as to award of contract. Protests relating to staff recommendations may be directed to the City Manager. All staff recommendations will be made available for public review prior to consideration by the City Council as allowed by law. FAILURE TO PROTEST WITHIN THE TIME ALLOTTED SHALL CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY PROTEST. 35. PREVAILING WAGE RATES 35.1 Offerors are required to comply with Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates for the construction of a public work, including a building, highway, road, excavation, and repair work or other project development or improvement, paid for in whole or in part from public funds, without regard to whether the work is done under public supervision or direction. A worker is employed on a public work if the worker is employed by the contractor or any subcontractor in the execution of the contract for the project. 35.2 A worker employed on a public work by or on behalf of the City of Lubbock shall be paid not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for the work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. 35.3 A contractor or subcontractor who violates Texas Government Code Section 2258.023 shall pay to the City of Lubbock $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE § 2269 SUBCHAPTER D. SELECTING CONTRACTOR FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES THROUGH COMPETITIVE SEALED PROPOSALS Sec. 2269.151. CONTRACTS FOR FACILITIES: COMPETITIVE SEALED PROPOSALS. (a) In this chapter, "competitive sealed proposals" is a procurement method by which a governmental entity requests proposals, ranks the offerors, negotiates as prescribed, and then contracts with a general contractor for the construction, rehabilitation, alteration, or repair of a facility. (b) In selecting a contractor through competitive sealed proposals, a governmental entity shall follow the procedures provided by this subchapter. Sec. 2269.152. USE OF ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER. The governmental entity shall select or designate an architect or engineer to prepare construction documents for the project. The selected or designated engineer or architect has full responsibility for complying with Chapter 1001 or 1051, Occupations Code, as applicable. If the engineer or architect is not a full-time employee of the governmental entity, the governmental entity shall select the engineer or architect on the basis of demonstrated competence and qualifications as provided by Section 2254.004, Government Code. Sec. 2269.153. PREPARATION OF REQUEST. The governmental entity shall prepare a request for competitive sealed proposals that includes construction documents, selection criteria and the weighted value for each criterion, estimated budget, project scope, estimated project completion date, and other information that a contractor may require to respond to the request. The governmental entity shall state in the request for proposals the selection criteria that will be used in selecting the successful offeror. Sec. 2269.154. EVALUATION OF OFFERORS. (a) The governmental entity shall receive, publicly open, and read aloud the names of the offerors and any monetary proposals made by the offerors. (b) Not later than the 45th day after the date on which the proposals are opened, the governmental entity shall evaluate and rank each proposal submitted in relation to the published selection criteria. Sec. 2269.155. SELECTION OF OFFEROR. (a) The governmental entity shall select the offeror that submits the proposal that offers the best value for the governmental entity based on: (1) the selection criteria in the request for proposal and the weighted value for those criteria in the request for proposal; and (2) its ranking evaluation. (b) The governmental entity shall first attempt to negotiate a contract with the selected offeror. The governmental entity and its architect or engineer may discuss with the selected offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with the modification. (c) If the governmental entity is unable to negotiate a satisfactory contract with the selected offeror, the governmental entity shall, formally and in writing, end negotiations with that offeror and proceed to the next offeror in the order of the selection ranking until a contract is reached or all proposals are rejected. In determining best value for the governmental entity, the governmental entity is not restricted to considering price alone, but may consider any other factor stated in the selection criteria. Page Intentionally Left Blank PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM Pate Intentionally Left Blank PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL CONTRACT DATE: PROJECT NUMBER: RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement Proposal of e (hereinafter called Offeror) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Ladies and Gentlemen: The Offeror, in compliance with your Request for Proposals for construction of the referenced project, having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to offerors, notice to offerors and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION TIME: 1. Contractors proposed CONSTRUCTION TIME for completion: TOTAL CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS: 24 (to Substantial Completion) TOTAL CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS: (to Final Completion) (not to exceed 79 consecutive calendar days to Substantial Completion / 114 consecutive calendar days to Final Completion Offeror hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 79 Consecutive Calendar Days with final completion within 114 Consecutive Calendar Days as stipulated in the specification and other contract documents. Offeror hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages in the sum of $2,500 for each consecutive calendar day after substantial completion and liquidated damages in the sum of $1,000 for each consecutive calendar day after final completion set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the General Conditions of the Agreement. Offeror understands and agrees that this proposal submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 2$ of the General Instructions to Offerors. Offeror understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and to waive any formality in the proposing. The Offeror agrees that this proposal shall be good for a period of six 60 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving proposals. The undersigned Offeror hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this proposal, and he further agrees to commence work on the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has proposed; as provided in the contract documents. Pate Intentionally Left Blank City of Lubbock, TX Public Works REP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement Rangeline Utility Services, LLC of Haslet, TX QTY U/ Unit Extended # Items +/- M Price Cost eneral #1-1 Mobilization -Contractor mobilization including insurance, 1 LS $15,000.00 $15,000.00 payment bond, performance bond, move -in and move -out cost. conditions once linestop and valve replacement work has been performed. #1-3 Exploratory Work and Site Preparation - uncovering pipelines to —Pr EA $7,362.00 $ 06 be linestopped, confirming and measuring the outside diameter by 6 $44,172.00 non -mechanical means, and preparing the various sites for linestop and valve installations. #14 Provide and maintain a Traffic Control Plan -Preparation, 1 LS $12,000.00 $12,000.00 approval from COL Traffic Engineering to all sites, and all other work considered incidental to this item. #2-1 Furnish and Install valve vault, valve, and appurtenances for 1 EA $92,248.00 $92,248.00 installation of pre -purchased 42" butterfly valve as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. Any ancillary items needed to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. #2-2 Furnish and Install valve vault, valve, and appurtenances for -4- EA "V'-, 9, 069.00 installation of pre -purchased 36" butterfly valve as herein 2 $78,069.00 $156,138.00 specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. Any ancillary items needed to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. #2-3 Install 36" pre -purchased butterfly valve in existing vault as 1 EA $47,924.00 herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. The removal, replacement, and disposal of existing valves to be replaced shall be considered subsidiary to the new valve installation. #24 Furnish and Install necessary fittings, reducers, and pipe to 1 EA $61,426.00 transition from a 39" Steel Cylinder Reinforced Concrete pipe to a 36" Steel Cylinder Reinforced Concrete Pipe as herein specified. Any ancillary items need to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. $47,924.00 $61,426.00 #2-5 Furnish and Install valve vault, valve, and appurtenances for 2 EA $54,470.00 $108,940.00 installation of pre -purchased 30" butterfly valve as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. Any ancillary items needed to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. City of Lubbock, TX Public Works REP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement Rangeline Utility Services, LLC of Haslet, TX Items QTY U/ Unit Extended +/- M Price Cost #2-6 Install 30" pre -purchased butterfly valve in existing vault as 1 EA $76,295.00 $76,295.00 herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. The removal, replacement, and disposal of existing valves to be replaced shall be considered subsidiary to the new valve installation. #2-7 Furnish and Install valve vault, valve, and appurtenances for 1 EA $79,918.00 $79,918.00 installation of pre -purchased 24" butterfly valve as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. Any ancillary items needed to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. #2-8 Install 24" pre -purchased butterfly valve in existing vault as 5 EA $24,742.40 $123,712.00 herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. The removal, replacement, and disposal of existing valves to be replaced shall be considered subsidiary to the new valve installation. #2-9 Furnish and Install neceessary fittings, reducers, and pipe to 1 EA $36,928.00 $36,928.00 transition from a 27" Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe to a 24" Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe as herein specified. Any ancillary items need to install the above equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. #2-10 Furnish and Install 42" Linestop of Waterline as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. This item also includes uncovering pipelines to be linestopped, confirming and measuring the outside diameter by non - mechanical means, and preparing the various sites for linestop and valve installations. #2-11 Furnish and Install 36" Linestop of Waterline as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. This item also includes uncovering pipelines to be linestopped, confirming and measuring the outside diameter by non - mechanical means, and preparing the various sites for linestop and valve installations. #2-12 Furnish and Install 30" Linestop of Waterline as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. This item also includes uncovering pipelines to be linestopped, confirming and measuring the outside diameter by non - mechanical means, and preparing the various sites for linestop and valve installations. 2 01 EA EA EA $78,863.00 $157,726.00 OVA '• 1: 11 '• 1: 11 $57,802.00 $115,604.00 City of Lubbock, TX Public Works REP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement Rangeline Utility Services, LLC of Haslet, TX # Items QTY U/ +/- M Unit Extended Price Cost #2-13 Furnish and Install 27" Linestop of Waterline as herein specified, 1 EA $62,867.00 $62,867.00 including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. This item also includes uncovering pipelines to be linestopped, confirming and measuring the outside diameter by non - mechanical means, and preparing the various sites for linestop and valve installations. #2-14 Cut, plug, and abandon existing 42" water line, as herein 1 EA $54,104.00 $54,104.00 specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. #2-15 Cut, plug, and abandon existing 36" water line, as herein 1 EA $38,706.00 $38,706.00 specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. #2-16 Cut, plug, and abandon existing 20" water line, as herein 1 EA $33,321.00 $33,321.00 specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. . including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. 922 la�zis�hsi iiii��,•l i t-d-Ai-alnze--a9-n-3efe4i speeiied, ifteittding 4 RA $4�,444.99 W,444.99- all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. #2-19 Flowable backfill as approved, complete and in place per 500 CY $170.00 $85,000.00 Specifications. #2-20 Furnish and Install previously removed Vault Lid covers for 40 SY $225.00 $9,000.00 Pump Station 4 site valve vaults as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, and labor to perform work. See detail sheet #D- 102. Demolition of the existing valve vault lids shall be considered subsidiary to this item. #2-21 Remove Existing 36x39 Tee and Replace Pipe Section as needed as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, labors, fittings, and reduceers needed to perform work. #2-22 Remove Existing 36x36 Tee and Replace Pipe Section as needed as herein specified, including all equipment, tools, labors, fittings, and reduceers needed to perform work. #3-1 Saw cut and remove existing asphalt paving, including all material, equipment and labor to perform removal, disposal and all other work considered incidental to this item. 1 EA $26,194.00 $26,194.00 1 EA $26,194.00 $26,194.00 20 SY $50.00 $1,000.00 #3-2 Repair asphalt paving, including all material, equipment and 20 SY $50.00 $1,000.00 labor to perform sub grade compaction and testing. HMAC installation per COL Specifications and all other work considered incidental to this item. City of Lubbock, TX Public Works REP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement Rangeline Utility Services, LLC of Haslet, TX QTY U/ Unit Extended # Items +/- M Price Cost #3-3 Sidewalk Removal and Repair including all material, equipment 15 SY $90.00 $1,350.00 and labor to perform removal, disposal, repair and all other work considered incidental to this item. #3-4 Curb Removal and Repair including all material, equipment and 20 LF $100.00 $2,000.00 labor to perform removal, disposal, repair and all other work considered incidental to this item. Original BAFO Proposal Proposal Total (Items 1-1 through 1-4): $96,896.69 $71,172.00 Total (Items 2-1 through 2-22): $1,483,237.00 Total (Items 3-1 through 3-4): $3'439-99 $5,350.00 Total (Items 1-1 through 3-4): $1,559,849.00 Offerors are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the proposal submitted as a guarantee that offeror will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) days after notice of award of the contract to him. Enclosed with this proposal is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check Enclosed with this proposal is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Doha �$ or a Proposal Bond in the sum of 64 nA one hwgpj Ajw Dollar ry , which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the proposal is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) business days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said proposal; otherwise, said check or bond shall be retarned to the undersigned upon demand. Offeror understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Offeror shall he bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Offerors. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed proposal that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the proposal price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO PROPOSAL OPENING. (Seal if Offeror is a Corporation) ATTEST: Secretary Offeror acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. Dates,W3 Addenda No. .1 Data �3 Addenda No. Date $')jtn A093 Addenda No. Date _IL � 3 �t/90 5 $1 �2 1 /-g093 Date: l--N-�.G]lJl.,� d�-U� Ariz I (Printed or Typed Name) Comp m utn Ste $�! Address City, County State Zip Code Telephone: i . - P-50 -A 63 Fax: AAA 60 - .216 Ll Email: tV%f ' . C elute-60vr'n FEDERAL TAX ID or S CIAL SECURITY No. M/"F, Fimi: woman Black American Nativ Hispanic American I I Asian Pacific American Other INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS I, the undersigned Bidder certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me and my Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) business days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid. If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this proposal and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Director of Purchasing & Contract Management for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2572. SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION Federal Law (A-102 Common Rule and OMB Circular A-110) prohibits non -Federal entities from contracting with or making sub -awards under covered transactions to parties that are suspended or debarred or whose principals are suspended or debarred. Covered transactions include procurement contracts for goods or services equal to or in excess of $25,000 and all non -procurement transactions (e.g., sub -awards to sub -recipients). Contractors receiving individual awards of $25,000 or more and all sub -recipients must certify that their organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. Before an award of $25,000 or more can be made to your firm, you must certify that your organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. 1, the undersigned agent for the flan named below, certify that neither this firm nor its principals are suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 2252.152 The undersigned representative of the undersigned company or business, being an adult over the age of eighteen (18) years of age, pursuant to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2252, Section 2252.152, certify that the company named above is not listed on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas concerning the listing of companies that are identified under Section 806.051, Section 807.051 or Section 2253.153. 1 further certify that should the above -named company enter into a contract that is on said listing of companies on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas, which do business with Iran, Sudan or any Foreign Terrorist Organization, I will immediately notify the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Department. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 2271.002 Company hereby certifies the following: 1. Company does not boycott Israel; and 2. Company will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The following definitions apply to this state statute: (1) 'Boycott Israel" means refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli -controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes; and (2) "Company" means an organization, association, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, or limited liability company, including a wholly owned subsidiary, majority -owned subsidiary, parent company, or affiliate of those entities or business associations that exists to make a profit. This Certification is required from a Company if the Company has 10 or more full-time employees and the contract for goods or services (which includes contracts formed through purchase orders) has a value of $100,000 or more that is to be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the governmental entity. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE 2274 By entering into this Agreement, Contractor verifies that: (1) it does not, and will not for the duration of the contract, have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association or (2) the verification required by Section 2274.002 of the Texas Government Code does not apply to the contract. If Contractor is a company with 10 or more full-time employees and if this Agreement has a value of at least $100,000 or more, Contractor verifies that, pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2274, it does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm trade association. Contractor represents and warrants that: (1) it does not, and will not for the duration of the contract, boycott energy companies or (2) the verification required by Section 2274.002 of the Texas Government Code does not apply to the contract. If Contractor is a company with 10 or more full-time employees and if this Agreement has a value of at least $100,000 or more, Contractor verifies that, pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2274, it does not boycott energy companies; and will not boycott energy companies during the term of the Agreement. This verification is not required for an agreement where a governmental entity determines that these requirements are inconsistent with the governmental entity's constitutional or statutory duties related to the issuance, incurrence, or management of debt obligations or the deposit, custody, management, borrowing, or investment of funds. Agreement Example Review This sample Agreement has been reviewed and ( /is acceptable ( ) is acceptable as noted Contractor Acknowledtement In compliance with this solicitation, the undersigned, having examined the solicitation documents, instructions to offerors, documents associated with the request for proposals, and being familiar with the conditions to be met has reviewed the above information regarding: • Insurance Requirements • Suspension and Debarment Certification • Texas Government Code Section 2252.152 • Texas Government Code Section 2271.002 • Texas Government Code 2274 An individual authorized to bind the company must sign the following section. Failure to execute this portion may result in proposal rejection. By signing below, the terms stated have been reviewed and approved. Company l', Signed By: Print Name Pate Intentionally Left Blank Bid Bond CONTRACTOR: (XItme, legal stanty ❑nr)rrWrem) Document A310 TM - 2010 Conforms with The American Institute of Architects AIA Document 310 SURETY: (Manx. legal malus andprincipal pierce r f hiesiness) Rangeline Utility Services, LLC Great Midwest Insurance Company 1150 Blue Mound Road West, Suite 821 800 Gessner, Suite 600 Haslet, TX 76052 OWNER: (Nanw, k gal slaras and addre.as) City of Lubbock 1314 Avenue K, 9th Floor Lubbock, TX 79401 BOND AMOUNT: $ 5% Houston, TX 77024 Five Percent of Amount Bid PROJECT: 4Naare. locado,r or addm= aril Project number. if arnl Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement, RFP 23-17410-KM This document has Important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification, Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other parry shall bo considered plural where applicable. The Contractor and Surcty we bound to the Owner in the antount set forth above, for the payment of which the Contractor and Surely bind Themselves. their ]leis, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and scvcrally. as provided herein. The conditions of this Bond arc such that if the Owner acccpls the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in [lie bid doeumcnts, or within such time period as may be agreed to by (lie 0%vncr and Contractor, and the Contractor either (1) enters into a contract tisiih the Ustncr in accordance with the leans of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as inay be specified in the bidding or Contract Mcuntertts, with a surety admitted in the jurisdiction of the IWIcet and otbernise acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful perfornralicc of such Contract and for the protnpt paymcnl of labor and material furnished in the prosecution tlicrcof: or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed tho amount of this Bond, between the antount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Ovoier may in good faith contract with another party In perl arm the ivnrl: covered by said bid, then Ibis obligation shall be null Lind void, otherwise ie, remain in titll lire and cllccl. The Slimly hercky waiver; Lilly notice of n agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in vvhicll Ilse OlYner may accept Ilie bid. ''kaiver of nolico by tho Surcly shall not apply to uny extenxiuo exceeding .ixly (60) days in the aggregate beyond the h Ile l'or acceptance of bids sped lied ill the bid doctrinentx, and the 0xvner and Conliuclor shall oblain the Surcly?x consent lilr an exlension beyond sixty (60) days. If this Bond is issued in connection with a subeonlnetoes bid to a Contractor, the tcnu Contractor in this Bond shall be decrtled to be Subcontractor and the lent Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. When this nund has been tunishod lu comply +silh u statutory orolher legal requirenlcnl in the location ol'the Project, any provision in this Bond coollicting %vith solid statttt" or legal requircolcrtt ~hull be drxmed deleted herel'wrn and pnrvisiuns cunlnnning to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deen ed lncnr %)ralcd herein. Wllcll so lumisllcd, the intent is that this Bond %hall be conslrued as u slatulary band acid not as u camnnun lain bond. Signed and scaled this 24th day of August, 2023 Rangeline Utility Services, LLC {P,incipal) {Baal) !!i'r„ressl By: reek) (x1'2�a ' ana$� yy Great Midwe_5t Insura om an n !TI'lnrcxsJRita aZ ! S �Q By. (ride)Kevin Wojtowicz Attorney -in -Face S-00541AS 8110 srd+' ' lJltt i.i POWER OF ATTORNEY Great Midwest. Insurance Company KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that GREAT MIDWEST INSURANCE COMPANY, a Texas Corporation, with its principal offic, in Houston, TX, does hereby constitute and appoint: Dale A. Belis, Marilyn Ann Blome, Donald Bramiage, Edward M. Clark, Christian Collins, F. Danny Gann, David R. Hoover. Jarrett Merlucci, Laura D. Mosholder, Charles J. Nielson, Jessica P. Reno, Audria R. Ward, Edward T. Ward, Kevin Wojtowicz, Richard Zimmerman, Charles D. Nielson, Brett M. Rosenhaus its true and lawful Attorney(s)-In-Fact to make, execute, seal and deliver for, and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings or othe writings obligatory in nature of a bond. This authority is made under and by the authority of a resolution which was passed by the Board of Directors of GREAT MIDWE URANCE COMPANY, on the 111 day of October, 2018 as follows: Resolved, that the President, or any officer, be and hereby is, authorized to appoint and empower any representative of the Company or person or persons as Attorney -In -Fact to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertakings, policies, contracts of indemnity or other igs obligatory in nature of a bond not to exceed Ten Million dollars ($10,000,000.00), which the Company might execute through its duly elected vs, and affix the seal of the Company thereto. Any said execution of such documents by an Attorney -In -Fact shall be as binding upon the pany as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company. Any Attorney -In -Fact, so appointed, be removed in the Company's sole discretion and the authority so granted may be revoked as specified in the Power of Attorney. Resolved, that the signature of the President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted, the signature of the Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any such sr or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed certificate so executed and sealed shall, with respect to any bond of undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the pany, IN WITNESS THEREOF, GREAT MIDWEST INSURANCE COMPANY, has caused this instrument to be signed by its President, and its Seal to be affixed this 11th day of February, 2021. rNSugyic CORPORATE SM S OORPOPt�` ACKNOWLEDGEMENT GREAT MIDWEST INSURANCE COMPANY BY t., ') Mark W. Haushill President On this 11th day of February, 2021, before me, personally came Mark W. Haushill to me known, who being duly sworn, did depose and ay that he is the President of GREAT MIDWEST INSURANCE COMPANY, the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; iat he executed said instrument on behalf of the corporation by authority of his office under the By-laws of said corporation. r�A►++� CHRISTINA BISHOP ys Notary Public, Stsu of Tgxss BY Comm. Expires 04.14-2029 Christina Bishop Notary ID 131090480 Notary Public CERTIFICATE 1, the undersigned, Secretary of GREAT MIDWEST INSURANCE COMPANY, A Texas Insurance Company, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a true and correct copy, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked and the resolutions set forth are now in force. and Sealed at Houston, TX this 24th Day of August , 2q 23 ,�suR� ., . OORPORATE SEAL BY " " C7 Y Leslie K. Shai o� ' • - Secretary ITS CORPoA*� r' "WARNING. Any person who knowingly and with lr"nt tq defraud any %nsf►rance company or other person, files and application for insurance of claim containing any materially false information, or con'"for'the_purpoW of misleading, information concerning any fact material thereto, commits a fraudulent insurance act, which is a crime and subjects'dui=h,peiS�Vt4' riminal and civil penalties. Contractors Statement of Qualifications Individual contractors and joint ventures submitting a bid must complete the following evaluation information for the Project. Joint ventures shall be composed of not more than two firms and each firm must complete separate evaluations. Evaluation information must be submitted at time of bid submittal. Failure to submit the following Bidder Evaluation information may result in the OWNER considering the bid non -responsive and result in rejection of the bid by the OWNER. Bidders are to provide any additional information requested by the OWNER. In evaluating a firm's qualifications, the following major factors will be considered: A. FINANCIAL CAPABILITY: For this project, the CONTRACTOR'S financial capability to undertake the project will be determined by the CONTRACTOR'S ability to secure bonding satisfactory to the OWNER. B. EXPERIENCE: Do the organization and key personnel have appropriate technical experience on similar projects? C. SAFETY: Does the organization stress and support safety as an important function of the work process? D. QUALITY OF WORK: (1) Does the organization have a commitment to quality in every facet of their work - the process as well as the product? (2) Does the organization have a written quality philosophy and/or principles that exemplifies their work? If so, submit as Attachment "A". (3) Has this organization ever received an award or been recognized for doing "quality" work on a project? If so, give details under Attachment "A". E. CONFORMANCE TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: (1) Does the organization have a commitment and philosophy to construct projects as designed and as defined in the Contract Documents? The OWNER reserves the right to waive irregularities in determining the firm's qualifications and reserves the right to require the submission of additional information. The qualifications of a firm shall not deprive the OWNER of the right to accept a bid, which in its judgement is the lowest and best bid, to reject any and all bids, to waive irregularities in the bids, or to reject nonconforming, non- responsive, or conditional bids. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to reject any bid where circumstances and developments have in the opinion of the OWNER changed the qualifications or responsibility of the firm. Material misstatements on the qualifications forms may be grounds for rejection of the firm's bid on this project. Any such misstatement, if discovered after award of the contract to such firm, may be grounds for immediate termination of the contract. Additionally, the firm will be liable to the OWNER for any additional costs or damages to the OWNER resulting from such misstatements, including costs and attorney's fees for collecting such costs and damages. Complete the following information for your organization: Contractor's General Information Organization Doing Business As a( ' { C Business Address of Principle Office l 5 o VJ K �](�40 Telephone Numbers (9%),- �-60 — 9(,5 Main Number Fax Nuinber Web Site Address Form of Business (Check One) 9 Date of Incorporation ivi A Corporation A Partnership a An Individual State of Incorporation Chief Executive Officer's Nance 14 CUA President's Name 6,c\ V1 Vice President's Name(s) Ca •�, k-OL Z. Secretary's Name Treasurer's Name Date of Organization State whether partnership is general or limited If an IndividURI Name Business Address all individijals not previously named which exert a siunificalit amount of business controlIdentify organizalton Indicators Organization Average Number of Current Full Time Employees Average Estimate of Revenue for the Current Year 5 Contractor's Organizational Experience Organization Doing Business As ` 5 Business Address of Regional Office IAA, 1 Name of Regional Office Manager Telephone Numbers Main Number Fax Number Web Site Address List of names that this organization currently, has or anticipates operating under over the history of the organization, including the names of related companies presently doing business: Names of Organization From Date To Date List of companies, firms or organizations ttrat own any part of the organization. Name of companies, firms or organization Percent Ownership Construction Years experience in projects similar to the proposed project: As a General Contractor As a Joint Venture Partner , 5 Has this or a predecessor organization ever defaulted on a project or failed to complete any work awarded to it? b If yes provide full details in a separate attachment. See attachment No. Has this or a predecessor organization been released from a bid or proposal in (lie past ten years? If yes provide full details in a separate attachment. See attachment No. Has this or a predecessor organization ever been disqualification as a bidder or proposer by any local, state, or federal agency within the last five ears? If yes provide full details in a separate attaclunent. See attachment No. _ Is this organization or your proposed surety currently in any litigation or contemplating litigation? If yes provide full details in a separate attachment. See attachment No. Has this or a predecessor organization ever refused to construct or refused to provide materials defined in the contract docurnents? If yes provide full details in a separate attachment. See attachment No. Contractor's Proposed Key Personnel Organization Doing Business As � �, j (�� � �� ti GQC Provide a brief description of the managerial structure of the organization and illustrate with an organizational cart. Include the title and names of key personnel, lllclude this chart at an attachment to this description. See attachment No. Provide a brief description of the managerial structure proposed for this project and illustrate with an organizational cart. Include the title and names of proposed key personnel and alternates. Include this chart at an attachment to this description. See attachment No. ,L Provide information on the key personnel proposed for this project that will provide the following key functions. Provide information for candidates for each of these positions on the pages for each of these key personnel. Also provide biographical information for each primary and alternate candidate as an attachment. The biographical information must include the following as a minimum: technical experience, managerial experience, education and formal training, worm history which describes project experience, including the roles and responsibilities for each assignment, and primary language. Additional information highlighting experience which makes them the best candidate for the assi nment should also be included. Role Primary Candidate Alternate Candidate Project Manager��� ' S Project Superintendent (' Project Safety Officer Quality Control Manager If key persomiel are to fulfill more than one of the roles listed above, provide a written narrative describing how much time will be devoted to each function, their qualifications to fulfill each role and the percentage of their time that will be devoted to each role. If the individual is not to be devoted solely to this project, indicate how time it to be divided between this project and their other assignments. Proposed Project Managers Organization Doing Business As " Name of Individual Years of Experience as Project Manager Z Years of Experience with this organization Number of similar projects as Projecl \tanager Number of similar projects in other positions Current Project Assignments Name of Assignment Percent of Time Used for this Project Estimated Project Completion Date r, 4-- 4 AVZ3 Reference Contact Information(listing narnes indicates a l roval to contactingthe names individrra.s as a reference) Nanie I fn Name Title/ Position �' Title/ Position Organization Telephone " P�cti��'. Ok ( Organization Telephone 0q E-mail Project tdokle C,0,J Z,� Tp't E-mail Project Candidates role on Project �p ,, 't Candidate role on Projecl as Project Manager Name of Individual Years of Experience 05 Years of Experience with this organization 1.4 Number of similar projects as Project Manager O 4- Number of similar projects in other positions to Current Project Assignments Name of Assignment Percent of Time Used for this Project Estimated Project Completion Date W le wz3 t �i yr Z Reference Contact Name hilbriiiation (listing names illdiCMCS �tlllll'OVal to coiluicting the Name iiames individuals as a rcl�r� ":Kltl ,ws' Title/Position Title/Position �,_pwW_ AIU r Organization Organization 1-7e "4 71J Telephone Ns(;! Telephone (p 061 . LS Z< E-mail Project _� 30,) ZLA,t E-mail Project rp Candidate role on Project Candidate role on Project OA Proposed Project Superintendent Organization Doing Business As 1 L se(,i i L e Primary Candidate Name of Individual 0' Years of Experience as Project Superintendent Years of lxperience with this organizatio❑ Number of similar projects as Superintendent VOL, Number of similar projects in other positions Current Project Assignments Name of Assignment Percent of Time Used for this Project Estimated Project Completion Date / "���z.7 Z 7 .� f C� f%' ��.•� �� to Reference Contact Inforniation(listing names indicates ap roval to contactingthe names individuals as a reference Name AdA,r Name inezrr ell Title/ Position Organization AA& Title/ Position Organization Telephone -4(?7 - Telephone' E-mail .r d49 E-mail Phillitz a M Project Candidate� role on Project Natne of Individual r Project r� LAC- Candidate role on / Project I.S 4.1efrl'✓G' Years of Experience as Project Superintendent Years of Experience with this organization Number of similar projects as Superintendent Number of similar projects in other- positions Current Project Assignments Name of Assignment Percent of Time Used for this Project Estimated Project Completion Date Rel'oleace Contact InforinaLion (listing rianies indicates approval to contacting the Narne names individuals as a reference) Name Title/ Position Title/ Position Organization Organization Telephone Telephone l;-mail E-mail Project Project Candidate role on Project Candidate role on Project Proposed Project Safety Officer Organization Doing Business As Primary Candidate Name of .Individual (n(\ �,� Years of Experience as Project Safety Officer CO y«t Years of Experience with this organization d Number ofsimilarprojects as Safety Officer i Number of similar projects in other positions Current Project Assignments Name of Assignment Percent of Time Used for this Project Estimated Project Completion Date Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates ap roval to contacting the names individuals as a reference Name IEV. Name / Title/ Position Title/ Position Or auization 12. Vftt chcotqp Organization / Telephone — 3 'Telephone Ztp 2 - E-ivail [ F-mail - 4rVM L Pro'ect Al i Project Candidate role on Project r Candidate role on Pra'ect r �r,+�� r J— Name of Individual Years of Experience as Project Safety Officer Years of Experience with this organization Number of similar projects as Safety Officer Number of similar projects in other positions Current Project Assignments Name of Assignment Percent of Time Used for this Project Estimated Project. Completion Date Name to contacting Name Title/ Position Title/Position Organization Organization Telephone Telephone E-mail F-mail Project Project Candidate role on Project Candidate role on Project Proposed Project Quality Control Manager Organization Doing Business As Primary Candidate Name of Individual 6,Nr (a Years of Experience as Quality Control Manager r, 1 Years of Experience with this organization Number of similar projects as Quality Manager Number of sire lar projects in other positions -Jf`- Current Project Assignments Name of Assignment Percent of Time Used for this Project Estimated Project Completion Date /-c�A 73 Reference Contact Information(listing names indicates ap roval to contacting the names individuals as a reference Name st& ( _ Name Title/ Position N r Organization Telephone _ b% Title/ Position Organization fbAuR Telephone 9yQ 9 E--mail Project Candidate role on Project ,AO / Lrnt ♦lvp-f E-mail Project Candidate role on Project 'r L"nc,,, Name of Individual Years of Experience as Quality Control Manager Years of Experience with this organization Number of similar projects as Quality Manager Number of similar projects in other positions Current Project Assignments Name of Assignment Percent of Time Used for this Project Estimated Project Completion Date FORM IMMMIM11MINOY Name Y Name Title/ Position 'Title/ Position Or-anization Organization Tele nlIone Telephone E-mail E-mail Project Project Candidate role on Project Candidate role on Project Contractor's Project Experience and Resources Organization Doing Business As ' Provide a list of major projects that are currently underway, or have been completed within the last ten years on Attachment A Provide a description of your organizations approach to completinb this project to provide best value for the Owner. Including a description of your approach in the following areas: 1. Contract administration 2. Management of subcontractor and suppliers 3. Time management 4. Cost control 5. Quality management 6. Project site safety 7. Managing changes to the project 8. Managing equipment 9. Meeting HUB / MWBE Participation Goal Provide a list of major equipment ro osed for use on this project. Attach Additional Information if necessary Equipment item Primary Use on Project Own BWiill Lease r % K go(& . C.&f er— 300 C. // >. What work will the organization complete using its own resources? u . laver (,� Ai Se4u:C-e4 U/— W. lk OWv\er% 0'e\c'k Scv--c Q.cv.Cc,%iAf �app►'n safi�CYlii�j ree WI I l�tiliL C.tl Ik5 Owr�cA 1/ / �, iIRC t We egcx tpo,4eir' C'V - 4-UA— What work does the or anization propose to subcontract on thisproject? 1 vie 1trt� S�o�a (,,Wrfn Witt �X SCA` C0nt6-p40 f?-ar�Gl[nt T;.W%,Ag_ &, ,A, Contractor's Subcontractors and Vendors Organization Doing Business As ProJect Subcontractors Provide a list of subcontractors that will provide more than 10 percent of the work (based on contract amounts Name Work to be Provided Est, Percent of Contract HUB/M WBE Firm map.(• $Gf -C.eC &ME Provide information on the proposed key personnel, project experience and a description of past relationship and work experience for each subcontractor listed above using the Project Information Forms. Equipment Veridors Provide a list of major equipment ro osed for use on this project. Attach Additional Information if necessary Vendor Name Equipment / Material Provided Furnish Onlyand Fku-nish Install HUB/M WBE Firm 10 Attachment A Completed Projects Name of Organization Rangeline Utility Services LLC. Project Owner City of Greenville Project Name I Stuart/Anderson 24" Water Line General Description of Project installing (3) line stops and replacing 24", 20" and 16" valves, tees and pipe. Project Cost 1 $202,000 Date of Project I Jul-22 Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent 5afety Manager Quality Control Manager Name I Brandon Taylor Marissa LaCava Brandon Taylor Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Telephone Email Owner Jon Herbert Manager City of Greenville 903-456-0476 jherhert�R)J mreenville.tx.us Designer Construction Manager Project Owner I City of Granger Project Name 2020 CDBG Water Valve Improvements General Description of Project Replacingwater main, valves, and other appurtenances at 12 designated locations. Project Cost $250,000 Date of Project 07/22- 09/22 Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safety Manager Quality Control Manager Name Brandon Taylor Marissa LaCava Brandon Taylor Reference Contact Information (listing names Indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Telephone Email Owner Spencer Green Director City of Granger 512-239-9491 utIIIty@cItyofgranRer.orR Designer Scott Murrah President 5M Associates 254-760-9085 smurrah 5m-associates.com Construction Manager Project Owner City of Abilene Project Name 36" Butterfly Valve - Ivie Booster Pump Station General Description of Project Install a 36" Butterfly valve at [vie Booster Pump Station and GST cleaning. Project Cost $ 144,189.00 Date of Project 109/22. Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safqy Manager Quality Control Manager Name Brandon Taylor Marissa LaCava Brandon Taylor Reference Contact Information (listing names Indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Tele hone Email Oner Wes Stawarczik Water Production Manager City of Abilene 32-5-732-5743 wes.stawarczik abilenetx-gov Desigwner Construction Manager Project Owner City of Abilene Project Name 30" Butterfly Valve Replacement - Grimes Booster Pump General Description of Project Install a 30" Butterfly valve and (1) 30" Line Sto at Grimes Booster Pum Station Project Cost 1 $ 160,923.00 Date of Project I 11/22. Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safety Manager Quapity Control Manager Name Brandon Taylor Marissa LaCava I Rrandon Taylor Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Telephone Email Owner Wes Stawarczik Water Production Manager City of Abilene 325-232-5743 wes.stawarczik abilenetx. ov Designer Construction Manager TOR" .c . g;9j� Project Owner NG Painting Project Name Ground Storage Tank Valve Replacements General Description of Project Replace (4) 14" and (3) 12" Gate Valves Project Cost $ 19,675.00 Date of Project Apr-22 Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safe Mana er Quality Control Manager Name Brandon Taylor Marissa LaCava Brandon Taylor Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Nance Title/Position I Organization Telephone Email Owner Nick Owner ING Painting 830-377-2177 nick@ngpainting.com Designer Construction Manager Attachment A Completed Projects Project Owner Greenbelt Water Authority Project Name 18" B303 Water Line Replacement General Description of Pro ect 1 18" water tine replacement Project Cost $300,000 Date of Project Jul-23 Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safety Manager Quality Control Manager Name Brandon Tobey Tobey Fowler Taylor Shipman Chris Campbell Reference Contact information (listing names indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Telephone Email Owner Bobbie Kidd General Manager Greenbelt Water Authority 806-679-8640 reenbeltwater valornet.com Designer N/A Construction Manager Project Owner North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name 1 48" Water tine Repair General Description of Project 1 24'' Water line repair Project Cost 1 $310,000 Date of Project I Jun-23 Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safety Manager QualltyControl Manager Name Brandon Tobey Tobey Fowler Taylor Shipman Chris Campbell Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Telephone Email Owner Jason Melcher Operations Manager NTMWD 214-403-9549 imelcher@lntmwd.com Designer N/A Construction Manager Project Owner City of Grapevine Project Name 24" Water Line Repair General Description of Project 24" Water line repair Project Cost 1 $98,000 Date of Project I Jan-23 Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safety Manager Quality Control Manager Name I Brandon Taylor Marissa La Cava Brandon Taylor Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Telephone Email Owner David Clark Operations Manager City of Grapevine 817-410-3390 dclark@r;rapevinetexas.gov Designer N/A Construction Manager Project Owner City of Grapevine Project Name 2D" Water Line Repair General Description of Project 20" RCCP Water Line excavation, repair, installation of liner and welding services. Project Cost 1 $167,000 1 Date of Project Jul-22 Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safety Manager Quality Control Manager Name Brandon Taylor Marissa LaCava Brandon Taylor Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Telephone Email Owner David Clark Operations Manager City of Grapevine 817-410-3390 dciarkPgranevinetexas.gov Designer N/A Construction Manager Project Owner City of Lubbock Project Name 87th and 3rd Elevated Storage Tank General Description of Project Excavation and Installation of caps on 12", 16", 18'' and 36" water fines. Project Cost I $ 68,626.00 1 pate of Project March - 22, Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safety Manager Quality Control Manager Name Brandon Taylor Marissa La Cava Brandon Taylor Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Te€ephone Email Owner/GC of Project Cody Etheredge GC Intercon Demolition 325-665-5102 cody@interondemo.rom Designer Construction Manager Attachment A Completed Projects Project Owner City of Argyle Project Name Hilltop Estates 8" Waterline General Description of Project Install 1700' of 8"PVC, (5) Fire Hydrants and (17) 1" Water Services Project Cost $ 185,000.00 Date of Project I Mar-22 Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safety ManagerT Quality Control Manager Name Brandon Taylor Marissa LaCava I Brandon Taylor Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Telephone Email Owner Chris Breeze Owner Mountaineer Property Development LLC 918-808-3529 CSBreese(@drhorton.com Designer Construction Manager I Project Owner Belmont Construction Company, Inc. Project Name Lake Ridge Villas General Description of Project Install 1200 LF of 8" C900 and appurtenances Project Cost $ 83,289,001 Date of Project May-22 Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safety Manager Quality Control Manager Name I Brandon Taylor Marissa LaCava Brandon Taylor Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Telephone Email Owner Jim Prader Owner Belmont Construction 479-650-8513 jprader@belmontconst.com Designer Construction Manager Project Owner Project Name General Description of Project Project Cost Date of Project Key Project Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Safety Manager Quality Control Manager Name Brandon Taylor Marissa LaCava I Brandon Taylor Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contact the named individuals as a reference) Name Title/Position Organization Telephone Email Owner Designer Construction Manager Adk,rnn¢n} # 7— Christopher Campbell Rangline Utilities Owner/Operating Partner Brandon Taylor 1.1 Heather Rockey Project Manager I! Admin Darin Taylor Crew Foreman Bobby Gonzalez Laborer Joseph Ochoa Laborer Stephon Stoker Laborer Steven Hewitt Laborer Tobey Fowler Superintendent Derrick Penno Crew Foreman Colton St.Germain Heavy Equipment Operator Lucas Matson Laborer Noelan Gamblin Laborer Tristan Tovar Crew Foreman Dale Camp Laborer Lane Jordan Laborer Matthew Santoyo Laborer Ral7►greftne Utilities Rangeline Utility Services, LLC Attachment A • Stuart/Anderson Water Line Rehab for City of Greenville - 2022 o Utilizing 24", 20", and 16" line stops and valve installs. • City of Granger Water Valve Improvements — 2022 o 12 locations of valve replacements • City of Abilene 36" Valve Replacement — 2022 o Installing 36" valve and cleaning ground storage tank • City of Abilene 30" Valve Replacement — 2022 o Installing 30" valve and 30" line stop • City of Argyle water line installation -2022 • City of Grapevine 20" B303 Line Repair o Installation of adapters and liner • Jackson Water 48" Water Line Repair o Installation of 1100' of 36" HDPE bypass o Installation of (3) 48" line stops o Repair of 48" water line 34' deep • Jackson Water 48" repair on ARV o 4" line stop on outlet line o Replacement of ARV Rangeline Utility Services, LLC 1150 Blue Mound Rd W, Ste 821 Haslet, TX 76052 (682) 250-2153 Ranueline ff Utilities Rangeline Utility Services, LLC Approach to Completion of Project 1. Contract Administration --- This component of the project will be handled in house by our Contract Specialist, and they will assist us throughout the process to ensure nothing is missed and it is streamlined. Z Management of Subcontractors and Suppliers — Management of subs will be the responsibility of the Superintendent and Crew Foreman. This will be minimal as most of the work will be in house. The line stop and welding portion of this project will be streamlined and seamless as we will be utilizing a Rangeline Tapping and Rangeline Pipeline Services which are sister companies of Rangeline Utilities and under one umbrella, Rangeline Group. The concrete sub -contractor will be managed by the Crew Foreman on a as needed basis per site. 3. Time Management — Time is of the essence on this project so we will produce a realistic but aggressive schedule to mobilize multiple crews to complete the work within the allotted time frame. 4. Cost Control — This works hand in hand with Time Management. As this project is scheduled and underway we will be able to manage cost and stay as efficient as possible. S. Quality Management— With major oversight on this project we will be able to manage the duality of the project throughout the duration. Rangeline Utility Services, LLC 1150 Blue Mound Rd W, Ste 821 Haslet, TX 76052 (682)250-2153 Racy l g#Ve Utilities Rangeline Utility Services, LLC 6. Project Site Safety — With Rangeline Utility Services, LLC and Rangeline Group housing our own in house Safety personnel it tends to minimize safety concerns as we constantly have safety oversight on the project. Additionally, safety is a priority and daily "tool box" talks will be mandatory and documented throughout the project. 7. Managing Changes to the Project — Any and all changes will be documented via email to ensure all changes are tracked and all individuals are on the same page throughout the duration of the project. 8. Managing Equipment — It is very important to us that our equipment is not left unattended in an unsafe location that could potentially put anyone at risk or be at the risk of it being vandalized or stolen. Additionally, management of equipment also plays a role in keeping costs down on the project. 9. Meeting HUB /MWBE — Unfortunately at this time Rangeline Utility Services, LLC does not meet this qualification. However, we will utilize Sub Contractors and material supply companies that may meet this qualification. Rangeline Utility Services, LLC 1150 Blue Mound Rd W, Ste B21 Haslet, TX 76052 (682) 250-2153 City of Lubbock, TX Purchasing and Contract Management Safety Record Questionnaire The City of Lubbock City Council desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding proposals on City contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, City of Lubbock has adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record of a proposer prior to awarding proposals on City contracts. The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a proposer for this consideration shall be: The City of Lubbock shall consider the safety record of the offerors in determining the responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or safety of the citizens of the City of Lubbock, be it related or caused by environmental, mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City may consider, among other things. - Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC), against the proposer for violations of OSHA regulations within the past three (3) years. b. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as defined below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies of local governments responsible for enforcing enviromnental protection or worker safety related laws or regulations, and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations include notices of violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted in bodily harm or death. d. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in determining the responsibility of the offeror and his or her ability to perform the services or goods required by the proposal documents in a safe envirorunent, both for the workers and other employees of offeror and the citizens of the City of Lubbock. In order to obtain proper information from offerors so that City of Lubbock may consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding proposals on City contracts, City of Lubbock requires that offerors answer the following four (4) questions and submit them with their proposals: OUESTION ONE Has the offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the offeror, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? Z YES NO If the offeror has indicated YES for question number one above, the offeror must provide to City of Lubbock, with its proposal submission, the following information with respect to each such citation: Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. Page Intentionally Left Blank QUESTION TWO Has the offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the offeror, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. YES NOT If the offeror has indicated YES for question number two above, the offeror must provide to City of Lubbock, with its proposal submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. UESTION THREE Has the offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by offeror, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted in serious bodily injury or death? % YES NO If the offeror has indicated YES for question number three above, the offeror must provide to City of Lubbock, with its proposal submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, in any, and penalty assessed. QUESTION FOUR Provide your company's Experience Modification Rate and supporting information: ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK I certify that I have made no willful misrepresentations in this Questionnaire nor have I withheld information in my statements and answers to questions. 1 am aware that the information given by me in this questionnaire will be investigated, with my full permission, and that any misrepresentations or omissions may cause my proposal to be rejected. 1--7 Signature Page Intentionally Left Blank NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS LUBBOCK COUNTY &,f A` being first duly sworn, on his/her oath, says that the bid above submitted is a getnuitie and not a sham or collusive bid, or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named; and s/he further says that the said respondent has not directly induced or solicited any firm on the above work or supplies to put in a sham, or any other person or corporation to refrain from a statement of qualifications; and that said firm has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to self an advantage over any other firm or firms, Firm C .inn s nn WN Title Subscribed and sworn to before the this 0 y ?_1j'_ day of j 20-23 My Commission Expires: o7 �2Q HEATHER ROCKEY Notary Public. State of Texas Comm. Expires 07 07-2024 Notary ID 132554788 NOTE: THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND INCLUDED IN WITH THE SUBMISSION Page Intentionally Left Blank PROPOSED LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS Company Naive Location Services Provided 2. 1CCeyAr n ' 1. OQ AK — P4 a 3. ,L1� 0,0i1CA& 4. s. 6. 7. s. 9. 14. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Minority Owned Yes No ❑ A ❑ Ad ❑ ❑ ID ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ D El Q ❑ ❑ ❑ THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED ALONG WITH YOUR RESPONSE IF NO SUBCONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO SUBMITTED BY: (PRTNT NAME OF COMPANY) Page Intentionally Left Blank POST -CLOSING DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS The below -listed document must be received in the Purchasing and Contract Management Office Not Later Than SEVEN BUSINESS DAYS after the close date when responses are due. FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS Pate Intentionally Left Blank FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS Minority Owned Company Name Location Services Provided Yes No 1. Rangeline Pipeline Services, LLC Haslet, TX Tapping, Welding, Llnestops ❑ x 2 Madewell Construction Inc Lubbock, TX Concrete and Asphalt restoration x ❑ 3. ❑ ❑ 4. ❑ ❑ 5. ❑ ❑ 6. ❑ ❑ 7. ❑ ° 8. ❑ ❑ 9. ❑ ❑ 10. ❑ ❑ 11. ❑ ❑ 12. ❑ ❑ 13. ❑ ❑ 14. ❑ ❑ 15. ❑ ❑ 16. ❑ ❑ SUBMITTED BY: Chris Campbell and Brandon Taylor- Rangeline Utility Services, LLC (PRINT NAME OF COMPANY) THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED NOT LATER THAN SEVEN BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE CLOSE DATE WHEN RESPONSES ARE DUE IF NO SUB -CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO Page Intentionally Left Blank PAYMENT BOND Page Intentionally Left Blank STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $50,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Rangeline Utility Services, LLC. (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of One Million Five Hundred Fifty -Nine Thousand Eight Hundred Forty - Nine Dollars ($1,559,849.00) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated 2A day of October, 2023, to RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Lar2e Valve Replacement and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this day of 2023. Surety *By (Title) (Company Name) By: (Printed Name) (Signature) (Title) Page Intentionally Left Blank The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety By: Approved as to form: City of Lubbock By: City Attorney (Title) * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. Page Intentionally Left Blank PERFORMANCE BOND Pate Intentionally Left Blank STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Rangeline Utility Services, LLC. (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of One Million Five Hundred Fifty -Nine Thousand Eight Hundred Forty - Nine Dollars ($1,559,849.00) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated 2A day of October, 2023, to RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Lame Valve Replacement and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this day of , 2023. Surety * By (Title) (Company Name) By: (Printed Name) (Signature) (Title) Page Intentionally Left Blank The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety By: (Title) Approved as to Form City of Lubbock By: City Attorney * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. Page Intentionally Left Blank CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Page Intentionally Left Blank CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE: P.O. BOX 2000, Room 204 LUBBOCK, TX 79457 TYPE OF PROJECT: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT (Name and Address of Insured) is, at the date of this certificate, insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the typed of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this company, the further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted hereon. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE LIMITS DATE DATE GENERAL LIABILITY LJ Commercial General Liability General Aggregate $ LJ Claims Made Products-Comp/Op AGG $ LJ Occurrence Personal & Adv. Injury $ LJ Owner's & Contractors Protective Each Occurrence $ ❑ Fire Damage (Any one Fire) $ $ Med Exp (Any one Person) AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY LJ Any Auto Combined Single Limit $ LJ All Owned Autos Bodily Injury (Per Person) $ LJ Scheduled Autos Bodily Injury (Per Accident) $ LJ Hired Autos Property Damage $ LJ Non -Owned Autos LJ GARAGE LIABILITY LJ Any Auto Auto Only - Each Accident $ LJ Other than Auto Only: Each Accident $ Aggregate $ LJ BUILDER'S RISK LJ 100% of the Total Contract Price $ LJ INSTALLATIONELOATER $ EXCESS LIABILITY LJ Umbrella Form Each Occurrence $ Aggregate $ LJ Other Than Umbrella Form $ WORKERS COMPENSATIONAND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY The Proprietor/ LJ Included Statutory Limits Partners/Executive LJ Excluded Each Accident $ Officers are: Disease Policy Limit $ Disease -Each Employee $ OTHER The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than the legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or cancellation, or in case there is no legal requirement, in less than five days in advance of cancellation. FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE MUST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK (Name of Insurer) ma Title: The Insurance Certificates Furnished shall name the City of Lubbock as Additional Insured on Auto General Liability and provide a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the City of Lubbock. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S. THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS. CONTRACTORCHECKLIST A CONTRACTOR SHALL: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED. REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-305-7238 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (C) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (D) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (n) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (F) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (G) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. Page Intentionally Left Blank CONTRACT Page Intentionally Left Blank � � STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK Contract 17410 � THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 24`h day of October, 2023 by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and Ran�eline Utility Services, LLC. of the City of Haslet, County of Tarrant and � the State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and � performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete tne construction of certain improvements described as follows: � � � � � � � � � RFP 23-17410-KM Pump Station 4 Large Valve Replacement and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. Rangeline Utility Services, LLC.'s proposal dated Au�ust 24, 2023, is incorporated into and made a part of this agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for :he performance of the contract in accordance with the proposal submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. CONTRACTOR: Rangeline Utility Services, LLC. . / ��� . _ �' ��+�' � . � - � � s �� /, � � , r, �/ . .. � � CITY OF LUB , XAS (OWNER): By' -- - - Tray Payne, ayor A' TEST: C rtney Paz, City Secreta COMPLETE ADDRESS: Rangeline Utility Services, LLC. 1150 Blue Mound Rd W, Ste 821 Haslet, TX 76052 A . Corporate Secretary AP OV AS T CONTENT: �ngineering r entative �. � � � i -��'�3 Name (Printed) Date A R VED AS TO FOR�1tI: lli Leisure, Senior Assistant City Attorney Page Intentionally Left Blank GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT Page Intentionally Left Blank GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or First Parry, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co- partnership or corporation, to wit Rangeline Utilitv Services, LLC who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative John Turpin, Assistant Division Director of Public Works, so designated who will inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Offerors, General Instructions to Offerors, Proposal, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificates, and all other documents made available to Offeror for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Offerors. The above described materials are sometimes referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents". INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. The City reserves the right to approve or disapprove the selection of any subcontractor(s). WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to the party who gives the notice. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished ten copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 13. LINES AND GRADES The Contractor is responsible for construction layout based on the control provided in the construction documents. All lines and grades shall be furnished whenever Owner's Representative (as distinguished from Resident Project Representative(s)) deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative (as distinguished from Resident Project Representative(s))has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors, as distinguished from Resident Project Representative, as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's Representative and Contractor. Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform Contractor in writing that any person or persons on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such person or persons shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall fu mish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of workers or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Contractor is responsible for construction quality control testing, cost, and reporting of the type and extent required by the contract documents. The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has previously accepted the work. If any such work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's proposal, except as provided under Changes and Alterations in Paragraph 23. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the observation of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent to the firm actually performing the work, and additional higher -tier markups limited to 5% to cover additional overhead and insurance costs; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work, as estimated by the Engineer and approved by the Owner.. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C) (1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived. 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the proposal, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a clarification obtained before the proposals are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of proposals, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its proposal to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before offering of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of proposals. In the absence of a requested clarification for a conflict in the documents prior to proposals being reviewed, it will be assumed that the Contractor proposes the higher cost alternative on conflicts identified after proposals are reviewed. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and Engineer and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED. Commercial General Liability Requirements: $2M occurrence / $4M aggregate (can be combined with an Excess Liability to meet requirement). CGL is required in ALL contracts. It is perhaps the most important of all insurance policies in a contractual relationship. It insures the Contractor has broad liability coverage for contractual activities and for completed operations. Commercial General Liability to include Products — Completion/OP, Personal and Advertising Injury, Contractual Liability, Fire Damage (any one fire), and Medical Expenses (any one person). Automatically add an excess liability of $4M. Commercial General Liability Equipment Endorsement: Heavy equipment endorsement is required Commercial General Liability Digging Endorsement: XCU endorsement is required Automobile Liability Requirements: $1M/occurrence is needed Builder's Risk Requirements: Builder's Risk Insurance is needed for this project, and at a minimum, the insurance should cover the full insurable value of the improvements. Workers Compensation Requirements: Statutory. If the vendor is an independent contractor with no employees and are exempt from providing Workers' Compensation coverage, they must sign a waiver (obtained from COL Purchasing) and include a copy of their driver's license.. Employer Liability ($1M) is required with Workers Compensation. Special Insurances Crime Protection Coverage Requirements: Employee Dishonesty or Fidelity Bond coverage REQUIRED in an amount equal to the maximum exposure. Carrier Cargo Liability Requirements: Motor Carrier Cargo Insurance is required for this project and must cover, at minimum, the value of the full load that is being hauled. • The City of Lubbock (including its officials, employees and volunteers) shall be afforded additional insured status on a primary and non-contributory basis on all liability policies except professional liabilities and workers' comp. • Waivers of Subrogation are required for CGL, AL, and WC. • To Include Products of Completed Operations endorsement. • Carrier will provide a 30-day written notice of cancellation, 10-day written notice for non- payment. • Carriers must meet a A.M. Best rating of A- or better. • Subcontractors must carry same limits as listed above Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC- 83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the governmental entity: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 8. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and G (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured. (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the proposal specifications. (6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. (7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project. (9) A Contractor shall: (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30-point bold type and text in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee. " "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 800-372-7713 or 512-804-4000 (www.tdi.state.tmus) to receive information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage; " and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language: `By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions."; (iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment. 30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN, AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and Engineer and all of its officers, agents and employees, harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way, manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, material men and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. 31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof. Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner and Engineer, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's Representative prior to offering. 32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and Engineer and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing prior to proposing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising there from. The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 33. SUBCONTRACTING The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as provided by the contract documents. 34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIOUIDATED DAMAGES It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and time for completion as specified in the Notice to Proceed and contract documents, respectively, of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents. If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $2,500 PER CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing the work. If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to Finally complete the work within the time herein specified, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $1,000 PER CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall fail to meet the time requirements stipulated for substantially completing the work. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach. IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT. 35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute its work in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction. The Contractor shall ensure daily prosecution of the work is conducted every business day until completed, regardless if the work will be substantially or finally complete ahead of specified deadlines in the agreement, unless the City determines time off from said prosecution is necessary or reasonable and Contractor received said determination in writing from the City. Further, when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative (as distinguished from the Resident Project Representative) may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. Additionally, inclement weather shall be the only other reason consistent, daily prosecution of the work may not take place on those inclement weather days. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the extension no later than within twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived. 37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in securing material or workers, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their proposals offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project, provided that the over run or under run of estimated quantities not exceed 15% of the estimated quantity. 39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner and Engineer, and any of its officers, agents and employees, against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related to, arising from or growing out of the performance of this contract. 40. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 41. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall determine the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment if submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by the Owner's Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less: (i) in the event the total value of the contract is five million dollars or more, 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of the contract documents; or (ii) in the event the total value of the contract is less than five million dollars, 10% or less, of the amount thereof, which percentage shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums may be retained by Owner under the terms of the contract documents ("Retainage ") . If Contractor engages a sub -contractor to perform all or part of Contractor's work under the contract, the Contractor shall not withhold a greater percentage of Retainage than the percentage set out in in this section pertaining to the Contractor. Contractor shall likewise require any subcontractor it engages to comply with section 2252.032 of the Texas Government Code. Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said partial payment is attributable. 43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. The work will be deemed substantially complete when the work (or a specified portion thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of the Owner or Owner's Representative, the work (or a specified portion thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with all the contract documents, including the Proposal and all applicable technical specifications, so that the work (or a specified portion thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended without unscheduled disruption. Owner may, in its sole discretion, release all or a portion of the Retainage upon Owner's receipt of the certificate of substantial completion for all of the work or a specified portion thereof. Notwithstanding the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete the work within the time provided in this contract. 44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion, Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31st working day after the date of certification of final completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or warranties implied by law or otherwise. Owner may, in its sole discretion, release all or a portion of the Retainage for fully completed and accepted portions of the work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner may withhold the Retainage if there is a bona fide dispute between Owner and Contractor according to section 2252.032(f) of the Texas Government Code. 45. CORRECTION OF WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time but not to exceed 30 days after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall pay all claims, cost, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of the engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution cost) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal. Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's Representative. 46. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed, (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims, (c) Damage to another contractor, (d) Notification to owner of failure to make payments to Subcontractors or Suppliers, (e) Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required, (f) Failure to submit monthly progress schedule updates or revised scheduled as requested by Owner, (g) Failure to provide Project photographs required by Specifications. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor, and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and Owner's Representative, by Contractor. 48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor, no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required. After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract, equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The Owner may employ such force of persons and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or (b) The Owner, under sealed proposals, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners. The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth. 49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the project which is the subject matter of this contract. 50. BONDS The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $50,000. All bonds shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by a Surety Company listed on the State Treasury's "Approved" list and authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. 54. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. 55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in any form, shall not (1) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5) days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied. In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (1) trained for the level of expertise required for proper performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage, disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos. 56. NONAPPROPRIATION All funds for payment by the City under this contract are subject to the availability of an annual appropriation for this purpose by the City. In the event of non -appropriation of funds by the City Council of the City of Lubbock for the goods or services provided under the contract, the City will terminate the contract, without termination charge or other liability, on the last day of the then -current fiscal year or when the appropriation made for the then -current year for the goods or services covered by this contract is spent, whichever event occurs first. If at any time funds are not appropriated for the continuance of this contract, cancellation shall be accepted by the Seller on thirty (30) days prior written notice, but failure to give such notice shall be of no effect and the City shall not be obligated under this contract beyond the date of termination. 57. THE CITY RIGHT TO AUDIT At any time during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years thereafter the City or a duly authorized audit representative of the City, or the State of Texas, at its expense and at reasonable times, reserves the right to audit Contractor's records and books relevant to all services provided under this Contract. In the event such an audit by the City reveals any errors/overpayments by the City, Contractor shall refund the City the full amount of such overpayments within thirty (30) days of such audit findings, or the City, at its option, reserves the right to deduct such amounts owing the City from any payments due Contractor. 58. NON -ARBITRATION The City reserves the right to exercise any right or remedy available to it by law, contract, equity, or otherwise, including without limitation, the right to seek any and all forms of relief in a court of competent jurisdiction. Further, the City shall not be subject to any arbitration process prior to exercising its unrestricted right to seek judicial remedy. The remedies set forth herein are cumulative and not exclusive, and may be exercised concurrently. To the extent of any conflict between this provision and another provision in, or related to, this document, this provision shall control. 59. CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES Contractor acknowledges by supplying any Goods or Services that the Contractor has read, fully understands, and will be in full compliance with all terms and conditions and the descriptive material contained herein and any additional associated documents and Amendments. The City disclaims any terms and conditions provided by the Contractor unless agreed upon in writing by the parties. In the event of conflict between these terms and conditions and any terms and conditions provided by the Contractor, the terms and conditions provided herein shall prevail. The terms and conditions provided herein are the final terms agreed upon by the parties, and any prior conflicting terms shall be of no force or effect. 60. LABOR CODE CHAPTER 214 Sec. 214.008. MISCLASSIFICATION OF CERTAIN WORKERS; PENALTY. (a) A person who contracts with a governmental entity to provide a service as defined by Section 2155.001, Government Code, shall properly classify, as an employee or independent contractor in accordance with Chapter 201, any individual the person directly retains and compensates for services performed in connection with the contract. (b) In this subsection, "subcontractor" means a person directly retained and compensated by a person who contracts with a governmental entity to provide a service as defined by Section 2155.001, Government Code. A subcontractor shall properly classify, as an employee or independent contractor in accordance with Chapter 201, any individual the subcontractor directly retains and compensates for services performed in connection with the contract for which the subcontractor is retained. (c) A person who fails to properly classify an individual as required by Subsection (a) or (b) shall pay to the commission a penalty equal to $200 for each individual that the person has not properly classified. (d) The commission may not take action to collect a penalty under this section from a person after the third anniversary of the date on which the violation occurred. 61. CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES House Bill 1295, adopted by the 84th Legislature, created §2252.908, Texas Government Code. Section 2252.908 requires a business entity entering into certain contracts with a governmental entity or state agency to file with the governmental entity or state agency a disclosure of interested parties at the time the business entity submits the signed contract to the governmental entity or state agency. Section 2252.908 requires the disclosure form to be signed by the authorized agent of the contracting business entity, acknowledging that the disclosure is made under oath and under penalty of perjury. Section 2252.908 applies only to a contract that requires an action or vote by the governing body of the governmental entity or state agency before the contract may be signed or has a value of at least $1 million. Instructions for completing Form 1295 are available at: https://ci.lubbock.tx.us/departments/purchasing/vendor-information 62. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 2252.152 Contracts with Companies Engaged in Business with Iran, Sudan, or Foreign Terrorist Organization Prohibited. Pursuant to Section 2252.152 of the Texas Government Code, prohibits the City from entering into a contract with a vendor that is identified by The Comptroller as a company known to have contracts with or provide supplies or service with Iran, Sudan or a foreign terrorist organization. 63. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 2271.002 Pursuant to Section 2271.002 of the Texas Government Code, a) This section applies only to a contract that: (1) is between a governmental entity and a company with 10 or more full-time employees; and (2) has a value of $100,000 or more that is to be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the governmental entity. (b) A governmental entity may not enter into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. 64. CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES Contractor Acknowledges by supplying any Goods or Services that the Contractor has read, fully understands, and will be in full compliance with all terms and conditions and the descriptive material contained herein and any additional associated documents and Amendments. The City disclaims any terms and conditions provided by the Contractor unless agreed upon in writing by the parties. In the event of conflict between these terms and conditions and any terms and conditions provided by the Contractor, the terms and conditions provided herein shall prevail. The terms and conditions provided herein are the final terms agreed upon by the parties, and any prior conflicting terms shall be of no force or effect. 65. TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract and the contractor or vendor agrees that the contract can be terminated if the contractor or vendor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. To the extent Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code applies to this agreement, Contractor agrees to: (1) preserve all contracting information related to the contract as provided by the records retention requirements applicable to the governmental body for the duration of the contract; (2) promptly provide to the governmental body any contracting information related to the contract that is in the custody or possession of the entity on request of the governmental body; and (3) on completion of the contract, either: (A) provide at no cost to the governmental body all contracting information related to the contract that is in the custody or possession of the entity; or (B) preserve the contracting information related to the contract as provided by the records retention requirements applicable to the governmental body. 66. CONFIDENTIALITY The Contractor shall retain all information received from or concerning the City and the City's business in strictest confidence and shall not reveal such information to third parties without prior written consent of the City, unless otherwise required by law. 67. INDEMNITY The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the city of Lubbock and its elected officials, officers, agents, and employees from all suits, actions, losses, damages, claims, or liability of any kind, character, type, or description, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all expenses of litigation, court costs, and attorney's fees, for injury or death to any person, or injury to any property, received or sustained by any person or persons or property, to the extent arising out of, related to or occasioned by, the negligent acts of the Contractor, its agents, employees, and/or subcontractors, related to the performance, operations or omissions under this agreement and/or the use or occupation of city owned property. The indemnity obligation provided herein shall survive the expiration or termination of this agreement. 68. PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY All architectural or engineering services to be performed shall be done with the professional skill and care ordinarily provided by competent architects or engineers practicing under the same or similar circumstances and professional license. 69. TEXAS SENATE BILL 219 SUBCHAPTER B ITEMS B AND C (b) A contractor must, within a reasonable time of learning of a defect, inaccuracy, inadequacy, or insufficiency in the plans, specifications, or other design documents, disclose in writing to the person with whom the contractor enters into a contract the existence of any known defect in the plans, specifications, or other design documents that is discovered by the contractor, or that reasonably should have been discovered by the contractor using diligence, before or during construction. In this subsection, ordinary diligence means the observations of the plans, specifications, or other design documents or the improvement to real property that a contractor would make in the reasonable preparation of a bid or fulfillment of its scope of work under normal circumstances. Ordinary diligence does not require that the contractor engage a person licensed or registered under Title 6, Occupations Code, or any other person with specialized skills. A disclosure under this subsection is made in the contractor's capacity as contractor and not as a licensed professional under Title 6, Occupations Code. (c) A contractor who fails to disclose a defect as required by Subsection (b) may be liable for the consequences of defects that result from the failure to disclose. Page Intentionally Left Blank DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS Pate Intentionally Left Blank "General Decision Number: TX20230002 01/06/2023 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20220002 State: Texas Construction Types: Heavy and Highway Counties: Armstrong, Carson, Crosby, Ector, Irion, Lubbock, Midland, Potter, Randall, Taylor and Tom Green Counties in Texas. HEAVY & HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS Note: Contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis -Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis -Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). JIf the contract is entered Executive Order 14026 linto on or after January 30, generally applies to the 12022, or the contract is contract. renewed or extended (e.g., an The contractor must pay loption is exercised) on or all covered workers at lafter January 30, 2022: least $16.20 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the I I contract in 2023. 1 JIf the contract was awarded onl. for between January 1, 2015 andl January 29, 2022, and the contract is not renewed or �. lextended on or after January 130, 2022: 1 Executive Order 13658 generally applies to the contract. The contractor must pay alll covered workers at least $12.15 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed) on this wage determination,1 if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2023. The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at http://www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/06/2023 SUTX2011-002 08/02/2011 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER (Paving & Structures) ... $ 13.55 ** ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 20.96 FORM BUILDER/FORM SETTER Paving & Curb ...............$ 12.36 ** Structures ..................$ 13.52 ** LABORER Asphalt Raker ...............$ 12.28 ** Flagger.....................$ 9.30 ** Laborer, Common .............$ 10.30 ** Laborer, Utility ............ $ 11.80 ** Work Zone Barricade Servicer....................$ 10.30 ** POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Asphalt Distributer ......... $ 14.87 ** Asphalt Paving Machine ...... $ 13.40 ** Broom and Sweeper ........... $ 11.21 ** Crane, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less ................$ 16.82 Crawler Tractor Operator .... $ 13.96 ** Excavator, 50,000 lbs or less ........................$ 13.46 ** Front End Loader Operator, Over 3 CY...................$ 12.77 ** Front End Loader, 3CY or less ........................$ 12.28 ** Loader/Backhoe..............$ 14.18 ** Mechanic ....................$ 20.14 Milling Machine .............$ 15.54 ** Motor Grader, Rough ........ $ 16.15 ** Motor Grader, Fine .......... $ 17.49 Pavement Marking Machine .... $ 16.42 Reclaimer/Pulverizer........ $ 12.85 ** Roller, Asphalt .............$ 10.95 ** Roller, Other ...............$ 10.36 ** Scraper .....................$ 10.61 ** Spreader Box ................$ 12.60 ** Servicer .........................$ 13.98 ** Steel Worker (Reinforcing) ....... $ 13.50 ** TRUCK DRIVER Lowboy -Float ................$ 14.46 ** Single Axle .................$ 12.74 ** Single or Tandem Axle Dump..$ 11.33 ** Tandem Axle Tractor with Semi ........................$ 12.49 ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ** Workers in this classification may be entitled to a higher minimum wage under Executive Order 14026 ($16.20) or 13658 ($12.15). Please see the Note at the top of the wage determination for more information. Note: Executive Order (ED) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the ED, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health -related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health -related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the ED is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of ""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than '-su.- or ""UAW"' denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour National Office because National Office has responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISIO" Page Intentionally Left Blank EXHIBIT C City of Lubbock Overtime Legal Holiday Prevailing Wage Rates The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standard Pate Intentionally Left Blank SPECIFICATIONS Pate Intentionally Left Blank ,.Alt . ......... L ubbc'oty of k TEXAS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS July 2023 01 ;►Lubbityock TEXAS I City of Lubbock TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF LUBBOCK PUMP STATION 4 ISOLATION PROJECT SECTION 01010: SUMMARY OF WORK.................................................................................................4 SECTION 01019: CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS................................................................................8 SECTION 01020: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT...........................................................................10 SECTION 01027: APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT..............................................................................16 SECTION 01028: CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES.............................................................................18 SECTION 01039: COORDINATION AND MEETINGS..........................................................................21 SECTION 01140: WORK RESTRICTIONS..............................................................................................24 SECTION 01300: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES......................................................................................27 SECTION 0 13 10: PROGRESS SCHEDULES...........................................................................................31 SECTION 01322: PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION.....................................................................33 SECTION 0 13 56: STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES....................................35 SECTION 01400: QUALITY REQUIREMENTS......................................................................................39 SECTION 01410: TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES.......................................................................43 SECTION 01555: BARRICADES, SIGNS, AND TRAFFIC HANDLING..............................................46 SECTION 01576: WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL................................................................................47 SECTION 01600: PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................................49 SECTION 01700: CONTRACT CLOSEOUT............................................................................................52 SECTION 02050: REMOVAL, DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE...........................................................55 SECTION 02082: PRE -CAST CONCRETE VAULTS..............................................................................59 SECTION 02084: FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS............................................................62 SECTION 02221: REMOVING EXISTING PAVEMENTS......................................................................64 SECTION 02240: DEWATERING.............................................................................................................66 SECTION 02257: CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL - FLOWABLE FILL....................70 SECTION 02260: EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION.......................................................74 SECTION 02300: EARTHWORK..............................................................................................................78 SECTION 02317: EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES..................................................86 SECTION 02320: UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS...........................................................................97 SECTION 02445: BORES AND ENCASEMENTS.................................................................................102 Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Table of Contents June 2023 Lubbock a5 SECTION 02510: REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE DEVICES FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION ...........107 SECTION 02611: STEEL CASING PIPE................................................................................................118 SECTION 02626: STEEL PIPE................................................................................................................122 SECTION 02638: REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE.............................................................................136 SECTION 02665: WATER PIPING, VALVES, AND FITTINGS..........................................................143 SECTION 03300: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE..................................................................................164 Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Table of Contents June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 01010: SUMMARY OF WORK PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the description of the Work to be completed under these Specifications. B. The OWNER is the City of Lubbock. (1) The Owner's Representative is: John Turpin, P.E. Assistant Division Director of Public Works City of Lubbock O: (806) 775-2342 @rein@mylubbock.us (2) The Project Manager is: James Dean, EIT Civil Engineer Associate City of Lubbock O: (806) 775-3254 jdean@mylubbock.us C. Section includes: (1) Definitions (2) Project description (3) Permits and licenses (4) Access to site (5) Contractor's use of the premises (6) Project schedule (7) Security Procedures (8) Coordination requirements (9) Pre -construction meeting (10) Warranty 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Furnish: To supply products to the project site, including delivering ready for unloading and replacing damaged and rejected products. B. Install: To put products in place in the work ready for the intended use, including unloading, unpacking, handling, storing, assembling, installing, erecting, placing, applying, anchoring, working, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01010-4 Lubbock C. Provide: To furnish and install products. D. Indicated: Shown, noted, scheduled, specified, or drawn, somewhere in the contract documents. 1.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. The purpose of this project is to install new valves at and around Pump Station 4 to allow for the isolation of the Pump Station ahead of other projects that will require a temporary shutdown of Pump Station 4. B. Major work items are: (1) Perform 8 linestops on large water lines (24-46.6 inch diameter) to temporarily shut off water flowing into Pump Station 4 in order to allow for multiple new valves and vaults to be installed. (2) Install a number of large valves in and around Pump Station 4 ranging from 24-42 inches in diameter which will allow for the isolation of Pump Station 4 for future projects and maintenance. (3) Replace a broken 36" gate valve near the intersection of 2nd Street and Avenue L. C. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials required for the complete construction of the work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. D. All work shall be performed in accordance with the most recent City of Lubbock Design Standards for Water and Sanitary Sewer construction. 1.4 Work shall also include restoration or replacement of all removed or damaged pavement, curb, sidewalk, gutter, shrubbery, fence, sod or other disturbed surfaces or structures in a condition equal to that before the work began to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1.5 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. Contractor shall provide qualifications to the Owner upon request to display evidence of competency and authority to perform required work. B. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all required permits. C. Contractor shall submit copies of all permits, licenses, and similar permissions obtained, and receipts for fees paid, to the Owner. 1.6 ACCESS TO SITES A. Contractor shall limit access to the site to authorized personnel only. B. Contractor shall adequately barricaded open excavations and construction material and equipment as to prevent unauthorized personnel from accessing. C. The Owner shall locate and designate all manhole access points open and accessible for the work, and provide rights of access to these points. D. Contractor shall coordinate with the City Solid Waste Services to maintain trash pickup schedules when working with in the alley right of way. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 0 10 10- 5 MOW City of Lubbock a5 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES A. The space available to the Contractor for the performance of the work, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other construction as part of the project, is restricted to the area shown on the site plan of the contract drawings unless the Contractor makes arrangements to use additional space with the Owner. B. The contractor shall ensure that any disturbed area is left in a condition equal to or better condition before finishing construction in the area. 1.8 PROJECT SCHEDULE A. The Work summarized above shall be substantially completed within 79 calendar days from the date of November 11t, 2023. Any work that does not affect the everyday function of Pump Station 4 can be performed after the date of the notice to proceed but no linestop work or water system interruptions shall be allowed prior to November 1st, 2023. B. Substantial completion will be considered complete when all Valves and Vaults are installed and Pump Station 4 is able to fully operate from all pipelines affected by this construction. C. There will be a $2500.00 per day liquidated damages for each day that exceeds the 79 day limit. D. Within five (5) business days after the date of the Substantial Completion Certificate, the Engineer shall issue a Final Punch List of items to be corrected prior to Final Completion. E. Punch list items shall be complete within 30 calendar days from the date of the Final Punch List. There will be a $1000 per day liquidated damages assessed for each day that exceeds the 30 day limit. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SECURITY PROCEDURES A. Contractor shall limit access to the site to persons involved in the work. B. Contractor shall provide secure storage for materials for which the owner has made payments and which are stored on site. C. Contractor shall secure completed work as required to prevent loss or damage. D. Contractor shall secure sites by means of fencing, security guards, or other means to prevent damage, theft, safety hazards, or other problems on the site. E. The use of security personnel shall be cleared with the Owner. 3.2 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 0 10 10- 6 MOW City of Lubbock A. Contractor shall inform the Owner when coordination of the work is required. B. Contractor shall coordinate all shutdowns and opening of newly installed valves in writing 5 working days prior with city engineering and the city water control room. C. If necessary, inform each party involved, in writing, of procedures required for coordination; include requirements for giving notice, submitting reports, and attending meetings. D. Coordinate shop drawings prepared by separate entities. E. Show installation sequence when necessary for proper installation. 3.3 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. A pre -construction meeting will be held at City Hall within ten (10) days of the date of Notice to Proceed and prior to any construction taking place. 3.4 WARRANTY A. Contractor shall warranty 100% of the project for one (1) year after the date of substantial acceptance of the work. B. Contractor shall warranty soil compaction on the project for three (3) years after the date of final completion. C. On the eleventh (11) month from the date of final acceptance, an Owner's representative will schedule an inspection with the presence of the Contractor to inspect for defects and assessment of the work performed. D. Any work that is considered defective by the Owner's representative will be repaired. E. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in workmanship, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in defects at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 0 10 10- 7 City of Lubbock SECTION 01019: CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the method for the Contractor to request payment for completed work. B. Section includes: (1) Schedule of Values (2) Application for Payment (3) Payment Retainage 1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Contractor shall submit a Schedule of Values on Engineer approved Contractor's form within five (5) days after receiving the bid tabulation. B. Revise schedule to include approved Change Orders, with each Application for Payment. 1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit two (2) copies of each application on Engineer approved Contractor's form. B. Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. C. Monthly, submit application for payment on or about the loth day of each month. D. Include an updated construction progress schedule, materials received, and manifest with each Application for Payment E. Submit the following along with the application for final payment: (1) The documentation for the completed project. (2) Signed affidavit from a Notary Public that all claims on this job have been settled and that all bills owed by the Contractor for the project including materials and labor have been paid. (3) One (1) year Contractor Warranty for work performed, signed and sealed by a Notary Public. (4) A warranty for soil compaction on the project for three (3) years after the date of final completion. 1.4 PAYMENT RETAINAGE A. The Owner will retain five (5) percent of each payment. B. Retainage will be released as final payment, upon completion of the Final Punch List. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01019-8 July 2023 City of Lubbock PART 3 EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01019-9 July 2023 SECTION 01020: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Lubbock A. The following sections shall be used to define measurements and payments for this project. The unit price bid on each item as stated in the bid proposal shall include furnishing all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment, and materials except as otherwise specified, necessary or incidental to complete the various items of work in accordance with the plans and specifications. Cost of work or materials shown on the plans or called for in the specifications and on which no separate payment is made shall be included in the bid prices on the various pay items. Payment will not be made for any item that is not complete, including all associated incidental work. Only those items indicated on bid documents and plan sheets will be included for construction and payment. 1.2 MOBILIZATION A. The cost for mobilization shall be limited to no more than 10% of the Contract amount for construction items (materials and labor) bid for this project. B. Mobilization shall include costs associated with move -in related equipment and labor, bid bond, performance and construction bonds and insurance related for this project. This would include the establishment and removal of offices, plants and facilities, movement of personnel, equipment, and supplies to and from the project or the vicinity of the project site to begin work or complete work on Contract Items. This Item will be measured by the lump sum as the work progresses. 1.3 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per lump sum. Landscape restoration shall include costs associated with restoring vegetation and landscaping improvements installed by the property owner to as found conditions after the water line work has been performed. 1.4 PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN A. A traffic control plan must be maintained for the duration of the project. This includes supplying and designing a traffic control plan as well as any coordination with adjacent property tenants regarding any changes that may impact operations, parking, etc... The unit price bid shall include furnishing and placing all materials and signage necessary to implement the traffic control plan provided. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 0 1020- 10 June 2023 of Lubbock 1.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL VALVE VAULT AND APPURTENANCES FOR INSTALLATION OF PRE -PURCHASED 42" BUTTERFLY VALVE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per valve installed. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. Any ancillary items needed to install this equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. 1.6 FURNISH AND INSTALL VALVE VAULT AND APPURTENANCES FOR INSTALLATION OF PRE -PURCHASED 36" BUTTERFLY VALVE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per valve installed. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. Any ancillary items needed to install this equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. 1.7 INSTALL 36" PRE -PURCHASED BUTTERFLY VALVE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per valve installed. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. The removal, replacement, and disposal of existing valves to be replaced shall be considered subsidiary to the new valve installation. Any ancillary items needed to install this equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. 1.8 FURNISH AND INSTALL NECESSARY FITTINGS, REDUCERS, AND PIPE TO TRANSITION FROM A 39" STEEL CYLINDER REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE TO A 36" STEEL REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Measurement will be paid at the unit bid price for each pipe transition installed. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, reducers, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. The removal, replacement, and disposal of existing pipe and tees to be replaced shall be considered subsidiary to the pipe transition installation. Any ancillary items needed to install this equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. 1.9 FURNISH AND INSTALL VALVE VAULT AND APPURTENANCES FOR INSTALLATION OF PRE -PURCHASED 30" BUTTERFLY VALVE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per valve installed. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. Any ancillary items needed to install this equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01020-11 June 2023 MOW Lubbock a5 1.10 INSTALL 30" PRE -PURCHASED BUTTERFLY VALVE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per valve installed. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. The removal, replacement, and disposal of existing valves to be replaced shall be considered subsidiary to the new valve installation. Any ancillary items needed to install this equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. 1.11 FURNISH AND INSTALL NECESSARY FITTINGS, REDUCERS, AND PIPE TO TRANSITION FROM A 27" POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE TO A 24" POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE A. Measurement will be paid at the unit bid price for each pipe transition installed. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, reducers, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. The removal, replacement, and disposal of existing pipe and tees to be replaced shall be considered subsidiary to the pipe transition installation. Any ancillary items needed to install this equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. 1.12 FURNISH AND INSTALL VALVE VAULT AND APPURTENANCES FOR INSTALLATION OF PRE -PURCHASED 24" BUTTERFLY VALVE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per valve installed. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. Any ancillary items needed to install this equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. 1.13 INSTALL 24" PRE -PURCHASED BUTTERFLY VALVE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per valve installed. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. The removal, replacement, and disposal of existing valves to be replaced shall be considered subsidiary to the new valve installation. Any ancillary items needed to install this equipment are considered subsidiary to this item. 1.14 FURNISH AND INSTALL 42" WATERLINE LINESTOP A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per line stop installed successfully as determined by Owner and Inspector. The unit price bid shall include furnishing, hauling, welding, joint restraints, valves, fittings, installation, trench excavation, and backfilling, including embedment material as specified, flowable fill, pavement repair and replacement of top soil undisturbed topsoil scenarios, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. Bid price shall include excavation up to 10 feet in depth to install valve. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 0 1020- 12 June 2023 City of Lubbock 1.15 FURNISH AND INSTALL 36" WATERLINE LINESTOP A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per line stop installed successfully as determined by Owner and Inspector. The unit price bid shall include furnishing, hauling, welding, joint restraints, valves, fittings, installation, trench excavation, and backfilling, including embedment material as specified, flowable fill, pavement repair and replacement of top soil undisturbed topsoil scenarios, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. Bid price shall include excavation up to 10 feet in depth to install valve. 1.16 FURNISH AND INSTALL 30" WATERLINE LINESTOP A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per line stop installed successfully as determined by Owner and Inspector. The unit price bid shall include furnishing, hauling, welding, joint restraints, valves, fittings, installation, trench excavation, and backfilling, including embedment material as specified, flowable fill, pavement repair and replacement of top soil undisturbed topsoil scenarios, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. Bid price shall include excavation up to 10 feet in depth to install valve. 1.17 FURNISH AND INSTALL 27" WATERLINE LINESTOP A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per line stop installed successfully as determined by Owner and Inspector. The unit price bid shall include furnishing, hauling, welding, joint restraints, valves, fittings, installation, trench excavation, and backfilling, including embedment material as specified, flowable fill, pavement repair and replacement of top soil undisturbed topsoil scenarios, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. Bid price shall include excavation up to 10 feet in depth to install valve. 1.18 CUT, PLUG, AND ABANDON EXISTING 42" WATER LINE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per waterline plugged and abandoned. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. 1.19 CUT, PLUG, AND ABANDON EXISTING 36" WATERLINE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per waterline plugged and abandoned. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 0 1020- 13 June 2023 Lubbock u5 1.20 CUT, PLUG, AND ABANDON EXISTING 20" WATER LINE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per waterline plugged and abandoned. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. 1.21 FURNISH AND INSTALL 10" INSERT -A -VALVE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per valve installed. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. 1.22 FURNISH AND INSTALL 8" INSERT -A -VALVE A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price per valve installed. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. 1.23 FURNISH AND INSTALL PREVIOUSLY REMOVED VAULT LID COVERS A. Measurement will be paid for as a lump sum for furnishing and installing new vault lid covers. Installing new vault lid covers shall include furnishing and installing all materials and labor necessary to install new lid covers on top of existing valve vaults inside of pump station 4. 1.24 REMOVE EXISTING LARGE DIAMETER TEE AND REPLACE PIPE SECTION A. Measurement will be paid for at the unit bid price for each tee removed and replaced with a new pipe section. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, fittings, excavation, filling, backfilling, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work to City of Lubbock standards. 1.25 FLOWFILL A. Measurement of flow fill will be the volume, in cubic yards, of flow fill used. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per cubic yard. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all flow fill requisites including labor and forms/trenching according to City of Lubbock standards, compaction, testing and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Flowfill will only be paid for where approved by the city. 1.26 ASPHALT REMOVAL A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of existing pavement structure asphalt actually removed. Existing pavement structure will be considered all layers of material between existing roadway surface and top of existing subgrade. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square yard of existing asphalt pavement structure removed. The Contractor shall ensure that the Owner has the opportunity to measure the square yards of pavement surface prior to removal. If pavement surface is removed without measurement by the Owner, no Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 0 1020- 14 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock payment will be made for that removal. The unit price bid shall include sawing, separating for salvage, legal disposal, labor and equipment, and any incidental asphalt paving repair. 1.27 ASPHALT REPAIRS A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of existing pavement structure asphalt actually repaired. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square yard of asphalt pavement structure repaired. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, excavation, filling, backfilling, compaction, labor and equipment, and any incidentals necessary to complete the work. 1.28 SIDEWALK REMOVAL AND REPAIR A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of existing sidewalk pavement structure actually repaired. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square yard of sidewalk pavement structure repaired. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, excavation, filling, backfilling, compaction, labor and equipment, and any incidentals necessary to complete the work. 1.29 CURB REMOVAL AND REPAIR A. Measurement will be made of the length, in linear feet, of existing concrete curb. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of concrete curb repaired. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, labor and equipment, and any incidentals necessary to complete the work. PRODUCTS Not Used EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 0 1020- 15 June 2023 City of Lubbock Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 0 1020- 16 June 2023 Lubbock SECTION 01027: APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this section. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Agreement: Contract Sum/Price and unit prices. B. General Conditions: Progress Payments and Final Payment. C. Section 01020 — Measurement and Payment. D. Section 01028 - Change Order Procedures: Procedures for changes to the Work. E. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. F. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.2 FORMAT A. EJCDC No. 1910-8-E - Application for Payment including continuation sheets when required, or Owner forms, or Owner -approved form of the Contractor. B. For each item, provide a column for listing: Item Number; Description of work; Scheduled Value, Previous Applications; Work in Place; Authorized Change Orders; Total Completed; Percentage of Completion; Balance to Finish; and Retainage. 1.3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS A. Present required information in typewritten form or computer generated Excel Spreadsheet. B. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. C. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. D. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. E. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit two (2) copies of each Application for Payment. B. Submit an updated construction schedule, materials received, and manifest with each Application for Payment. Payment will not be made until an up-to-date schedule is received. C. Payment Period: Monthly, submit application for payment on or about the 10th day of each month. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 01027-17 June 2023 AIL MOW City Of Lubbock D. Submit the following along with the application for final payment: a. The documentation for the completed project. b. Signed affidavit from a Notary Public that all claims on this job have been settled and that all bills owed by the Contractor for the project including materials and labor have been paid. c. One (1) year Contractor Warranty for work performed, signed and sealed by a Notary Public. 1.4 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show Application number and date, and line item by number and description. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 0 1020- 18 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 01028: CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the procedures to be followed for a change in Contract price or time. B. Section Includes: (1) Submittals (2) Documentation Of Change In Contract Sum/Price And Contract Time (3) Change Procedures (4) Construction Change Authorization (5) Stipulated Price Change Order (6) Unit Price Change Order (7) Time And Material Change Order (8) Execution Of Change Orders (9) Correlation Of Contractor Submittals 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the name of the individual authorized to receive change documents, and be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work. B. Change Order Forms. 1.3 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM/PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A. Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material basis. B. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. C. Document each quotation for a change in a cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. D. On request, provide additional data to support computations, including but not limited to: (1) Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. (2) Taxes, insurance, and bonds. (3) Overhead and profit. (4) Justification for any change in Contract Time. (5) Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. E. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time and material basis, with additional information: (1) Origin and date of claim. (2) Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. (3) Time records and wage rates paid. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 0 1028- 19 June 2023 City of Lubbock .S (4) Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 1.4 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. Changes to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of an official Construction Change Authorization or Contract Change Order. Discussions in the field or by phone or email, without proper documentation, do not authorize Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of Work. Changes must be authorized as described in this Section. B. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions by letter. C. The Engineer may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. The Contractor shall prepare and submit an estimate within seven (7) days, or as specified in the Proposal Request. Estimate shall include the proposed change's full effect on the Work and the effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time, with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. D. The Contractor may request clarification of Drawings, Specifications, or Contract documents or other information by submitting a Request for Information to the Engineer. Engineer may request a Proposal Request in response to a Request for Information. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. The Engineer may issue a document, signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. The document will describe changes in the Work, and will designate the method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. C. The Contractor shall promptly execute the change in the Work. 1.6 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Based on accepted Proposal Request. 1.7 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. For pre -determined unit prices and quantities, the Change Order will be executed on a fixed unit price basis. B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not pre -determined, execute Work under a Construction Change Authorization. C. Changes in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and Material Change Order. 1.8 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. B. The Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. C. Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01028-20 June 2023 MW City Of Lubbock D. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.9 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. The Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. 1.10 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum/Price. B. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub - schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01028-21 June 2023 Lubbock SECTION 01039: COORDINATION AND MEETINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Coordination (2) Field Engineering (3) Pre -Construction Meeting (4) Progress Meetings 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Sections of the Project to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Coordinate completion and cleanup of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. C. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. 1.5 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Locate and protect survey control and reference points. B. Verify set -backs and easements; confirm drawing dimensions, and elevations. C. Provide field engineering services. D. Establish elevations, lines, and levels, utilizing recognized engineering survey practices. E. Submit a copy of registered site drawing and certificate signed by Land Surveyor that the elevations and locations of the Work are in conformance with the Contract Documents. 1.6 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule meeting within ten (10) days of date of Notice to Proceed. B. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, and substitutions, applications for payments, RFIs, proposal request, Change Orders and Contract closeout procedures. C. Tentative agenda: (1) Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. (2) Distribution of executed Contract Documents. (3) Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of products and progress schedule. (4) Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract and the Engineer. (5) Owner's requirements. (6) Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. (7) Survey and layout. (8) Security and housekeeping procedures. (9) Schedules. (10) Procedures for testing. (11) Procedures for maintaining record documents. (12) Inspection and acceptance of products put into service during construction period. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01039-22 June 2023 City of Lubbock D. Record minutes and distribute copies within five (5) days after meeting to Engineer, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 1.7 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at bi-weekly intervals once linestop work has begun. B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, and preside at meetings. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Tentative agenda: (1) Review minutes of previous meetings. (2) Review of Work progress. (3) Field observations, problems, and decisions. (4) Identification of problems which impede planned progress. (5) Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. (6) Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. (7) Maintenance of progress schedule. (8) Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. (9) Planned progress during succeeding work period. (10) Coordination of projected progress. (11) Maintenance of quality and work standards. (12) Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. (13) Other business related to Work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within five (5) days after meeting to Engineer, participants, and those affected by decisions made. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION Note used END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01039-23 June 2023 City of Lubbock PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01039-24 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 01140: WORK RESTRICTIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Use Of Premises (2) Special Scheduling Requirements (3) Working Period (4) Utility Cutovers And Interruptions (5) Noise Restrictions (6) Advance Notice (7) Water For Construction (8) Work Area Limits 1.2 USE OF PREMISES A. Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. B. Confine construction operations to within the limits of Right of Way, Alley Easements and Manhole locations, as shown on plans. C. Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to tenants, residents and emergency vehicles at all times, except when construction is immediately at that vicinity. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. D. Schedule construction to minimize obstruction of driveways and entrances. 1.3 SPECIAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS A. Have materials, equipment, and personnel required to perform the work at the site prior to the commencement of the Work. B. Permission to interrupt utility service shall be requested in writing a minimum of five (5) calendar days prior to the desired date of interruption. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission. 1.4 WORKING PERIOD A. Regular working hours shall be within a twenty-four (24) hour period between 12 a.m. and 12 a.m., Monday through Sunday. (1) Sunday work shall be restricted to those activities that do not require observation by the Owner. (2) The Owner reserves the right, at the Owner's discretion, to disallow work when it interferes with holiday times and traffic. (3) For residential work outside of the pump station regular working hours shall be 8-5 Monday through Friday. 24 hour work shall not be allowed in a residential area. B. No work shall be performed on the following holiday periods or days: Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01140-25 June 2023 City of Lubbock (1) New Year's Day (2) Good Friday Holiday (3) Memorial Day Holiday (4) Independence Day Holiday (5) Labor Day Holiday (6) Thanksgiving Day Holiday plus the day before and the three days following Thanksgiving Day. (7) Christmas Week. If Christmas Day falls on Saturday, this will be defined as the week leading to Christmas Day. If Christmas Day falls on Sunday, this will be defined as the week following Christmas Day plus the Friday and Saturday prior to Christmas Day. C. Work outside regular working hours requires Owner's approval. (1) Make application twenty-one (21) calendar days prior to such work to allow arrangements to be made by the Owner for inspecting the work in progress, giving the specific dates, hours, location, type of work to be performed, contract number and Pump Station 4 Isolation Project. (2) Based on the justification provided, the Owner may approve work outside regular hours. (3) During periods of darkness, the different parts of the Work shall be lighted in a manner approved by the Owner. Lighting shall be such that it does not cause nuisance conditions. D. The Drawings contain specific requirements that affect certain areas of the Work. 1.5 UTILITY CUTOVERS AND INTERRUPTIONS A. Sanitary sewer flow shall not be interrupted upstream of the Work. Bypass pumping of sanitary sewer flow upstream of the Work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Water service connections shall be re -connected in a timely manner following installation of the new water pipe. 1.6 NOISE RESTRICTIONS A. 75 dB limit at face of nearest structure during normal daylight hours. B. 65 dB limit at face of nearest structure during evening and nighttime hours in or near residential areas and for 24-hour working conditions that have received Owner approval. Evening and nighttime hours shall be defined as 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. C. The Contractor shall keep on -site a hand portable sound measurement device for both the Owner's and the Contractor's use for measuring noise levels. 1.7 ADVANCE NOTICE A. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of five (5) days advance written notice of construction to businesses and residences along the construction route. B. The advance written notice shall be in the form of a single page flyer to be placed by hand by the Contractor's forces in mailboxes, door handles, or handed to applicable individuals at each route building. C. The text for the advance written notice will be approved by the Owner. D. Reproduction shall be at the Contractor's expense. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01140-26 June 2023 Lubb o of E. Distribution shall be at the Contractor's expense. F. Single page flyers shall be of a paper or post card color other than white to direct the recipient's attention to the information. G. The text shall contain the anticipated beginning date of inconvenience to the recipient and the anticipated duration of that inconvenience. H. The dates shall encompass the duration of driveway inconveniences and potential noise to the recipients on a single city block (i.e., the dates and durations shall reflect the time that the city block of interest will be affected by non-trafficability). 1.8 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Obtaining water for construction is the Contractor's sole responsibility. B. Water is available from the potable water system of the City of Lubbock for construction purposes. (1) The Contractor is responsible for all charges and arrangements for water consumption from the potable water system. (2) The Contractor shall make such arrangements directly with the City of Lubbock Water Utilities Department. (3) The City will not furnish potable water free of charge for the construction work. (4) The Contractor is responsible for any required metering and hauling. C. Water from park area lakes shall not be used for construction. D. This section does not preclude the Contractor from seeking other water sources for use in construction. Such water resources shall meet the purity requirements for the intended use. Such arrangements for water from other sources are the responsibility of the Contractor. PART 1 PRODUCTS Not used PART 2 EXECUTION 2.1 WORK AREA LIMITS A. Prior to any construction, the Contractor shall mark the areas that need not be disturbed under this contract. B. Isolated areas within the general work area which are to be saved and protected shall also be marked or fenced. C. Monuments and markers shall be protected before construction operations commence. D. Where construction operations are to be conducted during darkness, the markers shall be visible at all times. E. The Contractor's personnel shall be knowledgeable of the purpose for marking and/or protecting particular objects. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01140-27 June 2023 MOW City of Lubbock SECTION 01300: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: (1) Submittal Procedures (2) Re -Submittal Requirements (3) Action Submittals (4) Proposed Products List (5) Shop Drawings (6) Information Submittals (7) Contractor's Review (8) Owner And Engineer Action 1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Transmit each submittal with Contractor's standard transmittal letter including Contractor's name, address, and phone number. B. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers, pertinent Drawings sheet and detail number(s), and specification Section number, as appropriate. C. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project and coordinate submission of related items. D. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. E. Submittals may be delivered to the Engineer at the following address: Engineering CIP and Design 1314 Ave. K Lubbock, Texas 79401 F. Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re -submittals, as follows: (1) Time for review shall commence on the Owner or Engineer's receipt of submittal. (2) Allow fifteen (15) days for initial review of each submittal. (3) Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. (4) The Owner or Engineer will advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. (5) If more than five (5) submittals are transmitted for review within any five (5) day period, the time allowed for review will be increased to twenty-one (2 1) days. (6) Where concurrent review of submittals by the Engineer, Owner, or other parties is required, allow twenty-one (2 1) days for initial review of each submittal. (7) If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. (8) Allow fifteen (15) days for processing each resubmittal. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 01300-28 June 2023 City of Lubbock G. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. I. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps. J. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. K. Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Owner or Engineer in connection with the construction. L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. 1.3 RE -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Revise initial submittal as required and re -submit to meet requirements as specified. B. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. C. Mark as RESUBMITTAL. D. Re -use original transmittal number and supplement with sequential alphabetical suffix for each re -submittal (i.e. 0001-A). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. B. Submit three (3) copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. (1) The three (3) copies will be retained by the Owner's representative. (2) Any additional copies that the Contractor may need for his operations will be in addition to the three (3) copies required. 2.2 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST A. Within fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model or catalog designation, and reference standards. B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. C. Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. D. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project. E. Include recommendations for application and use, compliance with specified standards of trade associations and testing agencies. F. Include notation of special coordination requirements for interfacing with adjacent work. G. After review, distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01700 — Contract Closeout. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 01300-29 June 2023 City of Lubbock 2.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Prepare Project specific information, drawn accurately to scale. B. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. C. Include the following information, as applicable: (1) Dimensions (2) Identification of products (3) Fabrication and installation drawings (4) Schedules (5) Design calculations (6) Compliance with specified standards (7) Notation of coordination requirements (8) Notation of dimensions established by field measurement D. For drawings larger than 11 x 17 inches, submit in the form of one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. E. For drawings 11 x 17 inches and smaller, submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus three (3) copies which will be retained by Engineer. F. Drawing size shall be minimum of 8 '/2 x 11 inches and a maximum of 24 x 36 inches. G. Draw details to a minimum size of inch equal to 1 foot. H. After review, produce copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article above and for record document purposed described in Section 01700 — Contract Closeout. 2.4 INFORMATION SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Instructions: (1) When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. (2) Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. (3) Indicate special procedures, conditions requiring special attention and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. B. Manufacturer's Certificates (1) When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to Engineer for review, in quantities specified for Product Data. (2) Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. (3) Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to the Engineer. C. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: (1) Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. (2) Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 01300-30 June 2023 City of Lubbock PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Note corrections and field dimensions. C. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to the Owner or Engineer. (1) Stamp each submittal with a uniform approval stamp. (2) Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that the submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 OWNER AND ENGINEER'S ACTION A. The Owner or Engineer will not review submittals that do not bear the Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. The Owner or Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. C. The Owner or Engineer will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows: (1) No exception taken (2) Make correction noted (3) Revise and resubmit (4) Rejected D. The submittal stamp by the Owner or Engineer will also contain the following: (1) Checking is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. (2) Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications. (3) The Contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; and performing the Work in a satisfactory manner. E. The Owner or Engineer will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it, if it does not comply with the requirements. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 01300-31 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 01310: PROGRESS SCHEDULES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Format (2) Content (3) Revisions To Schedules (4) Submittals (5) Distribution 1.2 FORMAT A. Sequence of Listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of Work. B. Scale and Spacing: To provide space for notations and revisions. C. Sheet Size: Minimum 8 1/2 x 11 inches D. Submit only if requested by the Engineer or Owner at preconstruction or coordination meeting. E. Maintain monthly updates to schedule. 1.3 CONTENT A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. B. Identify each item by specification Section number. C. Provide sub -schedules to define critical portions of the entire Schedule. D. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. E. Provide separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, samples, and dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Engineer. Indicate decision date for selection of finishes. 1.4 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. C. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit initial Schedules within ten (10) days after date established in Notice to Proceed. After review, resubmit required revised data within ten (10) days. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01310-32 June 2023 City of Lubbock B. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application for Payment. C. Submit the number of opaque reproductions which the Contractor requires, plus two (2) copies which will be retained by the Engineer. 1.6 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of reviewed Schedules to project site file, Subcontractors, suppliers, and other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in Schedules. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 1 EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01310-33 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock SECTION 01322: PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART1 GENERAL A. RELATED DOCUMENTS a. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this section. B. SECTION INCLUDES a. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: b. Preconstruction photographs. c. Periodic construction photographs. d. Preconstruction videotapes. e. Periodic construction videotapes. C. RELATED SECTIONS a. Section 01330 -Submittal Procedures for submitting construction photographs. D. SUBMITTALS a. Submit two (2) complete sets of preconstruction photographs or videotape to Engineer. All three sets will be retained by the Owner and the Engineer. b. Identification: On back of each print, videotape, or CD, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped impression with the following information: c. Name of Project. d. Name and address of photographer. e. Name of Engineer. f. Name of Contractor. g. Date photograph was taken. h. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction. i. Digital Images: Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files with each submittal of prints. Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken. Submit images that have the same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped. E. PHOTOGRAPHS, GENERAL a. Field Office Prints: Retain one set of prints of preconstruction photographs in the field office at Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify photographs the same as for those submitted to Engineer. F. CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS a. Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take color photographs of Project site and surrounding properties from different vantage points, or as directed by Engineer. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01322-34 June 2023 City of Lubbock .5 b. Take photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to the property before starting the Work. c. Take photographs of existing structures either on or adjoining the property to accurately record the physical conditions at the start of construction. d. Periodic Construction Photographs: As needed to document damage either directly related to or inadvertently related to the Contractor's operations, photograph the area in question and provide to Engineer. G. CONSTRUCTION VIDEOS, GENERAL a. Narration: Describe scenes on video by audio narration by microphone while video is recorded. Include description of items being viewed, recent events, and planned activities. Describe vantage point, indicating location, and direction (by compass point). H. CONSTRUCTION VIDEOS a. Preconstruction Video: Before starting construction, record video of Project site and surrounding properties from different vantage points, or as directed by Engineer. b. Show existing conditions on and adjacent to Project site before starting the Work. c. Show existing structures either on or adjoining Project site to accurately record the physical conditions at the start of construction. d. Existing condition videos shall cover the entire project route. e. Show protection efforts by Contractor. f. Periodic Construction Documentation: As needed to document damage either directly related to or indirectly related to the Contractor's operations, video the area in question and provide to Engineer. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01322-35 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 01356: STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Contractor Responsibilities (2) Erosion and Sediment Controls (3) Components for Silt Fences (4) Components for Straw Bales (5) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor shall implement, maintain, and update the Storm Water Pollution Prevention measures specified in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3) in a manner, which will meet the requirements of the Texas Pollution Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No.TXR150000. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for any fines or penalties assessed by the appropriate regulatory agency for failure to make required inspections, failure to properly document those inspections, failure to adequately implement and adjust the storm water pollution prevention measures specified in the SWP3 to adequately control pollutants, and/or any other fines or penalties assess by TCEQ or the EPA for failure to comply with any part of the permit requirements. C. The Contractor shall submit a Notice of Intent and a Notice of Termination independently of the Owner. D. Fines leveled against the Owner by the TCEQ or the EPA for the Contractor's failure to comply with and maintain the SWP3 shall be paid by the Contractor. 1.3 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS A. General (1) Structural measures shall be implemented to divert flows from exposed soils, temporarily store flows, or otherwise limit run-off and the discharge of pollutants from exposed areas of the site. (2) Structural practices shall be implemented as specified in the SWP3 and in a timely manner during the construction process to minimize erosion and sediment run-off. B. Stabilized Ingress/Egress (1) Stabilized access to and from the construction site will be installed by the Contractor as soon as practical and in accordance with the SWP3. (2) In all cases, the Contractor shall ensure that any soil tracked off -site is cleaned from existing roads, alleys, and any adjacent properties as soon as possible. (3) The Contractor or other responsible party shall check for any pollutants (mud, silt, sand, cement, construction materials, etc.) tracked or washed off -site and perform necessary clean-up measures at the end of each work day. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01356-36 June 2023 Lubbock C. Silt Fences/Diversion Berms (1) The Contractor shall provide silt fences and/or diversion berms as a temporary structural practice to minimize erosion and sediment runoff. (2) Silt fences and/or diversion berms shall be properly installed to effectively retain sediment immediately after completing each phase of work where erosion would occur in the form of sheet and rill erosion (e.g., clearing and grubbing, excavation, embankment, and grading.) (3) Silt Fences/Diversion Berms shall be kept in good and functional condition for as long as they are required and until they are removed from the site. D. Sand/Gravel Bags (1) The Contractor may provide sand/gravel bags as a temporary structural practice to minimize erosion and sediment runoff. (2) Bags shall be properly placed to effectively retain sediment immediately after completing each phase of work (e.g., after clearing and grubbing in an area between a ridge and drain, bags shall be placed as work progresses, bags shall be removed/replaced/relocated as needed for work to progress in the drainage area). (3) Sand/gravel bags must remain in good condition, or they shall be replaced. E. Site Stabilization (1) The Contractor shall disturb the least amount of site area as possible. (2) Stabilization measures to be implemented by the Contractor may include any of the following measures: (a) Temporary or permanent seeding or sodding (b) Mulching (c) Geotextlles (d) Vegetative buffer strips (e) Paving (f) Stabilization measures shall be implemented in accordance with the SWP3. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS FOR SILT FENCES A. Filter Fabric (1) The geotextile shall comply with the requirements of ASTM D 4439, and shall consist of polymeric filaments, which are formed into a stable network such that filaments retain their relative positions. (2) The filament shall consist of a long -chain synthetic polymer composed of at least eight - five (85) percent by weight of ester, propylene, or amide, and shall contain stabilizers and/or inhibitors added to the base plastic to make the filaments resistant to deterioration due to ultraviolet and heat exposure. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01356-37 June 2023 MOW Lubbock u5 (3) Synthetic filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of six (6) months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 to 120 degrees Fahrenheit. (4) The filter fabric shall meet the following requirements: FILTER FABRIC FOR SILT FENCE PHYSICAL PROPERTY TEST PROCEDURE REQUIREMENT Grab Tensile ASTM D 4632 100 lbs. min. Elongation ASTM D 4632 30 % max. Trapezoid Tear ASTM D 4533 55 lbs. min. Permittivity ASTM D 4491 0.2 sec-1 AOS (U.S. Std. Sieve) ASTM D 4751 20 — 100 B. Silt Fence Stakes and Posts (1) The Contractor may use either wooden stakes or steel posts for fence construction. (2) Wooden stakes utilized for silt fence construction shall have a minimum cross section of two (2) inches by two (2) inches when hardwood is used and two (2) inches by four (4) inches when pine is used, and shall have a minimum length of four (4) feet. (3) Steel posts (standard "U" or "T" section) utilized for silt fence construction shall have a minimum weight of 1.33 pounds per linear foot and a minimum length of four (4) feet. C. Identification, Storage, and Handling\ (1) Filter fabric shall be identified, stored, and handled in accordance with ASTM D 4873. 2.2 COMPONENTS FOR STRAW BALES A. Straw Bales (1) The straw in the bales shall be stalks from oats, wheat, rye, barley, rice, or from grasses such as Byhalia, Bermuda, etc., furnished in air-dry condition. (2) The bales shall have a standard cross section of fourteen (14) inches by eighteen (18) inches. All bales shall be either wire -bound or string -tied. (3) The Contractor may use either wooden stakes or #3 rebar to secure the straw bales to the ground. (4) Wooden stakes utilized for this purpose shall have minimum dimensions of two (2) inches by two (2) inches in cross section and shall have a minimum length of three (3) feet. (5) Rebar utilized for securing straw bales shall have a minimum diameter of 3/8 of an inch and a minimum length of three (3) feet. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan will be provided by the Contractor. B. The Contractor must keep a copy of the SWP3 on site at all times. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01356-38 June 2023 City of Lubbock C. A completed Notice of Intent (NOI) form must be submitted a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours prior to start of construction. D. No work will be permitted until NOI is filed. E. The SWP3 shall be continually updated as necessary to reflect current and changing conditions on site. F. Additional measures not specifically shown in the SWP3 may be used to control erosion from leaving the site. G. A completed Notice of Termination (NOT) form must be submitted prior to finalization of this contract. H. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a copy of the NOI and NOT. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01356-39 June 2023 Lubbock SECTION 01400: QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Definitions (2) Testing Requirements (3) Submittals (4) Quality Control (5) Repair and Protection 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Quality Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements. B. Quality Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. 1.3 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. B. Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. C. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do no limit the Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: (1) For individuals employed by the Contractor who will perform testing as required by the various specification Sections, submit at least fourteen (14) days prior to being used on the project the capabilities and experience of such individuals and the types of tests that the individual will perform. (2) For outside testing agency employed by the Contractor, submit at least fourteen (14) days prior to being used on the project the name, address, and manager of such testing agency and the types of tests that the agency will perform. (a) Such testing agency shall be acceptable to the Owner prior to being used on the project. B. Reports: (1) Prepare and submit written reports within fourteen (14) days following the date of the test that include the following: Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01400-40 June 2023 City of Lubbock (a) Date of issue (b) Pump Station 4 ISOLATION PROJECT and number. (c) Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. If the individual is employed by the Contractor, use Contractor's name, address, and telephone number. (d) Dates and locations of samples and test (e) Names of individuals making tests (f) Description of the work and test method (g) Identification of material, product, and specification Section. (h) Complete test or inspection data (1) Test results and interpretation of test results 0) Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing. (k) Comments and opinion on whether tested Work complied with the Contract Document requirements and the applicable specification Section. (1) Name and signature of individual performing the test if employee of the Contractor, or name and signature of testing agency responsible person. (m) For failing tests, recommendations on retesting unless specification Sections provide procedure for retesting. C. Professional Engineer Qualifications: (1) Where a Professional Engineer is required in the specification Sections, this means a Professional Engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where the project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. D. Test Agency Qualifications: (1) An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that has the capability and experience in the types of tests to be performed. E. Preconstruction Testing: (1) Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing with specified requirements for performance and test methods. (2) The Contractor shall not perform preconstruction testing except through a third parry testing agency. F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: (1) Submit certified written report of each test and similar Quality Assurance service to the Contractor. (2) Interpret tests and state in each report whether tested work complies with or deviates from the Contract Document requirements. 1.5 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: (1) Where quality control services are indicated as Owner or Engineer's responsibility, such services may be performed by the Owner's forces or by a qualified testing agency to perform these services. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01400-41 June 2023 MOW City of Lubbock (2) The Owner or Engineer will furnish the Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged by the Owner. B. Contractor Responsibilities: (1) Provide quality control services required in the various specification Sections. (2) Where third party testing is engaged by the Contractor, notify testing agency sufficiently in advance of the time and date when work that requires testing will be performed. (3) The Contractor shall not engage the same testing agencies as the Owner, unless Owner agrees in writing to such engagement. (4) Where testing is indicated as the Contractor's responsibility, submit certified written reports in duplicate of each testing service, whether performed by the Contractor's personnel or Contractor engaged testing agency. (5) Such reports shall include failing tests and retests. (6) Testing requested by the Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are the Contractor's responsibility. (7) Where the Contractor's personnel are performing tests, provide individuals with appropriate equipment to perform the tests in accordance with the test method requirements. (8) Provide alternate equipment where the specified test method cannot be applied, and where alternative test methods and equipment must be employed to provide the necessary quality control. C. Retesting: (1) Regardless of whether original tests were the Contractor's responsibility, provide quality control services, including retesting, for construction that revised or replaced work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents. D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: (1) Cooperate with the Engineer and Contractor in performance of duties. (2) Provide qualified personnel and necessary equipment to perform required tests and inspections. (3) Notify the Engineer or Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the work during performance of its services. (4) Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the requirements. (5) Submit a certified written report, in triplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality control service through the Contactor. (6) Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. (7) Do not perform any duties of the Contractor. E. Associated Services: (1) Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. (2) Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01400-42 June 2023 AIL MOW City of Lubbock (3) Provide the following: (a) Access to the Work. (b) Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. (c) Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. (d) Assist agency in obtaining samples. (e) Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. (f) Additional associated services required of the Contractor for testing access are listed in the specification Sections. (g) Delivery of samples to testing agencies. (h) Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. (1) Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. F. Coordination: (1) Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality assurance and quality control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. (2) Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction, and restore substrates and finishes. B. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. C. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching. D. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities. E. Repair and protection are the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality control services. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01400-43 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 01410: TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Selection and Payment (2) Quality Assurance (3) Laboratory Responsibilities (4) Laboratory Reports (5) Limits on Testing Laboratory Authority (6) Contractor Responsibilities (7) Schedule of Inspections and Tests B. References: (1) ANSI/ASTM D3740 — Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. (2) ANSI/ASTM E329 — Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.2 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. An independent firm, provided at the Contractor's expense, will perform inspection, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections and as required by the Engineer. B. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer, in triplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. C. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested. D. Notify the Engineer and independent firm forty-eight (48) hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. E. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. F. Testing or inspecting does not relieve Contractor from performing Work to contract requirements. G. The cost associated with compliance testing shall be paid by the Contractor. H. Re -testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. L Payment for re -testing will be paid by the Contractor. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ANSI/ASTM D3740R and ANSI/ASTM E329. B. Testing laboratory shall maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01410-44 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock C. Testing equipment shall be calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. 1.4 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. B. Provide qualified personnel at site. C. Cooperate with the Engineer and Contractor in performance of services. D. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards. E. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. F. Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or Products. G. Perform additional inspections and tests required by the Engineer. 1.5 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit three (3) copies of laboratory report to the Engineer and to the Contractor. B. Laboratory test reports shall include: (1) Date issued (2) Pump Station 4 Isolation Project and number (3) Name of inspector (4) Date and time of sampling or inspection (5) Identification of product and Specification Section (6) Location in the Project (7) Type of inspection or test (8) Date of test (9) Results of tests (10) Conformance with Contract Documents C. When requested by the Engineer, provide interpretation of test results. 1.6 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of the Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Deliver to laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01410-45 June 2023 MOW Lubbock C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. D. Notify the Engineer and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. 1.8 SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS A. As indicated in individual Specification Sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01410-46 June 2023 Lubbock a5 SECTION 01555: BARRICADES, SIGNS, AND TRAFFIC HANDLING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This item shall govern for providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining, cleaning, and removing upon completion of work, all barricades, portable barriers, signs, portable changeable message signs, cones, lights, and other such type devices and of handling traffic as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer or Owner. B. Section Includes: (1) Description (2) Construction Methods (3) Traffic Control Plan (4) Maintenance PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. All barricades, signs, and other types of devices shall conform to details shown on the plans or those indicated in the latest version of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). B. All traffic control devices shall be crashworthy according to the guidelines set forth in the National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP) Report 350. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN A. The Contractor shall propose his own Traffic Control Plan (TCP) as necessary for phased construction. B. This plan must be approved in writing by the Engineer or Owner in order to be used. C. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall designate, in writing, a competent person who will be responsible and available on this project site or in the immediate area to insure compliance with the TCP. 3.2 MAINTENANCE A. All retro-reflective traffic control devices such as barricades, vertical panels, signs, etc., shall be maintained by cleaning, replacing, or a combination thereof such that during darkness and rain the retro-reflective characteristics shall equal or exceed the retro-reflective characteristics of traffic industry standard reflective panels. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01555-47 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 01576: WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Submittals (2) Salvageable Material (3) Excess Material 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Obtain and submit disposal permits for proposed disposal sites if required by local ordinances. B. Submit a copy of written permission from property owner, along with a description of property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project. C. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. D. Both written permission and signed release shall include hold -harmless clauses naming the City of Lubbock, Texas as the entities to be held harmless in any subsequent legal proceeding. E. Both property permissions and signed releases shall be attested to by a notary public. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION 1.1 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A. Asphalt Pavement and Asphalt Stabilized Base shall conform to requirements of Section 02221 — Removing Existing Pavements. 1.2 EXCESS MATERIAL A. Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the job site and legally disposed of at a proper facility such as the West Texas Region Disposal Facility (WTRDF). B. Excess material may be disposed at the WTRDF at no additional cost to the Owner. (1) There will be a tipping fee per ton for construction debris and for excess uncontaminated soil. (2) There will also be a fee per load for every truck that is not covered properly when coming to the landfill. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01576-48 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock (3) For a complete list of fees associated with the WTRDF, please call or go to the City's website at http://solidwaste.cilubbock.tx.us/disposal/fees.aspx. (4) All tipping fees shall be considered to be included in the Contractor's bid prices. C. Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project if approved by the Owner and when written permission is obtained from the property owner. D. Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01576-49 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock SECTION 01600: PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART GENERAL A. RELATED DOCUMENTS a. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division I - General Requirements apply to work of this section. B. SECTION INCLUDES a. Products. b. Transportation and handling. c. Storage and protection. d. Product options. e. Substitutions. C. RELATED SECTIONS a. Information to Bidders: Product options and substitution procedures. b. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements. D. PRODUCTS a. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. b. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. c. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components. E. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING a. Deliver materials, products and equipment to the project site in undamaged condition in manufacturer's original, unopened containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. b. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. c. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. d. Arrange deliveries in accordance with the construction schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation to avoid unnecessary delays in the construction process. e. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather -tight, climate controlled enclosures. f. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01600-50 June 2023 MW City of Lubbock u5 g. Provide off -site storage and protection when site does not permit on -site storage or protection. h. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. i. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well -drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. j. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. k. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection in a local warehouse. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions. 1. Materials, products and equipment may be stored off site in a bonded and insured local warehouse approved by the Engineer and Owner. Pay all costs incurred for off -site storage facilities. Products properly stored in off -site storage facilities may be included in progress pay requests with written approval of the Owner. m. Handle materials, products and equipment in a manner prescribed by manufacturer or specified to protect from damage during storage and installation. F. PRODUCT OPTIONS a. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards or description. b. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. c. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. G. SUBSTITUTIONS a. For bidding purposes as provided in "Information to Bidders". b. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. c. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. d. A request constitutes a representation that the Bidder: e. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. f. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified product. g. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. h. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. i. Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with re -approval by authorities. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01600-51 June 2023 Lubbock n5 j. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. k. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit four copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. m. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. n. The Engineer will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject request. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01600-52 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 01700: CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Closeout Procedures (2) Final Cleaning (3) Adjusting (4) Project Record Documents (5) Warranties (6) Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. 1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's inspection. B. Should the Engineer consider the work incomplete or defective: (1) The Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. (2) The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and submit a second written certification that the work is complete. (3) The Engineer will re -inspect the Work. C. Provide submittals to the Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities. D. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. 1.3 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean site, sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. C. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. D. Repair, patch, and touch-up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. 1.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure Pump Station 4 Isolation Project unhindered operation. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: (1) Contract Drawings (2) Specifications Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01700-53 June 2023 City of Lubbock (3) Addenda (4) Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract (5) Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. C. Record information concurrent with construction progress. D. Specifications: (1) Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed, including the following: (a) Manufacturer's name and product model and number. (b) Product substitutions or alternates utilized. (c) Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. E. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: (1) Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: (a) Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. (b) Field changes of dimension and detail. (c) Details not on original Contract Drawings. (d) Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. 1.6 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble with metal prong binder in durable plastic presentation cover. D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.7 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification Sections. B. Deliver to project site and place in location as directed; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION Not used Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01700-54 June 2023 City of Lubbock END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 01700-55 June 2023 Lubbock SECTION 02050: REMOVAL, DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE PART1 GENERAL A. RELATED DOCUMENTS a. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this section. B. SECTION INCLUDES a. Disconnecting and capping of identified utilities. C. RELATED SECTIONS a. Section 01039 -Coordination and Meetings b. Section 01600 —Product Requirements. c. Section 01700 -Contract Closeout: Project record documents. D. JOINT INSPECTION a. Prior to demolition, a joint inspection by the Owner, Engineer and Contractor will be made to determine condition of existing structures adjacent to items being demolished. Adjacent structures damaged by demolition operations must be restored satisfactorily at no expense to the Owner. E. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS a. Submit under provisions of Section 01700 —Contract Closeout. b. Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities and subsurface obstructions. F. QUALIFICATIONS a. Experience in performing the Work of this Section. G. DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT a. Ownership of Material and Equipment b. Certain materials and equipment may be designated for reuse or salvage and will remain the Owner's property. If the designated items are damaged during demolition, handling or storage, the items must be restored satisfactorily at no expense to the Owner. c. Materials and equipment not designated for reuse or salvage become the Contractor's property. d. Disposal. All materials and equipment not designated for reuse or salvage shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. e. Reuse. Other items may be designated for reuse as directed by the Owner's Representative. H. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS a. Conform to applicable code for demolition of structures, safety of adjacent structures, dust control, runoff control and disposal. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02050-56 June 2023 City of Lubbock u5 b. Obtain required permits from authorities. c. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. d. Do not close or obstruct roadways, sidewalks or hydrants without permits. e. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when discovering hazardous or contaminated materials. I. SCHEDULING a. Schedule work under the provisions of Section 01039 —Coordination and Meetings. b. Schedule Work to coincide with new construction. c. Describe demolition removal procedures and schedule. J. PREPARATION a. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. b. Protect existing landscaping materials, appurtenances and structures which are not to be demolished. c. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. Provide bracing and shoring. d. Mark location of utilities. K. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY a. The Contractor is responsible for providing protection of persons and property, including safe working conditions throughout work progress. b. Minimize the spread of dust and flying particles. Execute demolition in a manner to prevent damage from falling debris or other sources to Owner's property or adjacent property. c. Do not interfere with use of adjacent structures; maintain free and safe access at all times. Guard against movement or settlement of adjacent structures. The Contractor is responsible for safety and integrity of adjacent structures and, consequently, is liable for any movement or settlement and any resulting injuries or damage. Provide proper bracing and shoring necessary for support. If safety of adjacent buildings appears to be endangered, cease operations. Do not resume demolition until proper protective measures have been taken. L. DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS a. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures. b. Cease operations immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. Notify Engineer. Do not resume operations until directed. c. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private accesses. Maintain protected egress and access at all times. d. Obtain written permission from adjacent property owners when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02050-57 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock e. Sprinkle Work with water to minimize dust. Provide hoses and water connections for this purpose. M. UTILITY SERVICES a. Seal abandoned storm or sanitary sewers with concrete or by another approved method. b. When temporary interruption of utility service to an occupied building is required by the work, properly coordinate the outage to prevent untimely or damaging interruptions. N. DEMOLITION a. Disconnect, remove and cap designated utilities within demolition areas. b. Remove foundation walls and footings to a minimum of four feet below finished grade 10 feet beyond area of new construction. c. Remove concrete slabs on grade. d. Remove materials to be re -installed or retained in manner to prevent damage. Store and protect in accordance with requirements of Section 01600 — Product Requirements. e. Rough grade and compact areas affected by demolition to maintain site grades and contours. f. Remove demolished materials from site. g. Do not burn or bury materials on site. Leave site in clean condition. h. Remove all temporary work. O. GENERAL WORK ITEMS a. Contractor may use equipment and materials necessary to properly complete the demolition. Operational procedures are at the Contractor's option but must not interfere with the execution of other work. Materials or equipment designated for reuse or salvage shall be carefully removed, transported and stored in approved storage areas. b. Structures. Remove structures entirely, including footings, contents, attachments and improvements. Carefully remove and lower structural steel. c. Removing and Replacing Concrete. Use these procedures where existing concrete must be removed to facilitate operations but will be replaced subsequently. d. Make initial cut with a concrete saw exercising care to avoid cutting reinforcement. e. After removing concrete, cut cross bars at center of breakout and bend back. f. Before replacing concrete, bend bars back to the original position and provide a splice bar for each cut bar. Splice bars must be the size of cut bars and of a length to lap each cut end a minimum of 20 diameters of the bar, unless restricted by the job conditions. g. Immediately before placing new concrete, thoroughly clean old concrete and apply a heavy coat of bonding agent. h. Replace concrete as specified in Division 3 - Concrete. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02050-58 June 2023 Lubbock a5 i. Backfill holes or other hazardous openings resulting from demolition with an approved material to the density of adjacent soil as specified in the section describing Earthwork. j. Backfilling with rubbish or burying on the site is not permitted. k. Cleaning. Keep the work areas free of accumulated debris. Materials and equipment that are not for reuse of salvage must be removed from the site daily, unless otherwise approved. P. MECHANICAL WORK ITEMS a. Remove existing mechanical work items to the extent necessary to accommodate new work. Q. ELECTRICAL WORK ITEMS a. Unless otherwise noted, remove all electrical materials and equipment from areas indicated for demolition and from site. b. Remove existing conduit to the extent necessary to accommodate new work or to a minimum of 5 feet beyond area indicated for demolition, whichever is greater. c. Remove all wiring from abandoned conduit. d. Seal abandoned conduits. e. Existing electrical services and controls to items being removed must be disconnected. R. SCHEDULES a. No salvage material or equipment shall be reused on the project unless specifically provided for in the Specifications or so noted on the drawings. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02050-59 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 02082: PRE -CAST CONCRETE VAULTS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 — General Requirements apply to work of this section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section of the specifications pertains to pre -cast concrete vaults and related items. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Vaults and Utilities. B. Section 02084 — Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 270 — Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. B. ASTM C 478 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. C. ASTM C 857 — Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. D. ASTM C 858 —Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structure. E. ASTM C 990 — Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. F. ASTM C 1107 - Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrink). G. ASTM C 1244 — Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test. H. ASTM D 698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft3) 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. B. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: (1) Shop drawings of precast concrete vault, including reinforcement, jointing, methods, materials, and dimensions. (2) Summary of criteria used in the vault design including, as a minimum, material properties, loadings, load combinations, and dimensions assumed. Include certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 857 and ASTM C 858 latest revisions, except as modified herein and on the drawings for internal pressure requirements. (3) Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole/vault walls. (4) Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required. (5) Material to be used for sealing of riser joints. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver number of units needed in a timely manner to the project site to ensure installation continuity. Each section or part of vault shall be labeled with the vault designation from the Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02082-60 June 2023 City of Lubbock drawings to which that section or part belongs. Each section or part shall be labeled prior to being shipped from the manufacturer's plant. Any vault section arriving from the manufacturer without a manhole designation applied to it shall not be unloaded. B. Store and handle the units at the project site to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other physical damage, and so that markings are visible. Lift and support units at designated lift points. C. Deliver anchorage items that are to be embedded in other construction before starting such work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions, as required, for installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRE -CAST CONCRETE VAULTS A. Provide precast concrete vaults as indicated on plans, conforming to ASTM C 857 and ASTM C 858 latest revision. Vault should be of Type VCP 80100, or as shown on plans, as manufactured by Vaughn Concrete Products, Hanson Pre -Cast, or approved equal. Openings shall be precast as shown on plans. B. The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches, half the diameter of the smaller penetration, or as specified by the manufacturer, whichever is most stringent. C. For sealants used between concrete riser sections, refer to Section 02082, 2.7 A. D. Lifting holes in manhole sections and bases are not permissible unless such openings can be made watertight under 15 psi internal pressure, with only minor weeping over 15 psi internal pressure. Such water tightness shall be proven by a hydrostatic test of four hours duration. 2.2 TRAFFIC -RATED VAULTS A. Traffic -rated vaults shall meet or exceed AASHTO HS-20-44 (H-20 5-16) load rating. B. For water line alignments in the roadway, all vaults are to be traffic -rated. 2.3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. The vault base slab shall be Cast -in -Place Concrete, placed to the dimension and grades shown on the plans. Slab penetrations should be provided at specified locations. B. Conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.4 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.5 MORTAR A. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland Cement. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide gray -iron frames, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of Section 02084 — Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers. 2.7 PIPE TO VAULT CONNECTIONS FOR STORM SEWERS A. Grout space between the pipe and vault -wall conforming to ASTM C 1107 for all pipe materials. 2.8 SEALANT MATERIALS Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02082-61 June 2023 City of Lubbock A. Seal joints between sections with ConSeal CS-202 Butyl Sealant or approved equal conforming to ASTM C 990. 2.9 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2.10 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Provide prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non -gas -liberating, non-metallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. B. Grout shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that lines and grades are correct. B. Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and recompacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. 3.2 VAULT BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Scarify and compact base material to 95% ASTM D698 standard proctor density. If the subgrade cannot be compacted to the required density or if it contains organic materials, then excavate to stable subgrade, then Backfill with lean concrete Backfill to required elevation. 3.3 PRE -CAST VAULT SECTIONS A. Install sections, joints, and gasket material in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Seal any lifting holes with non -shrink grout where lifting holes have been allowed by the Engineer. Pressure and leakage requirements in paragraph 2.1 apply. 3.4 BACKFILL A. A. Place and compact Backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding vaults in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect vaults from damage until work has been finally accepted. Repair damage to vaults at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02082-62 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 02084: FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section of the specification covers iron castings for use as manhole frames and lids, gratings, and rings. A. Section Includes: (1) References (2) Submittals (3) General Castings (4) Manholes Frames and Covers (5) Inflow Prevention Device (6) Installation 1.2 REFERENCES A. AASHTO — American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. B. ASTM A 48 — Specification for Gray Iron Castings C. ASTM A 615 — Standard Specification for Deformed Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement D. AWS D 12.1 — Welding Reinforcing Steel 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures. B. Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions. C. Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of casting assemblies that are not included in Drawings. (1) Include plans, elevations, sections, and connection details. (2) Show anchorage and accessory items. (3) Include setting drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1.4 GENERAL CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates, rings, and covers shall conform to ASTM A-48, Class 35. B. Casting shall be designed with a full bearing ring so as to provide a continuous seat between frame and cover. C. Provide locking covers if indicated on Drawings. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02084-63 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock D. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. E. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Drawings. F. Cast dimensions may vary by +/- 1/16 inch per foot. G. Weight shall not vary from published weight by more than +/- 5 percent. H. Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. L Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs. 1.5 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS A. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality gray iron casting and conform to ASTM A-48, having a clear opening of not less than 30 inches. B. Frame and cover shall have a weight of not less than 275 pounds. C. Cover shall be furnished with lifting ring cast into the cover in such a manner as to prevent water leaking through. D. Cover shall include lettering: "City of Lubbock, Texas - Sanitary Sewer". 1.6 INFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE (IPD) A. Manholes shall be equipped with an Inflow Prevention Device to prevent unwanted inflow into the sanitary sewer system. B. IPDs shall be constructed of corrosion proof material and load tested to withstand 800 pounds. C. IPDs shall be equipped with a handle or lifting strap capable of supporting a minimum uniform load of 500 pounds. PART 3 EXECUTION 1.7 INSTALLATION A. Install castings according to approved shop drawings, instructions given in related specifications, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's printed materials. B. Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and elevation. C. Keep castings plumb, level, true, and free of rack. D. Measure location accurately from established lines and grades. E. Brace or anchor frames temporarily in formwork until permanently set. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02084-64 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 02221: REMOVING EXISTING PAVEMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section of the specifications covers the removal of existing pavements, including, but not limited to, concrete paving, brick paving, asphaltic paving, concrete curb and/or gutter, and concrete sidewalks. B. Section Includes: (1) Regulatory Requirements (2) Preparation (3) Protection (4) Removals (5) Backfill (6) Disposal 1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for disposal of debris. Refer to Section 01576 — Waste Material Disposal. B. Coordinate removal work with utility companies. C. Refer to the City's minimum design standards for any details not outlined in this spec book. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Obtain advance approval from the Engineer for dimensions and limits of removal work. B. Identify known utilities below grade. C. Paint, stake and flag locations. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect the following from damage or displacement: (1) Adjacent public and private property. (2) Trees, plants, and other landscape features designated to remain. (3) Utilities not designated to be removed. (4) Pavement and utility structures not designated to be removed. (5) Benchmarks, monuments, and existing structures not designated to be removed. 3.3 REMOVALS A. Remove pavements and structures by methods that will not damage underground utilities. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02221-65 June 2023 City Of Lubbock B. Do not use a drop hammer near existing underground utilities. C. Minimize amount of earth loaded during removal operations. D. Where existing pavement is to remain, make straight saw cuts in existing pavement to provide clean breaks prior to removal. E. Do not break concrete pavement or base with drop hammer. F. Where street and driveway saw cut locations coincide or fall within three (3) feet of existing construction or expansion joints, break out to existing joint. G. Remove sidewalks and curbs to nearest existing dummy, expansion, or construction joint. H. Any existing concrete, which is damaged or destroyed beyond the neat lines so established, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. L Remaining concrete shall be mortared to protect the reinforcing steel and provide a neat, clean appearance. 3.4 BACKFILL A. Backfill of removal zones shall be in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities as applicable to the specific portion of the Work. 3.5 DISPOSAL A. Remove from the site debris resulting from work under this section in accordance with requirements of Section 01576 — Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02221-66 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 02240: DEWATERING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes construction dewatering procedures and requirements. (1) A geotechnical survey has not been performed at the site. (2) This Section shall be applicable only if ground water begins to enter the trench. (3) Any required dewatering for this project shall be considered subsidiary to pipeline and manhole installation and no separate compensations will be paid. B. Section Includes: (1) Submittals (2) Performance Requirements (3) Quality Assurance (4) Project Conditions (5) Preparation (6) Installation (7) Observation Wells 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings for Information: (1) For dewatering system, show arrangements, locations, and details of wells and well points; locations of headers and discharge lines; and means of discharge and disposal of water. (2) Include layouts of piezometers and flow -measuring devices for monitoring performance of dewatering system. (3) Include written report outlining control procedures to be adopted if dewatering problems arise. (4) Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by dewatering operations. (5) Record drawings at Project closeout identifying and locating capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanical conditions performed during dewatering. (6) Note locations and capping depth of wells and well points. B. Field Test Reports: (1) Before starting excavation, submit test results and computations demonstrating that dewatering system is capable of meeting performance requirements. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02240-67 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock A. Design, furnish, install, test, operate, monitor, and maintain dewatering system of sufficient scope, size, and capacity to control ground water flow into excavations and permit construction to proceed on dry, stable ground. B. Maintain dewatering operations to ensure erosion control, stability of excavations and constructed slopes, that excavation does not flood, and that damage to subgrades and permanent structures is prevented. C. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, and other means approved by the Engineer. D. Remove dewater system if no longer needed. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with water disposal requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: (1) Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by the Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. B. Project Site Information: (1) A geotechnical report has not been prepared for the Project area. (2) The Contractor, at own expense, may make test borings and conduct other exploratory operations necessary for dewatering. (3) Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a qualified professional engineer or land surveyor, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. (4) Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations. (5) During dewatering, regularly resurvey benchmarks, maintaining an accurate log of surveyed elevations for comparison with original elevations. (6) Promptly notify the Engineer if changes in elevations occur or if cracks, sags, or other damage is evident in adjacent construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by dewatering operations. B. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding site and surrounding area. C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02240-68 June 2023 MOW City of Lubbock u5 D. Install dewatering system to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. E. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. (1) Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install dewatering system utilizing wells, well points, or similar methods complete with pump equipment, standby power and pumps, filter material gradation, valves, appurtenances, water disposal, and surface -water controls. B. Before excavating below ground water level, place system into operation to lower water to specified levels. C. Operate system continuously until drains, sewers, and structures have been constructed and fill materials have been placed, or until dewatering is no longer required. D. Provide an adequate system to lower and control ground water to permit excavation, construction of structures, and placement of fill materials on dry subgrades. E. Install sufficient dewatering equipment to drain water -bearing strata above and below bottom of foundations, drains, sewers, and other excavations. F. Do not permit open -sump pumping that leads to loss of fines, soil piping, subgrade softening, and slope stability. G. Reduce hydrostatic head in water -bearing strata below subgrade elevations of foundations, drains, sewers, and other excavations. H. Maintain piezometric water level a minimum of sixty (60) inches below surface of excavation. L Dispose of water removed by dewatering in a manner that avoids endangering public health, property, and portions of work under construction or completed. J. Dispose of water in a manner that avoids inconvenience to others. K. Provide sumps, sedimentation tanks, and other flow -control devices as required by authorities having jurisdiction. L. Provide standby equipment on -site, installed and available for immediate operation, to maintain dewatering on continuous basis if any part of system becomes inadequate or fails. M. If dewatering requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering system, restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional expense to Owner. N. Remove dewatering system from Project Site on completion of dewatering. O. Plug or fill well holes with sand or cut off and cap wells a minimum of thirty-six (36) inches below overlying construction. P. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by dewatering operations. 3.3 OBSERVATION WELLS A. Provide, take measurements, and maintain at least the minimum number of observation wells or piezometers indicated and additional observation wells as may be required by authorities having jurisdiction. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02240-69 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock B. Observe and record daily elevation of ground water and piezometric water levels in observation wells. C. Repair or replace, within twenty-four (24) hours, observation wells that become inactive, damaged, or destroyed. D. Suspend construction activities in areas where observation wells are not functioning properly until reliable observations can be made. E. Add or remove water from observation well risers to demonstrate that observation wells are functioning properly. F. Fill observation wells, remove piezometers, and fill holes when dewatering is completed. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02240-70 June 2023 bbCityk of Luoc , A$ SECTION 02257: CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL — FLOWABLE FILL 4.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to mix and place a flowable mortar fill, consisting of Portland Cement, fine aggregate, fly ash, and water in the proper proportions as specified herein. Flowable fill shall be used to bed and backfill around piping and utilities where indicated. 4.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Criteria; Concrete Proportions and Consistency: (1) Concrete shall be proportioned to give the necessary workability and strength and shall conform to the following governing requirements. 28 Day Min. Cement Fine Max. Water Max. F1yAsh Compressive pounds Per Aggregate Pounds Per Pounds Per Strength -psi Cu. Yd. Pounds Per Cu. Yd. Cu. Yd. (Min -Max) Cu. Yd. 70-150 50 2720 290 150 2. Fluidity of the flowable mortar shall be measured by the Corps of Engineers flow cone method, according to their specification CRD-C611-80. Prior to filling the flow cone with flowable mortar, the mixture shall be passed through a 1/4-inch screen. Time of efflux shallbe approximately 12 seconds. B. Factory Testing: The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the material. A trial mix shall be designed by an independent testing laboratory, retained by the Contractor. The testing laboratory shall submit verification that the materials and proportions of the trial mix design meets the requirement of the specifications. Concrete mix additive such as "Darafill" manufactured by Grace Construction Products or equal products may be required to achieve the low strength and the flowability requirements. In lieu of trial mix design, Contractor may submit a mix design used successfully in previous similar work, for similar materials for approval by Engineer. The Contractor shall not make changes in materials (gradation, source, brand, or proportions) of the mixture after having been approved, except by specific approval of the Engineer. C. Pre -Job Testing: Pre -job testing with actual equipment and intended configuration ofconcrete sample maybe required to determine whether the material can be excavated. The testing equipment and configuration of concrete sample shall be determined by the Owner's representative. D. Testing: Itistheresponsibility oftheContractortoachieve andmaintainthe quality ofmaterial required by this specification. However, the Owner may secure the services ofan independent testing laboratory toverifythe quality ofthe material. The Owner shall have the right to require additional testing, strengthening, or replacement ofconcrete thathas failed to meetthe minimum requirements ofthis section. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02257-71 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock 4.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, and shall include a trial mix design on material 4.4 STANDARDS AND REFERENCES A. Materials shall meet recommendation for mix design and placement, as published by National Ready Mixed Concrete Association. B. The applicable provisions of the following references and standards shall apply tothis section as ifwritten herein in their entirety. (1) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: ASTM C33 Specifications for Concrete Aggregates ASTM C40 Test Method for Organic Impurities In Fine Aggregates For Concrete ASTM C 150 Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C 618 Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as Mineral Admixture in Portland CementConcrete (2) Federal Specifications: (a) COE — (CRD-C611-80). PART 5 —PRODUCTS 5.1 MATERIALS A. Cement: Portland Cement conforming to the specifications and test for Type I Portland Cement per ASTM C-150 B. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate consisting ofnatural, washed and screened sand having clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated grains complying with the requirements for ASTM C33. The sand shall generally be of such size that allwill pass a 3/8-inch sieve, at least 95 percent pass at 1/4-inch screen and at least 80 percent pass a No. 8 sieve. Aggregate shall not contain strong alkali, or organic material that gives a colordarkerthan the standard colorwhentested in accordance with ASTM C40. C. Fly Ash/Pozzolans: Fly ash shall be an ASTM C618, Class "C" fly ash. The fly ash may be used in controlled low -strength material. D. Water: Water for concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter or other harmful impurities. Water which is suitable for drinking or for ordinary household use will be acceptable for concrete. Where available, water shall be obtained from main of a waterworks system. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02257-72 June 2023 MW City Of Lubbock E. Additive: "Darafill" or approved alternate additive may be required to meet these specifications. 5.2 MIXES A. In the determination of the amount of water required for mix, consideration shall be given to the moisture content ofthe aggregate. The net amount ofwater in the mix will be the amount added at the mixer; plus the free water in the aggregate; and minus the absorption of the aggregate, based on a 30 minute absorption period. No water allowance shall be made for evaporation after batching. B. The methods of measurement of materials shall be such that the proportions of water to cement can be closely controlled during the progress of the work and easily checked at any time by the Owner's Representative. To avoid unnecessary or haphazard changes in consistency, the aggregate shall be obtained from sources which will insure aumform quality and grading during any single day's operation and they shall be delivered to the work and handled in such a manner that the variation in moisture content will not interfere with the steady production of concrete ofreasonable degree of uniformity. Sources of supply shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. C. All material shall be separately and accurately measured. Measurement may be made by weight or by volume, as determined by the Contractor; however; all equipment for measurement of materials shall be subject to approval by the Owner's Representative. D. The proportions ofthe mix shall be such as to produce material that can be placed readily into the void are awithout spading or vibrating, and without segregation or undue accumulation of water orlaitance ofthe surface. E. When additive is contained in the concrete mix, the additive ingredients, proportions and placement of the additive shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. PART 6 —EXECUTION 6.1 INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative sufficient advance notice before starting to place material in any area to permit inspection ofthe area and to prepare for pouring. B. Conduct the operation of depositing and compacting the material so as to forma compact, dense, impervious mass. C. Flowable fill shall be placed the full depth into the trenches. The fill shall be brought up uniformly to the elevation shown in the Plans. Flowable fill shall be protected from traffic for a period of72 hours. D. The material shall be placed against undisturbed trench walls, and shall not be placed on or against frozen ground. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02257-73 June 2023 City Of Lubbock E. Material shall be placed in lifts or other measures shall betaken to prevent pipe flotation. Material shallbe allowedto hardenbefore placing next lift. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02257-74 June 2023 Lubbock SECTION 02260: EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes temporary excavation support and protection systems. B. Section Includes: (1) Submittals (2) Performance Requirements (3) Project Conditions (4) Materials (5) Preparation (6) Sheet Piling (7) Trench Boxes (8) Trenching Procedures 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings for Information: (1) Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified Professional Engineer for excavation support and protection systems. (2) Include Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a Texas Licensed Professional Engineer responsible for their preparation. B. Qualification data for installer and Professional Engineer. C. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by the absence of, the installation of, or the performance of excavation support and protection systems. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design, furnish, install, monitor, and maintain excavation support and protection system capable of supporting excavation sidewalls and of resisting soil and hydrostatic pressure and superimposed and construction loads. B. Provide professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility, including preparation of Shop Drawings and a comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified Professional Engineer. C. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means approved by the Engineer. D. Install excavation support and protection systems without damaging existing buildings, pavements, and other improvements adjacent to excavation. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 02260-75 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock a5 (1) Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by the Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. B. Project Site Information: (1) Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a qualified professional engineer or land surveyor, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. (2) Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations. (3) During installation of excavation support and protection systems, regularly resurvey benchmarks, maintaining an accurate log of surveyed elevations and positions for comparison with original elevations and positions. (4) Promptly notify the Engineer if changes in elevations or positions occur, or if cracks, sags, or other damage is evident in adjacent construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that are either new or in serviceable condition. B. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A 36M, ASTM A690/A 690 M, ASTM A 992/ A 992M. C. Steel Sheet Piling: ASTM A 328/A 328M, ASTM A 572/ A 572M, or ASTM A690/ A 690M; with continuous interlocks. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Project structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards that could develop during excavation support and protection systems operations. B. Shore, support, and protect utilities encountered. C. Install excavation support and protection systems to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. D. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. (1) Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Locate excavation support and protection systems clear of permanent construction so that forming and finishing of concrete surfaces is not impeded. F. Monitor excavation support and protection systems daily during excavation progress and for as long as excavation remains open. G. Promptly correct bulges, breakage, or other evidence of movement to ensure that excavation support and protection systems remain stable. H. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by installing excavation support and protection systems. 3.2 SHEET PILING Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 02260-76 June 2023 City of Lubbock A. Before starting excavation, install one-piece sheet piling lengths and tightly interlock to form a continuous barrier. B. Limit vertical offset of adjacent sheet piling to sixty (60) inches. C. Accurately align exposed faces of sheet piling to vary not more than two (2) inches from a horizontal line and not more than 1:120 out of vertical alignment. D. Cut tops of sheet piling to uniform elevation at top of excavation. 3.3 TRENCH BOXES A. Provide Engineer approved trench boxes sufficient for depth and width of open -cut trench. B. All exposed trench shall be protected. 3.4 TRENCHING PROCEDURES A. Provide shoring systems in accordance with the Contractor's submitted design to adequately resist earth pressures. B. Proceed with work in an orderly fashion. C. Install trench bracing systems as soon as possible after opening trenches. D. Do not allow workers in trench prior to installing trench bracing systems. E. Backfill trenches as soon as possible after completion of work. F. Stockpile excavated materials at three (3) feet away from edge of trench. G. Maintain barricades and signage as required by State and Local codes to protect open excavations. H. Do not allow surface water to enter excavations. L Properly grade areas adjacent to trench excavations to control surface drainage away from excavations. J. If cut back method is allowed by Owner and is employed, maintain a clear distance of three (3) feet from edge of cut to avoid allowing loose material to enter trench. K. Cut back method may not be used where there is insufficient work area to employ it. L. Do not operate heavy equipment except for trench digging or pipe laying equipment within twenty (20) feet of edge of excavation. M. Haul trucks, if needed, may operate closer than twenty (20) feet to trench edge provided the Contractor deems it safe to do so. 3.5 REMOVAL AND REPAIRS A. Remove excavation support and protection systems when construction has progressed sufficiently to support excavation and bear soil and hydrostatic pressures. B. Remove in stages to avoid disturbing underlying soils or damaging structures, pavements, facilities, and utilities. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 02260-77 June 2023 City of Lubbock PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02260-78 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 02300: EARTHWORK PART1 GENERAL A. RELATED DOCUMENTS a. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this section B. SECTION INCLUDES a. This section of the specifications refers to general excavation of various materials at storm sewer inlets, storm sewer outlets, channel grading, subgrade preparation related to paving, flexible base, topsoil placement, and other miscellaneous grading items. For trenching -specific earthwork and excavations at least five feet deep, refer to Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. C. RELATED sectionS a. Section 01400 — Quality Requirements. b. Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. c. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. d. City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering — Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. D. REFERENCES a. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) b. ASTM C 136 (2001) Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates c. ASTM D 422 (1963; R 2002) Particle -Size Analysis of Soils d. ASTM D 698 (2000a) Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft — lb/ft3). e. ASTM D 1140 (2000) Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200 (75-micrometer) Sieve f. ASTM D 1556 (2000) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method g. ASTM D 1557 (2002) Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft— lbf/ft3) h. ASTM D1586 (1999) Penetration Test and Split -Barrel Sampling of Soils i. ASTM D 2487 (2000) Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) j. ASTM D 2922 (2001) Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) k. ASTM D 3017 (2001) Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 1. ASTM D 4318 (2000) Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils E. DEFINITIONS Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02300-79 June 2023 of Lubbock a. Backfill: Soil materials used to fill an excavation. b. Base Course: Layer placed between the subbase course and asphalt paving. c. Borrow: Satisfactory soil imported from off -site for use as fill or backfill. d. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations. e. Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Engineer. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. f. Bulk Excavation: Excavations more than 20 feet in width and pits more than 30 feet in either length or width, and not associated with trenching for pipe installation. g. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated dimensions without direction by Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Engineer, shall be without additional compensation. h. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. i. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. j. Subbase Course: Layer placed between the subgrade and base course for asphalt paving, or layer placed between the subgrade and a concrete pavement or walk. k. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. 1. Utilities: Include on -site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables. m. Suitable Material: Suitable soil materials are those meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with lime or cement are considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. n. Unsatisfactory Materials: Materials which do not comply with the requirements for satisfactory materials are unsatisfactory. Unsatisfactory materials also include man- made fills; trash; refuse; backfills from previous construction; and material classified as satisfactory which contains root and other organic matter or frozen material. The Engineer shall be notified of any contaminated materials. o. Cohesionless and Cohesive Materials: Cohesionless materials include materials classified in ASTM D 2487 as GW, GP, SW, and SP. Cohesive materials include materials classified as GC, SC, ML, CL, MH, and CH. Materials classified as GM and SM will be identified as cohesionless only when the fines are nonplastic. Testing required for classifying materials shall be in accordance with ASTM D 4318, ASTM C 136, ASTM D 422, and ASTM D 1140. p. Degree of Compaction: Degree of compaction required is expressed as a percentage of the maximum density obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D 698 or ASTM D 1557 as designated in the Contract Documents abbreviated as a percent of laboratory maximum density. Procedure A, B or C shall be applied as applicable Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02300-80 June 2023 Lubbock u5 along with corrections according to ASTM D 4718. For free draining soils, use maximum reference density according to ASTM D 4253. q. Topsoil: Material suitable for topsoils obtained from offsite areas or the top 3 feet of excavated material shall be defined as clean and uncontaminated soils capable of sustaining plant life. F. SUBMITTALS a. Material Reports b. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 for each site of borrow soil material. c. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 698 for each on -site or borrow soil material. G. QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Refer to Section 01400 —Quality Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. SOIL MATERIALS a. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. Refer to Section 02318 — Borrow. b. Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM, or a combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. Satisfactory soils should have a liquid limit of 45 maximum and a plasticity index of 15 maximum. c. Unsatisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT, or a combination of these group symbols. d. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. e. Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials. f. Subbase: Satisfactory soils. g. The material for flexible base shall consist of crushed caliche (limestone, calcareous clay particles, conglomerate, gravel, or other approved granular materials) produced from oversized quarried aggregate, sized by crushing and produced from a naturally occurring single source except that blending of clean crushed concrete will be allowed. Blended material must meet requirements for flexible base as defined in this and other sections. The material source shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. If material characteristics within the approved source change, the material shall be subject to retesting and re -approval prior to continued use. The Contractor shall not change material sources without approval by the Engineer. h. Refer to City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications, 8.08.02 Flexible Base (Caliche). Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02300-81 June 2023 Lubbock ,S i. Subgrade material for concrete or asphalt construction shall consist of suitable native soil or off site soil, free from vegetation or other objectionable matter. All unstable or objectionable material shall be removed from the subgrade and replaced with approved material. j. Refer to City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications, 8.08.01 Subgrade. B. ACCESSORIES a. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali -resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities uncovered during prosecution of the work, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows: b. Red: Electric. c. Yellow: Gas and oil. d. Orange: Telephone and other communications. e. Blue: Water systems. f. Green: Sewer systems. g. Warning tape to be placed within 3 feet of ground surface. C. PREPARATION a. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. b. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. c. Provide erosion -control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. D. STRIPPING OF TOPSOIL a. Topsoil will be separately excavated, stored, and used for surface finish in preparation for seeding, sodding, or other planting, only where topsoil is definitely superior for grass and plant growth as compared with the remainder of the excavated material. In general, this shall be considered as the top 6 inches of excavated material. Surface soil that is heavy clay, predominantly sandy, or is lean in grass -and plant -growth qualities, will not be saved. The hauling, spreading, smoothing, and maintenance of the topsoil in preparation for the seeding and planting operations are generally considered under a separate section, and therefore are not considered in this specification. E. FROZEN MATERIAL a. Soils shall not be placed on a foundation which contains frozen material, or which has been subjected to freeze -thaw action. This prohibition encompasses all foundation types, including the natural ground, all prepared subgrades (whether in an excavation or on an embankment) and all layers of previously placed and Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02300-82 June 2023 Lubb o ck a� compacted earth fill which become the foundations for successive layers of earth fill. All material that freezes or has been subjected to freeze -thaw action during the construction work, or during periods of temporary shutdowns, such as, but not limited to, nights, holidays, weekends, winter shutdowns, or earthwork operations, shall be removed to a depth that is acceptable to the Engineer and replaced with new material. Alternatively, the material will be thawed, dried, reworked, and recompacted to the specified criteria before additional material is placed. The Engineer will determine when placement of fill or backfill shall cease due to cold weather. The Engineer may elect to use average daily air temperatures, and/or physical observation of the soils for his determination. Embankment material shall not contain frozen clumps of soil, snow, or ice. F. EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS a. Excavate surfaces under walks, pavements and similar paths to indicated cross sections, elevations, and grades. G. SUBGRADE PREPARATION a. Refer to City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications, 8.08.01 Subgrade. H. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL a. If unsuitable material is encountered during subgrade preparation regardless of how it is discovered, the Contractor shall take corrective action as directed by the Engineer. If removal and replacement of the material is required or if drying is required deeper than 6 inches below subgrade it will be considered over excavation and paid for separately. Contractor shall back fill any over excavation with suitable material and compact to 95% of Modified Proctor Density at a moisture content within 2% of optimum in accordance to ASTM D698. I. FLEXIBLE BASE CONSTRUCTION a. Areas behind curbs shall be backfilled and leveled with approved topsoil prior to placing base material. b. Refer to City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications, 8.08.02 Flexible Base (Caliche). J. STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS a. Stockpile satisfactory excavated soil materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover or spray with dust suppressant to prevent windblown dust. b. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of trees. K. UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02300-83 June 2023 City Of Lubbock a. Refer to Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. L. FILL a. Preparation: Remove vegetation, 6" of topsoil, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface before placing fills. b. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than I vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. c. Place and compact fill material to required elevations as directed in Paragraph 3.12 using satisfactory soil material. M. MOISTURE CONTROL a. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. b. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. c. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. N. COMPACTION OF FILLS a. Place fill materials in layers not more than 6 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. b. Each layer of backfill or fill material should be compacted to a minimum of 95% of Modified Proctor Density at a moisture content within 2% of optimum. c. Use only hand -operated tamping equipment or place flowable backfill to achieve a minimum cover of 12 inches over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. Do not use vibratory equipment unless approved by the Owner and until 5 feet of cover over pipes, conduits and ducts is obtained. Use of vibratory equipment within 10 feet measured from the top of finished surface or adjacent to existing structures will only be permitted if approved by the Owner on a case -by - case basis. O. TESTING a. Testing Agency: Contractor shall perform construction materials testing in conformance with Section 01400 — Quality Requirements. Contractor shall be responsible for paying for failing tests conducted by Owner. Such failing tests shall include pro-rata technician time charges, pro-rata mileage expense and other pro- rated agency charges. b. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after Engineer has verified that test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02300-84 June 2023 MOW City of Lubbock u5 c. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556 and ASTM D 2922, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: d. Paved Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill layer, at least one test for every 5000 sq. ft. or less of paved area, but in no case fewer than three tests. e. Trench Backfill: Refer to Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Structures. f. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. Contractor shall be responsible for paying for failing tests conducted by Owner. Such failing tests shall include pro-rata technician time charges, pro-rata mileage expense and other pro -rated agency charges. P. GRADING a. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. b. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. c. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. d. Site Grading: Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: e. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch. f. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch. g. Pavements: Plus or minus 3/8 inch. Q. PROTECTION a. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash, debris and excess weeds. b. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. c. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Engineer; reshape and re -compact. d. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. e. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. R. DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS a. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property according to Section 01576 — Waste Material Disposal. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02300-85 June 2023 City of Lubbock END OF SECTION Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02300-86 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 02317: EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section of the specifications includes information on excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including manholes and pipeline structures. B. Section Includes: (1) Definitions (2) References (3) Scheduling (4) Submittals (5) Tests (6) Equipment (7) Material Classifications (8) Accessories (9) Installation (10) Preparation (11) Protection (12) Excavation (13) Handling Excavation Materials (14) Trench Foundation (15) Ground Water Control (16) Pipe Embedment, Placement and Compaction (17) Trench Zone Backfill, Placement and Compaction (18) Field Quality Control (19) Disposal of Excess Material 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe Foundation — Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over -excavations. B. Pipe Bedding — The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally under one-third of the pipe O.D. C. Haunching — The material placed on either side of the pipe from the foundation to the springline of the pipe for rigid wall pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall, excluding the bedding section as shown on the plans. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02317-87 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock D. Initial Backfill — The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from the top of haunching or cement stabilized backfill up to a level line immediately below pavement subgrade, and horizontally from on trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. E. Pipe Embedment — The portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching, and initial backfill. F. Trench Zone — The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to a line immediately below pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath paving. G. Backfill — Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions. H. Ground Water Control Systems — Installations external to trench, such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering to lower ground water, intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to Section 02240 — Dewatering. L Surface Water Control — Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from trench excavation. Rain water and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage. J. Excavation Drainage — Removal of surface and seepage water in trench by sump pumping or other approved means. K. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary. L. Dry Stable Trench — Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. M. Stable Trench with Seepage — Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. N. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils — Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. O. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils — Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. P. Unstable Trench — Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving, or loss of density. Q. Subtrench — Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation. Subtrench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a subtrench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. R. Over -Excavation and Backfill — Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02317-88 June 2023 of Lubbock 45 S. Foundation Backfill Materials —Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, to control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. T. Trench Safety Systems include both protective systems and shoring systems as defined in Section 02260 — Excavation Support and Protection U. Trench Shield (Trench Box) — A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a protective system and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. V. Shoring System — A structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movement of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. 1.3 REFENCES A. ASTM D 558 — Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soil Cement Mixtures. B. ASTM D 698 — Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-lb. Rammer and 12 inch Drop. C. ASTM D 1556 — Test Method for Density in Place by the Sand -Cone Method. D. ASTM D 2487 — Classification and Soils for Engineering Purposes. E. ASTM D 2922 — Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). F. ASTM D 3017 — Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). G. ASTM D 4318 — Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. H. TxDOT Tex- 101-E — Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. L TxDOT Tex- 110-E — Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. J. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards -Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 1.4 SCHEDULING A. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other structures. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement, and compaction, including: (1) Sequence of work and coordination of activities. (2) Selected trench widths and dimensions of excavations. (3) Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. (4) Procedure for use of trench boxes and other pre -manufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soils. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02317-89 June 2023 MOW Lubbock C. Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements of Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials. D. Submit record of location of pipe as installed, referenced to Texas North Central State Plane coordinate system (NAD83). (1) Include locations of utilities encountered that are not shown on drawings or rerouted for the convenience of the Contractor. (2) Give stations, coordinates, elevations, inverts, and gradients of installed pipe, casing, etc. E. Submit field density tests of trench backfill. F. Submit laboratory density compaction curves for each material. 1.6 TESTS A. The Contractor is to perform Backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements of Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials. B. The Contractor shall have a competent, separate agency perform field density tests of trench Backfill representative of each 200 linear feet of trench and each compacted layer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with hydraulic excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B. Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of twelve (12) inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. C. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. D. Do not use vibratory equipment until five (5) feet of cover over pipes, conduits, or ducts is obtained. E. Do not use vibratory equipment if adjacent structures could be affected. F. Use trench shields or other protective systems or shoring systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of Backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. 2.2 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A. Embedment and Trench Zone Backfill Materials: Conform to classifications and product descriptions of Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Warning Tape: Install twelve (12) inches below finished grade acid and alkali resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, six (6) inches wide and four (4) mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows: (1) Red — Electric (2) Yellow — Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02317-90 June 2023 City of Lubbock (3) Orange — Telephone and other communications. (4) Blue — Water systems. (5) Green — Sewer systems. B. Locator Wire: Install continuously coated fourteen (14) gauge locating wire as indicated on Plans. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install flexible pipe to conform to the trench details shown in the drawings. B. Install rigid pipe to conform to the trench details shown in the drawings. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Establish traffic control to conform to requirements of Section 01555 — Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling and the drawings. B. Perform work to conform to applicable safety standards and regulations. C. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 02260 — Excavation Support and Protection. D. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. E. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. F. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform to requirements of Section 02220 — Demolition, Removal, and Salvaging of Existing Material. G. Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation and other reference points, and unless otherwise directed in writing, replace those which are damaged or destroyed. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of the construction limits. B. Protect and support above grade and below grade utilities, which are to remain. C. Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities are indicated on the Drawings. D. Take measures to minimize erosion of trenches and excavations. E. Do not allow water to pond in trenches or excavations. F. Where slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density or pavement failures or potholes occur, repair, recompact, and pave those areas at no additional cost to the Owner. G. The Contractor shall locate all existing underground lines, whether or not they are shown on the Drawings, sufficiently in advance of trenching operations to prevent any damage thereto. H. Verification of location, size, and burial depth of existing utilities shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor. L The Contractor is responsible for notifying pipeline and cable utility owners of the intention to cross said utility no less than seven (7) days prior to crossing the utility. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02317-91 June 2023 MOW City of Lubbock 45 J. Coordinate vertical separation requirements with utility owners and any other special construction considerations. K. Notify the Engineer if required changes in the vertical profile shown on the Drawings prior to constructing these changes. L. Trench digging machinery may be used to make the trench excavations except in places where operation of same would cause damages to pipelines, fences, or other existing structures either above or below ground; in such instances hand methods shall be employed. 3.4 EXCAVATION A. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, or ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Drawings. B. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C. Determine trench excavation widths based on the requirements shown on the plans. D. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trenches makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. E. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. F. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. G. Shoring of Trench Walls: (1) Install special shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain laterally supported at all times. (2) For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. (3) Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out behind the trench wall support. (4) Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. (5) Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support the sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. (6) Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. (7) Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. (8) As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. (9) If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. (10) Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone shall be the equivalent of a one (1) inch thick steel plate. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02317-92 June 2023 City of Lubbock (11) Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. H. Wherever necessary to prevent caving, the trench shall be adequately supported as required by the Drawings and Specifications. L The Contractor is entirely responsible for assuring that trenches are adequately supported to protect both the workers and the public. J. Use of Trench Shields/Trench Boxes: (1) Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled feely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. (2) Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged or disturbed, or the degree of compaction reduced. (3) When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. (4) For backfill above bedding, lift the shield as each layer of backfill is placed and spread. (5) Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed walls and foundation. (6) Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. (7) Contractor shall provide trench shield for Owner's tests within the trench as required in paragraph 3.11.13 3.5 HANDLING EXCAVATION MATERIALS A. Use only excavated materials which are suitable as defined in this Section and conforming to Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials. B. Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. C. Do not place stockpiles of excess excavated materials on streets and adjacent properties. D. Protect excess stockpiles for use on site. E. Maintain site conditions in accordance with Section 01500 —Temporary Facilities and Controls. 3.6 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. The trench shall be excavated to an even grade so that the bottom of the pipe will rest on the bottom of the trench over the entire length of the pipe. B. Any part of the trench excavated below grade shall be corrected by filling with approved material and compacting thoroughly. C. If ledge rock, rock fragments, or other unyielding material is encountered in the bottom of the trench, it shall be removed to a depth of six (6) inches below grade, refilled with selected material, and thoroughly compacted. D. Bell holes of ample dimensions shall be dug at each joint to permit the jointing of pipe to be made properly, and of sufficient depth to prevent the bell of the pipe from resting on undisturbed materials. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02317-93 June 2023 AIL MOW City of Lubbock 3.7 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Should ground water become an issue, refer to Section 02240 — Dewatering. B. Provide a stable trench to allow installation in accordance with the Specifications. 3.8 PIPE EMBEDMENT, PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B. Place embedment including bedding, haunching, and initial backfill as shown on the Drawings. C. For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. D. Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than twenty-four (24) inches above top of pipe. E. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. F. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. G. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. H. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. L When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. J. Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. K. If necessary, hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place with sand bags or other suitable means during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe. L. Shovel in -place and compact embedment material using pneumatic tampers in restricted areas, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted areas. M. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. N. Water tamping and water jetting are not allowed. O. For flowable fill, such as cement stabilized backfill, vibrate flowable backfill with concrete vibrator to consolidate material under haunches. P. Install specified location tape and wire as shown on the drawings and per paragraphs 2.3.A and 2.3.13. 3.9 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL, PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore as soon as practicable. B. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. C. Maximum allowed open trench is limited to 200 feet unless otherwise approved by the Owner. D. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02317-94 June 2023 MOW City of Lubbock (1) Cut off sheeting two (2) feet or move above the crown of the pipe. (2) Remove trench supports within five (5) feet from the ground surface. E. Place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods selected by the Contractor. F. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. G. Cement Stabilized Backfill/Lean Concrete Backfill: (1) Place in depths as shown on plans. (2) Use vibratory equipment to ensure placement under the haunches of the pipe. (3) Backfilling of the remaining trench depth after cement stabilized backfill has been placed shall not commence until the in -place cement stabilized backfill has attained a penetration resistance reading of at least thirty (30) when measured with a soil penetrometer according to ASTM D 1558 and using a one -tenth square inch needle. (4) This equates to a penetration resistance of approximately 300 pounds per square inch. (5) This is not a strength requirement of the cement -stabilized backfill, but a measure of the degree of curing of the cement stabilized backfill. (6) After a penetrometer reading of 30 is obtained on the cement stabilized backfill, then compacted backfill operations may commence. (7) The Contractor shall furnish and have on site a calibrated ASTM D 1558 soil penetrometer with one -tenth square inch needle. (8) The Contractor shall take no less than four (4) penetrometer readings, equally spaced on both sides of the pipe (8 readings total) in accordance with ASTM D 1558, for each day's trench length that is planned for controlled density backfill operations. (9) Such readings shall be taken prior to commencing backfill operations. H. Bedding Material: (1) Sand bedding shall be loosely placed in trench as shown on the Drawings. I. Gravel Embedment: (1) Place in depths as shown on plans (2) Use vibratory equipment or shovel slicing to ensure placement under the haunches of the pipe. J. Native Material/Borrow Material (Pipe Installation): (1) Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding eight (8) inches. (2) Compaction by trench sheep's foot or by vibratory equipment to provide backfill densities at least equivalent to the surrounding undisturbed material or ninety-five (95) percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. (3) Use of vibratory equipment limited as specified in paragraph 2.1. (4) Moisture content within two (2) percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. K. Topsoil: (1) Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding eight (8) inches. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02317-95 June 2023 MOW Lubbock (2) Compaction by trench sheep's foot or by vibratory equipment to provide backfill densities at least equivalent to the surrounding undisturbed material or ninety-five (95) percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. (3) Use of vibratory equipment limited as specified in paragraph 2.1. (4) Moisture content within two (2) percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. 3.10 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES, AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for Backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Drawings. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test for material source qualifications as defined in Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials. B. Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Tests will be performed by the Contractor on a minimum of three (3) different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex- 110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. D. At least three (3) tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for Backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. E. The Contractor shall perform in -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment, and trench zone Backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. F. A minimum of one test for every 200 linear feet of compacted trench zone Backfill material for each compacted layer. G. Density tests will be distributed around the placement areas. Placement areas are foundation, bedding, haunching, initial Backfill, and trench zone. H. The number of tests will be increased if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. L Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. J. Two (2) verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. K. Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. L. Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For hardened cement stabilized Backfill with nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02317-96 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock M. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01576 —Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02317-97 June 2023 Lubbock SECTION 02320: UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section of the specification covers materials related to the backfill of utilities. B. Section Includes: (1) "Concrete" sand (for use as pipe bedding). (2) Native soil materials. (3) Topsoil. (4) Crushed stone. (5) Cement stabilized backfill. C. Related Sections: (1) Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections apply to this section. (2) Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures (3) Section 01400 — Quality Requirements (4) Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Refer to Section 02317 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 33 — Specification for Concrete Aggregate. B. ASTM C 40 — Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. C. ASTM C 123 — Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate. D. ASTM C 131 — Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. E. ASTM C 136 — Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. F. ASTM C 142 — Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates. G. ASTM D 698 — Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft3). H. ASTM D 1140 — Test Method for Amount of Materials in Soils Finer Than Number 200 Sieve. L ASTM D 2487 — Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). J. ASTM D 2488 — Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual -Manual Procedure). K. ASTM D 4318 — Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. L. ASTM D 4643 — Method for Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil by the Microwave Oven Method. M. TxDOT Tex- 101-E — Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. N. TxDOT Tex-104-E — Test Method for Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils (Part 1). Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 02320-98 June 2023 MOW Lubbock O. TxDOT Tex-106-E —Test Method —Methods of Calculating Plasticity Index of Soils. P. TxDOT Tex- 110-E —Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures. B. Submit a description of source, material classification and product description, production method, and application of backfill materials. C. Submit test results for samples of off -site backfill materials. D. For each delivery of material, provide a delivery ticket which includes source location. 1.5 TESTS A. Perform tests of sources for off -site backfill material. B. Verification tests of backfill materials may be performed by the Owner, at the Owner's expense; however, failing tests will be charged to the Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL DESCIRPTIONS A. "Concrete" Sand (1) Coarse -grained, well -graded, sand (natural, manufactured, or a combination of both) conforming to requirements of ASTM C 33. (2) Gradation shall conform to ASTM C 136 and the following limits. Sieve Percent Passing 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 B. Native Soil Material for Backfill (1) Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than six (6) inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbons, or other contamination. C. Topsoil (1) Provide topsoil material that is free of stones greater than three (3) inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic matter, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbons, or other contamination. (2) Surface should be made clear of rock and other debris before planting. (3) Use top two (2) feet of excavated material for topsoil backfill. This material shall be set aside to prevent mixing with other excavated material. Topsoil is only required in non - paved areas. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 02320-99 June 2023 Lubbock D. Gravel Embedment (1) Gravel embedment shall be free of waste, trash, debris, organic material, unstable material, and other non -gravel matter. (2) Provide gravel embedment that meets the following gradation requirements: Sieve Percent Retained 3/8" 0 No. 4 5 to 15 No. 10 50 to 90 No. 40 90 to 100 (3) A minimum of four inches of gravel embedment will be placed under the pipe. This material will be used for backfill to the top of the pipe. This material MUST be shovel sliced to the haunch of the pipe and mechanically tamped to midpoint of the pipe. E. Cement Stabilized Backfill (1) Cement Content — 2 sack mix per cubic yard. (2) Water/Cement Ratio — 0.60. (3) Maximum aggregate size shall not exceed one and one half (1.5) inch diameter for backfilling pipe sizes forty-eight (48) inches and greater in diameter. (4) Maximum aggregate size shall not exceed one (1) inch diameter for backfilling sizes less than forty-eight (48) inches in diameter. 2.2 MATERIAL TESTING A. Ensure that material selected, produced, and delivered to the project meets applicable specifications and is of sufficiently uniform properties to allow practical construction and quality control. B. Source or Supplier Qualification: Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by suppliers, for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a minimum of three (3) samples for each source and material type. Tests samples of processed materials from current production representing material to be delivered. Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification tests shall include, as applicable: (1) Gradation: Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve. (2) Plasticity of material passing the No. 40 sieve. (3) Clay lumps. (4) Lightweight pieces. (5) Organic impurities. C. Production Testing: Provide reports to the Engineer from an independent testing laboratory that backfill materials to be placed in the Work meet applicable specification requirements. D. Native material requires testing only when questionable material is encountered. Pump Station 4Isolation Project 02320-100 June 2023 AIL MOW City Of Lubbock PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SOURCES A. Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other approved source. Top two (2) feet of excavated material shall be used as topsoil. B. Identify off -site sources for backfill material at least fourteen (14) days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples from verification testing. C. Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements of the specifications will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different material will be at the Contractor's expense with no additional cost to the Owner. 3.2 MATERIAL HANDLING A. Establish temporary stockpile locations as practical for material handling and control. B. Cement stabilized backfill shall be consolidated upon placement by using concrete vibrators to ensure filling of voids, filling around and under haunches of pipe and filling of spaces between corrugations. Vibration shall not be applied to the utility pipe itself. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control (1) The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: i. Sources including borrow pits, production plants, and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles. ii. On -site stockpiles. iii. Materials placed in the Work. (2) The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B. Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials, as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner and Engineer in allowing access to materials. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4Isolation Project 02320-101 June 2023 City of Lubbock PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02320-102 June 2023 Lubbock SECTION 02445: BORES AND ENCASEMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The section covers utility bores and placing steel encasement in open cut trenches. B. The encasement will be installed at the locations indicated on the attached plans. C. The contractor will be responsible for providing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to accomplish the following: (1) Construction of the bore and bore pits or trench cut. (2) Installing the appropriate steel casing. (3) Installing the water supply pipe in the steel casing using the pipe manufactures recommended practices. (4) Backfill all excavations. (5) All traffic barricading and control. (6) All trench safety requirements. (7) Implementing a best management plan for the control of storm water runoff 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE A. Limit use of site to allow: (1) Owner occupancy. (2) Contractor. B. Coordinate use of site under direction of Owner's Representative and TxDOT. C. Execute Work in a coordinated manner to avoid conflicts with Owner's operations or other Contractors. D. Move any stored products under Contractor's control, which interfere with operations of (1) Owner. (2) TxDOT right-of-way. E. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products furnished under this contract, stored on or off the site. 1.3 WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct Work to accommodate Owner's occupancy requirements during the construction period. B. Sequence and schedule shall balance Owner's occupancy and the requirements of adjacent utility work and construction schedules of other government agencies, however, Contractor's coordination for construction schedule and operations shall be with the Engineer or the Owner's Representative only. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide written plan with methods and materials to be used in bore and casing process. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02445-103 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock B. Provide shop drawings or manufacturer literature for casing spacers; include drawings of proposed locations within pipe casing. 1.5 STANDARDS A. All work shall be accomplished in accordance with the following standards: (1) AWWA C-206 "Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe" (2) AWWA C-210 "Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines" (3) AASHTO M-190 `Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches" (4) AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, 1993. (5) ASTM A-36 "Carbon Structural Steel" (6) ASTM A-123 "Zinc (Hot Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products" (7) ASTM A-135 "Electric —Resistance —Welded Steel Pipe" (8) ASTM A-139 "Electric — Fusion (Arc) — Welded Steel Pipe" (NPS4 and over) (9) ASTM A-153 "Zinc (Hot Dipped Galvanized) on Iron and Steel Hardware" (10) ASTM A-307 "Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength" (11) ASTM A-449 "Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs" (12) ASTM A-568/M "Steel, Carbon, and High Strength, Low Alloy, Hot -Rolled and Cold - Rolled for Commercial Quality" (13) ASTM C-76 "Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" (14) ASTM D-4254 "Test Methods for minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculations of Relative Density" B. Additional standards contained in the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Design Standards and Specifications handbook also apply. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer's Qualifications (1) Installers shall be competent and experienced in boring work of equal scope. (2) Installers shall provide proof of successful, related work experience with references. B. Job Conditions (1) Where work is in the right-of-way of any government or corporate jurisdiction, the Owner will secure the appropriate permits or easements. The Contractor shall observe regulations, instructions and limitations of each right-of-way owner. Coordination shall be through Owner's representative. (2) Excavated material shall be kept off of roads and railroad tracks at all times. (3) No blasting is allowed at any time. (4) The Contractor shall protect existing pipelines and utilities. The Contractor shall verify location and elevation of all pipelines, power lines and communication cable in the construction area prior to execution. Verification of existing pipe and cable utilities shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1.7 OWNER OCCUPANCY Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02445-104 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock A. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Owner's and other Contractor's operation. B. Schedule the Work to accommodate this requirement. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL CASING A. Steel casing pipe shall have a minimum yield strength of 36 ksi. Casting shall meet ASTM A-36, ASTM A-568, ASTM A-135, ASTM A-139 or approved equal. B. The steel casing shall be new, free of any structural defects such as cracks, dents, bends or heavy rust. Used Casing may be used with the Owners Representative approval and inspection. Casing joints shall be fillet welded according to ASTM C-206. 2.2 CASING SPACERS A. Casings spacers shall be sized for 8" water line in a 16" steel casing to clear the bell and not center the line vertically within the casing. B. Approved casing spacers include: (1) Advance Products (2) BMW (3) Cascade (4) CCI Pipeline (5) Culpico (6) PSI C. Other casing spacers may be used with approval from the Owner Representative or the Engineer. 2.3 JOINT RETRAINT A. Uncased pipe bores are permitted with Engineer's approval. B. Approved joint restraint devices which prevent over -insertion: (1) EBAA Mega -Stop (for push direction only) (2) CertainTeed Certa-Lok (3) Other over -insertion protection devices must be submitted prior to approval. C. Contractor shall provide joint restraint materials and methods which do not conflict with pipe spacers. D. All uncased bore methods require Contractor to submit joint restraint manufacturer's literature for Engineer's approval. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 BORES A. Boring shall proceed from the low or downstream end of crossing unless otherwise specified or instructed. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02445-105 June 2023 MOW City of Lubbock B. Water used for lubrication of cuttings in conjunction with boring operations shall be permitted. Jetting shall be prohibited. C. All bores under existing paving will be subject to the following precautions: (1) Auger Boring — Auger boring shall use a pilot hole to set precise, clear auger path. (2) Wet (Slick) Boring — Under highway and arterial street pavement, the use of wet boring techniques shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer on a case -by -case basis. (3) Impact Moling — Impact moling shall be used only for bore sizes 3" in diam. and smaller. Impact moling may be used for drilling pilot holes. (4) Pipe Jacking or Ramming — Continue jacking process to completion once it has begun to prevent the pipe from becoming firmly set in the embankment. (5) Microtunneling — Remote tunneling trenchers are allowed within the constraints and operational limitations set by manufacturer. D. The following precautions shall be observed in special circumstances: (1) Boring under Milwaukee Avenue: (a) Presence of existing sewer main requires that the Milwaukee Avenue bore be cased. (b) Boring pit shall be placed on the west side of Milwaukee Avenue and proceed to the east under the road. (c) No boring method shall be chosen which will potentially disrupt or endanger existing adjacent underground utilities. (d) Contractor is responsible for damage to existing pipe, cable and other utilities affected during construction. (e) Boring operations shall provide safe setbacks from the roadway to ensure continuous service during construction. (2) Boring under Parks roadways: (a) Method of boring and casing for Parks area is at the discretion of the Contractor. (b) Uncased bores are permitted in this portion of the construction. (c) Contractor must accommodate Parks activity as coordinated with Owner Representative. Operational methods and staging may be limited by Parks activity. E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to insure the boring methods used are safe and adequate for workers, installed pipe, property, the public, adjacent utilities and other site conditions. F. The bore must be at or near level. A tolerance of 1/2 % grade either positive or negative will be allowed. G. Contractor is responsible for removing all excavated material. H. Contractor shall be responsible for trench safety and all traffic control requirements. I. After installing the water pipe in the encasement the ends of the encasement must be sealed to prevent soil creep into the pipe. 3.2 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall use approved joint restraint devices for pipe within casing. B. Contractor shall use approved spacers as specified to install pipe in casing. 3.3 OPEN TRENCH ENCASEMENT Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02445-106 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock n5 A. The water distribution pipe shall be installed in the same manner as the encased bores. The cost of installing the carrier pipe will include any appurtenances needed to protect the pipe as per manufacture recommendation. B. The ends of the encasement shall be sealed after the carrier pipe is installed. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02445-107 June 2023 Lubbock SECTION 02510: REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE DEVICES FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 — General Requirements apply to Work in this Section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes backflow prevention by Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) devices on water -distribution piping and related components outside of a building. B. The Contractor shall provide RPZ devices as specified herein along with all installation, testing, cleanup and safety work required. 1.3 REFERENCED DOCUMENTS A. 40 CFR 141 B. 30 TAC 216, 290 & 291 C. AWWA C511-89 D. Most recent version of the City of Lubbock Design Standards 1.4 DEFINITIONS & ABREVIATIONS A. ASME: American Society of Mechanical Engineers B. ASSE: American Society of Sanitary Engineering C. AWWA: American Water Works Association D. FM: Factory Mutual E. IAPMO: International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials F. PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride (plastic pipe) G. OS&Y: Outside Screw & Yoke (valve) H. RPZ: Reduced Pressure Zone (device) I. UL: Underwriter Laboratories 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Detail precast concrete vault assemblies and indicate dimensions, method of field assembly, and components. C. Coordination Drawings: For piping and specialties including relation to other services in same area, drawn to scale. Show piping and specialty sizes and valves, meter and specialty locations, and elevations. D. Field quality -control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For water valves and specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02510-108 June 2023 City of Lubbock 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: (1) Comply with rules, regulations, codes and standards listed in 1.2 "Applicable Codes & Regulations." B. Construction Requirements: (1) Comply with the most recent release of the City of Lubbock Design Standards. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves according to the following: (1) Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion. (2) Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces. (3) Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling. B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves according to the following: (1) Do not remove end protectors unless necessary for inspection; reinstall for storage. (2) Protect from weather; store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew -point temperature. (3) Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is necessary. C. Handling: (1) Use sling to handle valves if size requires handling by crane or lift. (2) Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed parts. (3) Do not use hand wheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. D. Deliver piping with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe -end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. E. Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor when storing inside. F. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt. G. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Water -Distribution Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water -distribution service according to requirements indicated: (1) Notify the Engineer no fewer than 2 (two) days in advance of proposed interruption of service. (2) Do not proceed with interruption of water -distribution service without Owner's written permission. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02510-109 June 2023 City of Lubbock PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES A. Applicable Standards of Compliance: (1) All acceptable RPZs shall be listed or meet the requirements for approval by the following agencies: (a) ASSE 1013 (b) AWWA C511 (c) IAPMO (d) FM 1221 (must include shut-off valves) (e) UL 1469 (must include shut-off valves) (2) All acceptable RPZs shall meet the Lead Plumbing Law's 0% lead content and be ASTM 90500 compliant and ANSI 3rd parry certified. B. Reduced -Pressure -Principle Backflow Preventers: (1) The function and construction of RPZ device shall be as follows: (a) Body of RPZ shall be constructed of Ductile Iron. (b) Two (2) Check Valves shall be mechanically independent, stainless steel spring -loaded. Check valve clips and rings shall also be stainless steel. (c) Pressure Relief Valve shall be hydraulically dependent differential pressure relief valve with the sensing passage set in an integral cast ductile iron body, with a single access cover. (e) Include no less than four (4) vertical test cocks and two (2) shut-off valves (1) Operation: Continuous -pressure applications. (2)Pressure Loss: 12 psig maximum pressure drop, through middle 1/3 of flow range. (3) Design Flow Rate: 300 gpm (4) Body: Ductile iron (5) End Connections: Flanged (6) Configuration: narrow profile (Febco "N-Pattern" or similar) C. Approved Device Manufacturers: (1) Ames (2) Febco (3) Watts (4) Wilkins 2.2 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURES A. Freeze -Protection Enclosures: (1) Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: (a) EZ Box Model HEz Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02510-110 June 2023 City of Lubbock (b) Hot Box (c) Safe-T-Cover (2) Description: Insulated enclosure designed to protect aboveground water piping, equipment, or specialties from freezing and damage, with heat source to maintain minimum internal temperature of 40 degrees F when external temperatures reach as low as negative 34 degrees F. (a) Standard: ASSE 1060. (b) Class I: For equipment or devices other than pressure or atmospheric vacuum breakers. (c) Class I-V: For pressure or atmospheric vacuum breaker equipment or devices. Include drain opening in housing. (i) Housing: Reinforced polyester or aluminum construction. (1) Size: Of dimensions as indicated on drawings, but not less than those required for access and service of protected unit. (2) Drain opening for units with drain connection. (3) Access doors with locking devices. (4) Insulation inside housing. (5) Anchoring devices for attaching housing to concrete base. (ii) Electric heating cable or heater with self-limiting temperature control. B. Enclosure Bases: (1) Description: 4-inch minimum thickness precast concrete, of dimensions required to extend at least 6 inches beyond edges of enclosure housings. Include openings for piping from below with opening sealed to prevent infiltration below base. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Refer to Sections 02240, 02260, 02317 and 02320 for all excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. General Application: Use mechanical -joint -end valves for larger underground installation. Use threaded- or flanged -end valves for installation in vaults. Use UL/FMG, non -rising stem gate valves for installation with indicator posts. Use corporation valves and curb valves with ends compatible with piping, for smaller installation. B. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: (1) Use the following for valves above ground: Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02510-111 June 2023 City of Lubbock (a) Smaller Gate Valves: Bronze, rising or non -rising stems allowed unless otherwise indicated on drawings. (b) Larger Gate Valves: AWWA, ductile iron, OS&Y rising stem, metal seated (2) Pressure -Reducing Valves: Use for water -service piping aboveground to control water pressure. (3) Relief Valves: Use for water -service piping above ground. (a) Air -Release Valves: To release accumulated air. (b) Air/Vacuum Valves: To release or admit large volume of air during filling of piping. (c) Combination Air Valves: To release or admit air. (4) Detector Check Valves: Use for water -service piping above ground to detect unauthorized use of water. 3.3 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. See Section 02665 "Water Works Piping" for basic piping construction. 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION B. Water -Main Connection by Tapping: Tap water main according to requirements of water utility company and of size and in location indicated. (1) Make larger connections with tapping machine according to the following: (a) Install tapping sleeve and tapping valve according to MSS SP-60. (b) Install tapping sleeve on pipe to be tapped. Position flanged outlet for gate valve. (c) Use tapping machine compatible with valve and tapping sleeve; cut hole in main. Remove tapping machine and connect water -service piping. (2) Install gate valve onto tapping sleeve. Comply with MSS SP-60. Install valve with stem pointing up and with valve box. (3) Make smaller connections with drilling machine according to the following: (a) Install service -saddle assemblies and corporation valves in size, quantity, and arrangement required by utility company standards. (b) Install service -saddle assemblies on water -service pipe to be tapped. Position outlets for corporation valves. (c) Use drilling machine compatible with service -saddle assemblies and corporation valves. Drill hole in main. Remove drilling machine and connect water -service piping. (i) Install corporation valves into service -saddle assemblies. (ii) Install manifold for multiple taps in water main. (iii) Install curb valve in water -service piping with head pointing up and with service box. (4) Install PVC, AWWA pipe according to ASTM F 645 and AWWA M23. (5) Bury piping with minimum depth of cover over top of pipe at least 48 inches and according to the following: Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02510-112 June 2023 City of Lubbock (a) Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. (b) Use restrained joint piping, thrust blocks, anchors, tie -rods and clamps, and other supports. 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. See Section 02665 "Water Works Piping" for basic piping joint construction. B. Make pipe joints according to the following: (1) Ductile -Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Water -Service Piping: AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. (2) Ductile -Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Fire -Service -Main Piping: UL 194. (3) Ductile -Iron Piping, Grooved Joints: Cut -groove pipe. Assemble joints with grooved -end, ductile -iron -piping couplings, gaskets, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling manufacturer's written instructions. (4) PVC Piping Gasketed Joints: Use joining materials according to AWWA C900. Construct joints with elastomeric seals and lubricant according to ASTM D 2774 or ASTM D 3139 and pipe manufacturer's written instructions. (5) Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. 3.6 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION A. Anchorage, General: Install water -distribution piping with restrained joints. Anchorages and restrained joint types that may be used include the following: (1) Concrete thrust blocks. (2) Locking mechanical joints. (3) Set -screw mechanical retainer glands. (4) Bolted flanged joints. (5) Heat -fused joints. (6) Pipe clamps and tie rods. B. Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves, and hydrant branches. Include anchorages for the following piping systems: (1) Gasketed-Joint, Ductile -Iron, Water -Service Piping: According to AWWA C600. (2) Gasketed-Joint, PVC Water -Service Piping: According to AWWA M23. (3) Bonded -Joint Fiberglass, Water -Service Piping: According to AWWA M45. C. Apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion -resistant material to surfaces of installed ferrous anchorage devices. 3.7 VALVE INSTALLATION A. AWWA Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. B. AWWA Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. (1) Pressure -Reducing Valves: Install aboveground between shutoff valves. (2) Relief Valves: Comply with AWWA C512. Install aboveground with shutoff valve on inlet. 3.8 DETECTOR -CHECK VALVE INSTALLATION Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02510-113 June 2023 of Lubbock A. Install aboveground. B.Install for proper direction of flow. Install bypass with water meter, gate valves on each side of meter, and check valve downstream from meter. C. Support detector check valves, meters, shutoff valves, and piping on brick or concrete piers. 3.9 VACUUM BREAKER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION A. Install pressure vacuum breaker assemblies of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install according to requirements of plumbing and health department and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Do not install pressure vacuum breaker assemblies in vault or other space subject to flooding. 3.10 BACKFLOW PREVENTER INSTALLATION A. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install according to requirements of plumbing and health department and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Do not install backflow preventers that have relief drain in vault or in other spaces subject to flooding. C. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. D. Support larger backflow preventers, valves, and piping with masonry piers or manufacturer prescribed supports. 3.11 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE INSTALLATION A. Install concrete base level and with top approximately 2 inches above grade. Install protective enclosure over valves and equipment. B. Anchor protective enclosure to concrete base. 3.12 CONNECTIONS A. Connect water -distribution piping to existing water main as indicated on drawings. B. Ground equipment according to City standards. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after concrete thrust blocks have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than one -and -one-half times working pressure for two hours. C. Prepare reports of testing activities. 3.14 IDENTIFICATION A. Install continuous underground detectable warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water -distribution piping. B. Locate below finished grade, directly over piping. Underground warning tapes are specified in Section 02300 "Earthwork." 3.15 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect water -distribution piping as follows: Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02510-114 June 2023 City of Lubbock ,S (1) Purge new water -distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired before use. (2) Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by City of Lubbock Design Standards. (3) Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at points of outlet. (4) Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by City of Lubbock Design Standards and AWWA C651 as follows: (a) Fill system or part of system with water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 24 hours. (b) Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. (c) After standing time, flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine remains in water coming from system. (d) Submit water samples in sterile bottles to Engineer or City Representative in accordance with Section 01410 "Testing Laboratory Services." Repeat procedure if biological examination shows evidence of contamination. B. Reports: (1) Prepare reports of purging and disinfecting activities. (2) If adjacent water lines are newly installed provide disinfection, testing and reports in conjunction with purification and pre -service work required for new water lines. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02510-115 June 2023 City of rLubbock SECTION 02512 LINESTOP/PLUGGING LARGE DIAMETER WATER LINES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 Summary A. This section of the specifications covers all necessary materials, equipment, tools, labor, and associated appurtenances for plugging water lines while water line is in service. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in contract general conditions and shall include: 1. Plan of when work will take place. 2. Record Data of field measurements of existing pipe outer diameter at the location of the tapping. 3. Shop drawings of Linestop plug and fittings that shall be submitted for approval prior to start of fabrication. 4. Provide a list of at least five references for installations provided by the company on prestressed concrete cylinder pipe 20" and larger. 1.03 quality control A. The hot tapping/linestop plugging company must have a minimum of 10 years of experience supplying large diameter hot tapping/linestop plugging services to the Water & Wastewater Industry and have completed several linestop plugging projects on concrete cylinder pipelines of equal size or larger. B. The hot tapping/linestop plugging company must have prior experience supplying large diameter hot tapping/linestop plugging services to the City of Lubbock. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials A. All materials that come in contact with potable water shall be NSF 61 certified. 3.00 EXECUTION INSPECTION A. The pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and during the progress of the Work and any material found to be defective will be rejected by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at no cost to owner. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 02607 - 116 June 2023 of Lubbock ,S RESPONSIBILITY FOR MATERIALS B. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material furnished and shall replace, at the Contractor's expense, all such material that is found to be defective in manufacture or has become damaged in handling after delivery. C. INSTALLATION OF LINESTOP PLUGGING / TAPPING FITTING 1. Contractor must excavate locations for installation of Linestop/Tapping Fittings and measure pipe O.D., prior to ordering fittings. D. PRESSURE EQUALIZATION / DRAIN CONNECTION 1. A 2" tap fitting shall be installed downstream of each linestop fitting for pressure equalization and for verifying the linestop plugging machine's seal prior to cutting into the existing line. This 2" fitting should come complete with a completion plug and pipe cap for removal of the tapping valve at completion of the linestop plugging application. This fitting must also be supplied by the hot tapping and linestop plugging company for equipment compatibility. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 02607 - 117 June 2023 City of Lubbock PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02607-118 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 02611: STEEL CASING PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Minimum requirements for manufacturing, furnishing and transporting Steel Casing Pipe to be installed by Open Cut or By Other than Open Cut at the locations shown on the Drawings. B. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 1 — General Requirements 2. Section 02317 —Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 3. Section 02445 — Boring and Encasing 1.2 REFERENCES C. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A139, Standard Specification for Electric -Fusion (Arc) - Welded Steel Pipe (NPS Sizes 4 and Over). 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C203, Coal -Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied. 1.3 SUBMITTALS D. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. E. All submittals shall be approved by the Engineer or the City prior to delivery. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS F. Product Data Exterior Coating a. Material data b. Field touch-up procedures 2. Interior Coating a. Material data b. Field touch-up procedures G. Shop Drawings Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02611-119 June 2023 City of Lubbock 1. No shop drawings required for Auger Boring 2. For Tunneling, provide the following: a. Furnish details for Steel Casing Pipe outlining the following: 1) Grout/lubrication ports 2) Joint details 3) Other miscellaneous items for furnishing and fabricating pipe b. Submit calculations in a neat, legible format that is sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas, consistent with the information provided in the geotechnical report, and includes: 1) Calculations confirming that pipe jacking capacity is adequate to resist the anticipated jacking loads for each crossing with a minimum factor of safety of 2 2) Calculations confirming that pipe capacity is adequate to safely support all other anticipated loads, including earth and groundwater pressures, surcharge loads, and handling loads 3) Calculations confirming that jointing method will support allloading conditions 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING H. Delivery, Handling, and Storage 1. Prior to delivery of the pipe, end/internal bracing shall be furnished and installed, as recommended by the manufacturer, for protection during shipping and storage. 2. Deliver, handle and store pipe in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations to protect coating systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Design Criteria 1. The Contractor is fully responsible for the design of Steel Casing Pipe that meets or exceeds the design requirements of this Specification and that is specifically designed for installation by the intended trenchless method. 2. For Steel Casing Pipe utilized for tunneling projects, consider the following: a. Design of the casing pipe shall account for all installation and service loads including: 1) Jacking loads 2) External groundwater and earth loads 3) Traffic loads 4) Practical consideration for handling, shipping and other construction operations 5) Any other live or dead loads reasonably anticipated Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02611-120 June 2023 City of Lubbock b. Design shall be sealed and signed by a registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. c. The allowable jacking capacity shall not exceed 50 percent of the minimum steel yield stress. d. Steel Casing Pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness as follows: Casing Pipe Diameter (inches) Minimum Wall Thickness (inches) 36 0.56 Minimum 1. Steel Casing Pipe shall be provided with inside diameter sufficient to efficiently install the required carrier pipe with casing spacers as required in these specifications. 2. Furnish in lengths that are compatible with Contractor's shaft sizes and allowable work areas. 3. Random segments of pipe will not be permitted for straight runs of casing. a. Closing piece segments, however, shall be acceptable. 4. When required by installation method, provide grout/lubricant ports along the pipe at intervals of 10 feet or less. a. Ports and fittings shall be attached to the pipe in a manner that will not materially affect the strength of the pipe nor interfere with installation of carrier pipe. b. Plugs for sealing the fittings shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be capable of withstanding all external and internal pressures and loads without leaking. B. Materials 1. Provide new, smooth -wall, carbon steel pipe conforming to ASTM A139, Grade B. 2. Dimensional Tolerances a. Furnishing and installing Steel Casing Pipe with dimensional tolerances thatare compatible with performance requirements and proposed installation methods that meet or exceed the specific requirements below: 1) Minimum wall thickness at any point shall be at least 87.5 percent of the nominal wall thickness. 2) Outside circumference within 1.0 percent or 3/4 inch of the nominal circumference, whichever is less. 3) Outside diameter of the pipe shall be within 1/8 inch of the nominal outside diameter. 4) Roundness such that the difference between the major and minor outside diameters shall not exceed 0.5 percent of the specified nominal outside diameter or 1/4 inch, whichever is less. 5) Maximum allowable straightness deviation of 1/8 Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02611-121 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock inch in any 10-foot length. 3. All steel pipe shall have square ends. a. The ends of pipe sections shall not vary by more than 1/8 inch at any point from a true plane perpendicular to the axis of the pipe and passing through the center of the pipe at the end. b. When pipe ends have to be beveled for welding, the ends shall be beveled on the outside to an angle of 35 degrees with a tolerance of ± 2'/2 degrees and with a width of root face 1/16 inch f 1/32 inch. 4. Steel Casing Pipe shall be fabricated with longitudinal weld seams. a. All girth weld seams shall be ground flush. C. Finishes 1. Provide outside of Steel Casing Pipe with a Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating (FBE) with an Abrasion Resistant Overcoating (ARO) or approved equivalent protective coating in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C203. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02611-122 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 02626: STEEL PIPE PART1 GENERAL 3.6 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install steel pipe, fittings, and specials as specified, including connections and appurtenances, as required for the proper installation and function of the pipe as indicated herein. B. The pipeline coating and lining shall be as specified herein and in Section 09960 "High - Performance Coatings." (1) Coating: The standard pipe coating shall be epoxy coating. Where indicated on the Drawings, polyurethane coating, mortar coating, or bare steel pipe with concrete encasement shall be used. (2) Lining: The standard pipe lining shall be epoxy lining. Where indicated on the Drawings, mortar lined steel pipe shall be used. C. The pipeline shall be suitable to carry potable water treated with chloramines or gaseous chlorine to maintain a disinfectant residual. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Experience Requirements: (1) Pipe shall be the product of one manufacturer who has had not less than 5 years successful experience manufacturing pipe of the particular type and size indicated. Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, lining, and coating) shall be performed at one location unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Fittings may be manufactured at an alternate location, provided they are supplied under the responsible authority of the Pipe Manufacturer. All pipe shall be new and not supplied from inventory. All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in the Continental U.S.A., and shipping over salt waterways will not be allowed. (2) The Manufacturer shall be certified either under S.P.F.A. or ISO 900I quality certification program for steel pipe and accessory manufacturing. (3) Approved manufacturers include Hanson Pipe, Northwest Pipe, American Spiral Weld, Ameron, Mid —America, and Jifco. No other Suppliers will be allowed. B. Owner Testing and Inspection: (1) Pipe will be subject to inspection by an independent testing laboratory, which laboratory shall be selected and retained by the Owner. Representatives of the laboratory or the Engineer shall have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation or progress, and the Pipe Manufacturer shall provide proper facilities for access and for inspection. The Pipe Manufacturer shall notify the Owner in writing, a minimum of 2 weeks prior to the pipe fabrication so that the Owner may advise the Manufacturer as to the Owner's decision regarding tests to be performed by an independent testing laboratory. Material, fabricated parts, and pipe, which are discovered to be defective, or which do not conform to the requirements of this specification shall be subject to rejection at any time prior to Owner's final acceptance of the product. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-123 June 2023 MOW Lubbock n5 (2) The inspection and testing by the independent testing laboratory anticipates that production of pipe shall be done over a normal period of time and without "slowdowns" or other abnormal delays. In the event that an abnormal production time is required, and the Owner is required to pay excessive costs for inspection, then the Contractor shall be required to reimburse the Owner for such laboratory costs over and above those which would have been incurred under a normal schedule of production as determined by the Engineer. C. Factory Testing: (1) The Manufacturer shall perform all tests as required by the applicable AWWA standards and as listed herein. (2) Cement Mortar Lining: Shop -applied cement mortar linings shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C205 and as specified in Section 09960 "High -Performance Coatings." (3) Coating: The pipe coating shall be tested as specified in Section 09960 "High - Performance Coatings." (4) Hydrostatic Pressure Testing and Welding Testing: (a) Each joint of pipe shall be hydrostatically tested prior to application of lining or coating. The internal test pressure shall be that which results in a fiber stress equal to 75 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel used. Each joint of pipe tested shall be completely watertight under maximum test pressure. As a part of testing equipment, the Pipe Manufacturer shall maintain a recording pressure gauge, reference number of pipe tested, etc. The pipe shall be numbered in order that this information can be recorded. (b) Fittings shall be fabricated from hydrostatically tested pipe. All welds on fittings shall be tested by hydrostatic test, ultrasonic test, air test, or magnetic particle test. Air test shall be made by applying air to the welds at 10 pounds per square inch pressure and checking for leaks around and through welds with a soap solution. In addition, 5 percent of welds on fittings shall be checked with x-ray or ultrasonic testing by an independent certified welding inspector paid for by the Pipe Manufacturer. (5) Charpy V-Notch Test: Each heat of steel for plates or coil used for pipe barrels 0.25 inches and thicker shall be tested to verify minimum impact values of 25 ft-lb at 30 F in accordance with ASTM A370. (6) Elongation: For the tensile test specified in ASTM A370, 2-inch test pecimens shall show elongations not less than 22 percent for each heat of steel. (7) Mill Certification: The Owner will require the Manufacturer to furnish mill test certificates on reinforcing steel or wire, steel plate, steel coil, and cement. The Manufacturer shall perform the tests described in AWWA C200, for all pipe, fittings, and specials. D. Manufacturer's Technician for Pipe Installation: (1) During the construction period, the Pipe Manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory trained, qualified, job experienced technician to advise and instruct as necessary in pipe laying and pipe jointing. The technician shall assist and advise the Contractor in his pipe laying operations and shall instruct construction personnel in proper joint assembly and joint inspection procedures. The technician is not required to be on -site full Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-124 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock time; however, the technician shall be on -site during the first 2 weeks of pipe laying and thereafter as requested by the Engineer, Owner, or Contractor. (2) The Pipe Manufacturer shall provide services of the Coating Manufacturer's representative and the Heat Shrink Joint Manufacturer's representative for a period of not less than 2 weeks at the beginning of actual pipe laying operations to advise Pipe Manufacturer, Contractor and Owner regarding installation, including but not limited to, handling and storage, cleaning and inspecting, coating repairs, field applied coating, heat shrink joint installation procedures and general construction methods and how they may affect the pipe coating. The Manufacturer's representative shall be required to return if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the coating or the Contractor's construction methods do not comply with the Specifications. Cost for the Manufacturer's representatives to return to the Site shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.3 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300 "Submittal Procedures" and shall include: (1) 1. Shop Drawings: (a) Prior to the fabrication of the pipe, submit fabrication and laying drawings to the Engineer. Shop Drawings shall include a schematic location profile and a tabulated layout schedule, both of which shall be appropriately referenced to the stationing of the proposed pipeline as shown on the plan and profile sheets. Shop Drawings shall be based on the drawings and Specifications and shall incorporate changes necessary to avoid conflicts with existing utilities and structures. Shop Drawings shall also include full details of reinforcement, and dimensions for pipe and fittings. Details for the design and fabrication of all fittings, specials, and provisions for thrust restraint shall be included. (b) Where welded joints are required, Shop Drawings shall include: (1) Welding requirements. (c) 2). Location and dimension of all additional outlets required by the Contractor to install welds. (2) 2. Certificate of Adequacy of Design: Prior to shipment of the pipe, the Contractor/Pipe Manufacturer shall submit an affidavit certifying that the pipe, fittings, specials, and other products and materials furnished, comply with this Specification, Drawings, and the applicable requirements of AWWA C200, AWWA C205, AWWA C215, AWWA C222. (3) 3. Certified Test Reports: a. Submit the following Certified Test Reports prior to shipment of the pipe: (a) 1). Copies of results of factory hydrostatic tests and test of fittings. (b) 2). Mill certificates, including chemical and physical test results for each heat of steel, charpy v-notch tests, and elongation tests. (c) 3). A Certified Test Report from the Coating Manufacturer indicating that the coatings were applied in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and in accordance with this Specification on all pipe, fittings and joints made in the factory. (d) 4). Certified Test Reports for welder certification for factory and field welders. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-125 June 2023 MOW City of Lubbock u5 (e) 5). Certified Test Reports for factory welds of fittings from an independent Certified Welding Inspector paid for by the Pipe Manufacturer. (f) 6). Certified Test Reports for cement mortar tests. (4) 4. Record Data: (a) a. Before pipe installation begins: (1) 1). Provide copies of "Release for Manufacture" layout sheets. (ii) 2). Provide copies of all design calculations. (iii) 3). Where welded joints are required, provide the Contractor's Proposed Field Welding Procedure in accordance with this Specification, AWWA C206 and AWS D1.1. The Field Welding Procedure shall include provisions for thermal stress control and provisions for control of coating damage. (b) b. During pipe installation: (1) 1). Provide copies of agreed written method for taking pipe deflection measurements and format of deflection report. (ii) 2). Submit deflection report on a monthly basis. (iii) 3). Where welded joints are required: Daily welding reports for field welding showing welder and joint welded shall be submitted by the tenth day of each month. (c) c. After pipe installation: (1) 1). The Pipe Manufacturer shall provide AutoCad drawings of the pipe plan and profile layout sheets showing each joint of pipe and all appurtenances to the same coordinate system as used on the Drawings. (ii) 2). After construction, the Contractor shall provide Record Data showing top -of pipe survey every 100 feet along the pipeline. Survey shall include location of all valves, fittings, and appurtenances. 1.4 1.04 STANDARDS A. Except as modified or supplemented herein, the steel pipe, coatings, linings, fittings, and specials shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following standards and specifications, latest edition: ANSI/NSF Standard 61 AWS DLL Structural Welding Code AWWA C200 Steel Water Pipe — 6 In. (150 MM) and Larger AWWA C205 Cement Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe 4 In. (100 mm) and Larger — Shop Applied AWWA C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. (100 mm Through 3600 mm) AWWA C208 Dimensions for Steel Water Pipe Fittings AWWA C210 Liquid -Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-126 June 2023 Lubbock a5 AWWA C215 Extruded Polyolefin Coatings for Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines AWWA C216 Heat Shrinkable Cross -Linked Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines AWWA C217 Petrolatum and Petroleum Wax Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Connections and Fittings to Steel Water Pipelines AWWA C222 Polyurethane Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines and Fittings AWWA C602 Cement -Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines In Place - 4 In. (100 mm) and Larger AWWA M11 Manual: Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation AWWA C604 Installation of Steel Water Pipe — 4 In. and Larger ASME Shop Welding Certification ASTM A370 Standard Test Method and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates ASTM C35 Standard Specification for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM D16 Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials and Applications ASTM D522 Standard Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings ASTM E165 Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General Industry ASTM E709 Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing ASTM E1444 Standard Practice for Magnetic Particle Testing SSPC-SP-1 SSPC-SP-10 Near -White Blast Cleaning SSPC-PA2 SSPC-PA/Guide 3 A Guide to Safety in Paint Application SSPC-PS/Guide 17 A Guide for Selecting Urethane Painting Systems 1.5 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. A. Packing: (1) 1. The pipe shall be prepared for shipment to afford maximum protection from normal hazards of transportation and allow pipe to reach the Site in an undamaged condition. Pipe damaged in shipment shall not be delivered to the Site unless such damaged pipe is properly repaired. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-127 June 2023 MOW Lubbock a5 (2) 2. After the completed pipe and fittings have been removed from the final cure at the manufacturing plant, the pipe lining shall be protected from drying by means of plastic end covers banded to the pipe ends. Covers shall be maintained over the pipe ends at all times until ready to be placed in the trench. Moisture shall be maintained inside the pipe by periodic addition of water as necessary. (3) 3. Pipes shall be carefully supported during shipment and storage. Pipe, fittings, and specials shall be separated so that they do not bear against each other, and the whole load shall be securely fastened to prevent movement in transit. Ship pipe on padded bunks with tie -down straps approximately over stulling. Store pipe on padded skids, sand or dirt berms, tires, or other suitable means to protect the pipe from damage. As a minimum, each end of each length of pipe, fitting, or special and the middle of each pipe joint shall be internally supported and braced with stulls to maintain a true circular shape. More internal stulls shall be included to protect the pipe, lining, and coating from damage as determined by the Pipe Manufacturer. Internal stulls shall consist of timber or steel firmly wedged and secured so that stulls remain in place during storage, shipment, and installation. Pipe and liner shall be protected from damage from stulls using shaped wood pads or similar devices. Stulls shall not be welded directly to the pipe except at the end of the pipe where the lining is held back. Pipe shall be rotated so that one Stull remains vertical during storage, shipment and installation. Stulls shall not be removed until the pipe is laid, set to grade, and backfilled. (4) 4. Deliver, handle, and store pipe in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations and in accordance with Paragraph 3.0I.C. B. B. Marking for Identification: Each joint of pipe and each fitting shall have plainly marked on the inside of both ends, the class for which it is designed, the date of manufacture, and the identification number as shown on the Shop Drawings. Beveled pipe shall be marked with the amount of bevel. The top centerlines shall be marked on all specials. C. C. Point of Delivery: (1) 1. Pipe shall be hauled direct from pipe plant to the Site and strung along pipeline route, thus avoiding re -handling of pipe and the possibility of damage thereto. Where fully loaded truck and trailer cannot operate along the pipeline route, pipe may be unloaded at access points along the route, and brought to the trench side by approved methods; however, the Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that pipe is undamaged at the time of laying. (2) 2. If the pipe cannot be hauled directly from the pipe plant to the laying site, a maximum of two handlings is allowed in which case the maximum number of coating repairs is reduced to five. (3) 3. Shipment by rail will be unacceptable, unless it can be demonstrated that it will not damage the pipe. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel: Steel shall meet the requirements of AWWA C200 and shall be of continuous casting. (1) Steel shall be homogeneous and shall be suitable for field welding, fully kilned and fine Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-128 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock (2) Austenitic grain size. Steel shall have a minimum yield strength of 42,000 psi. B. B. Coatings and Linings: (1) Coatings: (a) Polyurethane Coating: Polyurethane coating shall be in accordance with Section 09960 "High -Performance Coatings." (b) Epoxy Coating: Where indicated on the Drawings, and for exposed piping, pipe shall have an epoxy coating per Section 09960 "High -Performance Coatings." (c) Mortar Coating: Mortar coating shall be in accordance with Section 09960 "High - Performance Coatings." (2) Linings: (a) Cement Mortar Lining: 1). Linings shall be shop -applied spun cement mortar lining for pipe sizes 108 inches and smaller. Shop applied cement mortar linings shall be in accordance with Section 09960 "High -Performance Coatings" and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C205 with the following modifications: Sand used for cement mortar shall be silica base and shall not leach in water. Curing of the linings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C205. Cement mortar linings shall be dense and smooth without bumps, blisters, ridges, or spalling, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All rough spots shall be smoothed out with a rubbing stone, or other method, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. (b) Epoxy Lining: Where indicated on the Drawings, at all insulating joints, and at all above grade piping provide epoxy lining in accordance with Section 09960 "High - Performance Coatings." C. Flange Nuts and Bolts: Nuts and Bolts shall be 304 stainless steel. Bolts shall conform to ASTM A193. Nuts shall conform to ASTM A194. Furnish all bolts, nuts, flange gaskets, and insulation kits. Use anti -seize compound during installation of all nuts and bolts. Thrust rods shall be carbon steel conforming to ASTM A193. D. Threaded Outlets: Where outlets or taps are threaded, furnish and install 304 stainless steel bushings for the outlet size indicated. E. Outlets for Weld Leads: The Contractor may use outlets for access for weld leads. Outlets shall be welded after use. Outlet configuration shall be as shown in the Shop Drawings. The minimum spacing for outlets for weld leads shall be 500 feet. Outlets through manways, air valves, and blow offs shall be used for access for weld leads, and shall be included in the calculation for 500-foot minimum spacing. F. Flexible Joint Couplings: See Section 15136 "Miscellaneous Valves." G. Test Bulkheads: Contractor shall furnish test bulkheads in accordance with Section 01666 "Hydrostatic Testing," the Drawings, and as needed to perform field hydrostatic tests. (1) Each test plug or bulkhead shall be designed to withstand the test pressure on either side with only atmospheric pressure on the opposite side. (2) Each test plug or bulkhead specified shall have a 30-inch access manhole in one side of the plug and a 12-inch flanged outlet on the other side of the plug as shown in the Drawings. 2.2 MIXES Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-129 June 2023 Lubbock u5 A. Mortar for Interior and Exterior Joints: Mortar shall be 1 part cement to 2 parts sand. Cement shall be ASTM C150, Type I/II. Sand shall be silica base of sharp sand that will not leach in water. Sand shall be plaster sand meeting ASTM C33. Exterior joint mortar (where applicable) shall be mixed to the consistency of thick cream. Interior joint mortar shall be mixed with as little water as possible so that the mortar is very stiff, but workable. Water for cement mortar shall be treated and suitable for drinking water. B. Mortar for Pipe Patching for Shop -Applied Cement Mortar Lining: Mortar for patching shall be as per interior joints. C. Bonding Agent: Bonding agent for cement mortar lining patching shall be Probond Epoxy Bonding Agent ET-150, parts A and B; Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod, or approved equal. 2.3 MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS A. A. Pipe: (1) Pipe Design: (a) Steel pipe shall be manufactured, and tested in conformance with AWWA C200, AWWA M11, and with the criteria specified herein. Sizes and pressure classes (working pressure) shall be as shown in the Drawings. For the purpose of pipe design, the transient pressure plus working pressure shall be 1.5 times the working pressure class specified. Fittings, specials, and connections shall be designed for the same pressures as the adjacent pipe. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and the design pressure in accordance with AWWA M11; using the following parameters: Note to Specifier: Remove deflection parameter for mortar coated pipe is not used in project. • Unit Weight of Fill (W) 130 pcf Live Load • AASHTO HS 20 at all locations, except at railroads • Coopers E 80 at Railroads • Trench Depth As indicated • Deflection Lag Factor (DI) 1.1 • Coefficient (K) 0.10 • Maximum Calculated Deflection (DX = DY) 2% (Polyurethane, epoxy, or concrete encased Steel Pipe) • Maximum Calculated Deflection (DX = DY) 1% (Mortar coated pipe, where allowed) • Soil Reaction Modulus (E') 1500 psi (Typical Granular Embedment Trench Section) • Soil Reaction Modulus (E') 3000 psi (Flowable Fill or Concrete Encased Trench Section) (b) The fittings and specials shall be designed in accordance with AWWA C208 and AWWA MI I except that crotch plates shall be used for outlet reinforcement for all Pressure Diameter Valves values (PDV), greater than 6000 unless otherwise specified. Where indicated on the Drawings, collars or wrappers shall be used in lieu Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-130 June 2023 City of Lubbock of crotch plates to allow working space and supports. Wrappers and collars shall meet ASME Standards. As an alternate to crotch plates, collars or wrappers may be used when designed in accordance with ASME Section VIII, Division 1. (c) Where the pipe requires additional external support to achieve the specified maximum deflection, the Contractor and Pipe Manufacturer will be required to furnish alternate methods for pipe embedment. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor by the Owner where this method is required. (d) Trench depths indicated shall be verified after existing utilities are located. Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe and embedment design depth. In no case shall the pipe and embedment system be installed deeper than its design allows. (e) Pipe shall be designed for full vacuum conditions without buckling, damage to lining, or damage to pipe joints. (2) Provisions for Thrust: (a) Thrust at valves, bends, tees, or other fittings shall be resisted by restrained joints. Thrust at bends adjacent to casing shall be restrained by welding joints through the casing and a sufficient distance each side of the casing. No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for pipe in casing unless the annular space in the casing is filled with grout. (b) Restrained joints shall be used a sufficient distance from each side of the valves, bend, tee, plug, or other fitting to resist thrust which develops at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purposes of thrust restraint, design pressure shall be 1.5 times the working pressure class. Restrained joints shall consist of welded joints unless other joint types are shown on the Drawings. (c) Thrust restraint design shall be the complete responsibility of the Pipe Manufacturer. The Pipe Manufacturer shall submit thrust calculations with the lay drawing submittal verifying that the thrust restraint system is adequate to meet the Pipe Manufacturer's minimum standards, AWWA MI I standards, and these Specifications, whichever is more stringent. The length of pipe with restrained joints to resist thrust forces shall be determined by the Pipe Manufacturer in accordance with AWWA MI I and the following: (1) The Weight of Earth shall be calculated as the weight of the projected soil prism above the pipe. (ii) Assume saturated soil conditions. 1. The soil density shall be reduced to its buoyant weight for all backfill below the water table. Soil Density 60 pcf (maximum value to be used) Coefficient of Friction 0.15 (maximum value to be used for polyurethane or Epoxy coated steel pipe) Coefficient of Friction 0.25 for mortar coated steel pipe (iii) For horizontal bends, the length of pipe to be restrained shall be calculated as follows: 1. For A less than 60 degrees: L= 2 x P x A x sin(A2) fx(We +Wp+Ww) Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-131 June 2023 City of Lubbock 2. For A greater than 60 degrees: L=PxAx(1—cos A) f x (We + Wp + Ww) L = Length of pipe to be restrained P = 1.5 times working pressure A = Cross -sectional area of pipe steel cylinder I.D. A = Deflection angle We = Weight of earth prism above the pipe Wp = Weight of pipe Ww = Weight of water f = Coefficient of friction (iv) For vertical bends, the length of pipe to be restrained shall be calculated per AWWA M11. (3) Inside Diameter: The inside diameter, including the cement mortar lining, shall be a minimum of the nominal diameter of the pipe specified, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to field verify that the nominal pipe diameter meets specifications before installing the pipe. Contractor shall coordinate pipe replacement with the Pipe Manufacturer for any pipe not meeting the specified internal diameter. (4) Wall Thickness: (a) The minimum pipe wall steel thickness shall be 0.250 inches or Pipe ID/230, whichever is greater for pipe and fittings, and a maximum minus tolerance of 0.005 inches per AWWA C200. Where indicated on the Drawings, pipe and fittings shall have thicker steel pipe wall. The minimum steel wall thickness shall also be such that the fiber stress shall not exceed 50 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel at working pressure, nor the following, at the specified working pressure. Pipe Type Maximum Stress at Working Pressure: Polyurethane or Epoxy Coated Steel 21,000 psi Mortar or Shotcrete Coated Steel Pipe 18,000 psi (b) Pipe which is placed in casing or tunnel shall have a minimum pipe wall steel thickness of 0.25 inches or Pipe ID/144, whichever is greater. (c) Fittings over 15 degrees, pipes with outlets 24-inches in diameter and larger, main line tees and wyes, and pipe which are above grade or exposed (not in a trench or casing) shall have the following minimum thickness: 36" Diameter and Smaller 0.25" 37" < Diameter < 60" 0.375" 61" < Diameter < 84" 0.50" 85" < Diameter < 96" 0.625" 97" < Diameter < 120" 0.75" Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-132 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock a� (d) Pipe, fittings, and specials shall be designed such that the maximum stresses in the pipe due to thrust loading will not exceed 18,000 psi nor 50 percent of the steel yield strength at the thrust design pressure (1.5 times working pressure). (5) Seams: Except for mill -type pipe, the piping shall be made from steel plates rolled into cylinders or sections thereof with the longitudinal and girth seams butt welded or shall be spirally formed and butt welded. There shall be not more than two longitudinal seams. Girth seams shall be butt welded and shall not be spaced closer than 6 feet except in specials and fittings. (6) Joint Length: Maximum joint length shall not exceed 50 feet. Maximum joint length of steel pipe installed in casing shall not exceed 25 feet. B. Joint Bonds, Insulated Connections, and Flange Gaskets: See Section 13110 "Passive (1) Cathodic Protection for Underground and Submerged Piping" and Section 15136 "Miscellaneous Valves." All rubber gasket joints shall be bonded for electrical continuity. C. Bend Fittings: All bend fittings shall have a minimum radius of 2.5 times the diameter to permit passage of pipeline pigs. D. Pipe Ends: Pipe ends shall be lap welded slip joint, butt strap joint, flanged joint, or flexible coupled joint. Pipe that has a diameter of 48 inches or smaller together with pressure class of 250 psi or lower may have welded joints or rubber gasket joints. Pipe ends shall be suitable for full vacuum and the maximum surge pressures indicated. (1) Rubber Gasket Joints: Rubber gasket joints shall be a rolled spigot or carnegie joint with rubber gasket for pressure classes up to 250 psi. Joints shall conform to AWWA MI I and AWWA C200. Joints shall be of clearances such that water tightness shall be provided under all operating and test conditions with a pipe diameter deflection of 4 percent. The joint shall be suitable for the specified pressure and a deflected joint with a pull of 3/4 inches. At the Pipe Manufacturer's option, all steel pipe joints may be lap -welded slip joints in lieu of rubber gasket joints. (a) Rolled Spigot Joints: The joint shall consist of a flared bell end formed and sized by forcing the pipe over a plug die or by expanding on segmental dies. The difference in diameter between the I.D. of bell and the O.D. of spigot shoulder at point of full engagement with an allowable deflection shall be no more than .00 inches to .04 inches as measured on the circumference with a diameter tape. The gasket shall have sufficient volume to approximately fill the area of the groove and shall conform to AWWA C200. (b) Carnegie Joints: The spigot end shall be a Carnegie shaped steel joint ring. Spigot ring shall be welded to the outside of the pipe can, with an inside weld also required where deemed necessary by the Manufacturer due to pipe loading conditions. The welded area of bell and spigot pipe ends shall be checked after forming by the magnetic particle method. (2) Lap Welded Slip Joint: (a) Lap welded slip joint shall be provided in all locations where any of the following criteria is met, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings: (1) lPipe ID is 54 inches and larger. (ii) Pressure class is 275 psi and greater. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-133 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock (iii) Joints are welded for thrust restraint. (b) Ends of pipe, fittings, and specials for field welded joints shall be prepared with one end expanded in order to receive a plain end making a bell and plain end type of joint. Clearance between the surfaces of lap joints shall not exceed 1/8 of an inch at any point around the periphery. (c) The depth of bell shall be such as to provide for a minimum clear distance of 2 inches between the weld and the nearest tangent of the bell radius when welds are to be located on the inside of the pipe. (d) The depth of bell shall be such as to provide for a minimum lap of 2 inches. Provide a deeper bell every 400 feet to accommodate thermal movement for which the minimum lap shall be 4 inches. (e) Lap welded slip joints shall be welded from the inside for pipe diameters 48 inches and larger. Lap welded slip joints shall be welded from the outside for diameters smaller than 48 inches. (3) For Fittings with Flanges: Flanged joints shall be provided at connections to valves and where indicated. Ends to be fitted with slip on flanges shall have the longitudinal or spiral welds ground flush to accommodate the type of flanges provided. Pipe flanges and welding of flanges to steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C207 and AWWA C206. Pipe flanges shall be of rated pressure equal to or greater than the adjacent pipe class. Flange drilling shall match the drilling of adjacent fittings or appurtenances which the flanges are to be attached to. Flanges shall be spot faced or back faced parallel to the front face. (4) Flexible Couplings: Flexible couplings shall be provided where shown in the Drawings and as specified in Section 15136 "Miscellaneous Valves." Ends to be joined by flexible couplings shall be of the plain end type, prepared as stipulated in AWWA C200. Pipe ends shall be truly circular to within 0.25 inch or the Coupling Manufacturer's tolerances, whichever is smaller. In addition, the welds on ends to be joined by couplings shall be ground flush to permit sliding the coupling in at least one direction to clear the pipe joint. Harness bolts and lugs shall comply with AWWA MI I and the Drawings. (5) Butt Strap Closure Joints: (a) Where necessary to make closure to pipe previously laid, closure joints shall be installed using butt strap joints in accordance with AWWA C206 and applicable provisions of this specification. (b) Butt strap shall have an inside and outside weld and shall be air tested. Air test shall be low pressure from a threaded fitting between the welds. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Project structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards that could develop during excavation support and protection systems operations. B. Shore, support, and protect utilities encountered. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-134 June 2023 Lubbock a5 C. Install excavation support and protection systems to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. D. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. (1) Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Locate excavation support and protection systems clear of permanent construction so that forming and finishing of concrete surfaces is not impeded. F. Monitor excavation support and protection systems daily during excavation progress and for as long as excavation remains open. G. Promptly correct bulges, breakage, or other evidence of movement to ensure that excavation support and protection systems remain stable. H. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by installing excavation support and protection systems. 3.2 SHEET PILING A. Before starting excavation, install one-piece sheet piling lengths and tightly interlock to form a continuous barrier. B. Limit vertical offset of adjacent sheet piling to sixty (60) inches. C. Accurately align exposed faces of sheet piling to vary not more than two (2) inches from a horizontal line and not more than 1:120 out of vertical alignment. D. Cut tops of sheet piling to uniform elevation at top of excavation. 3.3 TRENCH BOXES A. Provide Engineer approved trench boxes sufficient for depth and width of open -cut trench. B. All exposed trench shall be protected. 3.4 TRENCHING PROCEDURES A. Provide shoring systems in accordance with the Contractor's submitted design to adequately resist earth pressures. B. Proceed with work in an orderly fashion. C. Install trench bracing systems as soon as possible after opening trenches. D. Do not allow workers in trench prior to installing trench bracing systems. E. Backfill trenches as soon as possible after completion of work. F. Stockpile excavated materials at three (3) feet away from edge of trench. G. Maintain barricades and signage as required by State and Local codes to protect open excavations. H. Do not allow surface water to enter excavations. L Properly grade areas adjacent to trench excavations to control surface drainage away from excavations. J. If cut back method is allowed by Owner and is employed, maintain a clear distance of three (3) feet from edge of cut to avoid allowing loose material to enter trench. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-135 June 2023 City of Lubbock K. Cut back method may not be used where there is insufficient work area to employ it. L. Do not operate heavy equipment except for trench digging or pipe laying equipment within twenty (20) feet of edge of excavation. M. Haul trucks, if needed, may operate closer than twenty (20) feet to trench edge provided the Contractor deems it safe to do so. 3.5 REMOVAL AND REPAIRS A. Remove excavation support and protection systems when construction has progressed sufficiently to support excavation and bear soil and hydrostatic pressures. B. Remove in stages to avoid disturbing underlying soils or damaging structures, pavements, facilities, and utilities. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02631-136 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 02638: REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE PART GENERAL 4.1 WORK INCLUDED C. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install reinforced concrete pipe for storm sewer including connections and appurtenances, as required for the proper installation and function of the pipe as indicated herein. 3.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures. B. Submit complete product data for pipe, fittings and gaskets for approval. Indicate conformance to appropriate reference standards. C. Provide manufacturer's certificate of conformance to the specifications. The manufacturer shall provide load testing facilities for performing manufacturer's load tests in conformance with ASTM C 655 or ASTM C 76 as applicable, or shall arrange for an independent laboratory to perform load tests. (1) Lot size shall be the total number of joints of pipe of a specific diameter to be supplied on the project, regardless of D-Load. However, the load test shall not be run on a single D- Load of pipe if different D-Loads are being supplied for a single pipe diameter. If different diameters are supplied, there will be different lots and lot sizes. If different D- Loads are being supplied for a single diameter, at least one representative joint of pipe for each D-Load must be included in the sample size, even if it causes the number of samples to exceed the ASTM sample size. (2) Sample size for testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C 655, paragraph 10, "Acceptance of Pipe by Load Testing" for each lot of pipe. Sampling and testing shall be for each size of pipe to be furnished for the project; however, the sample size is not based on each D-Load rating. For example, if the indicated ASTM sample size is 4 joints of 48- inch diameter pipe, the four joints of pipe need not be for the same reach of storm sewer or for the same D-Load. However, if three D-Loads are within the four -joint sample size, then at least one joint of each D-Load rating must be included. (3) Sampling shall be at random in accordance with paragraph 4.1.1 of ASTM C 655, provided that the D-Load representation specified herein is maintained. (4) Load testing for precast reinforced concrete pipe shall be to the formation of 0.01-inch crack. (5) Pipe that has been used in the 0.01-inch crack load tests, meets the strength requirements, and is otherwise in conformance with the specifications, may be used in the project. PART 4 PRODUCTS 4.1 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Acceptable types and classes of pipe are shown on the drawings. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02660-137 June 2023 A City of Lubbock Circular reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 76, where such C76 pipe is required or permissible on the drawings. Lifting holes will not be permitted. Pipe shall have rubber gasketed joints conforming to ASTM C 443. Reinforced concrete D-load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 655, where C655 pipe is required on the drawings or permissible. Lifting holes will not be permitted. Pipe shall have rubber gasketed joints conforming to ASTM C 443. Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor's pipe manufacturer to perform a pressure test on a water -tight joint, at the manufacturer's facilities, to be witnessed by the Owner and/or Engineer to prove the joint's compliance with the specifications, addenda and manufacturer's representations. Such manufacturer's facility test shall be for each diameter size and material type of pipe to be furnished on the project. The test pressure shall meet or exceed the maximum pressure listed on the drawings. The manufacturer shall provide all materials and test apparatus for the pressure and leakage test, including facilities to maintain internal pressure, replenish pipe water holding capacity, and for rotating the pipe as necessary for observation of the water leakage defined in the above paragraphs. The internal test pressure will be allowed to "bleed off' to a lower limit of 80 percent of the required pressure, but must be returned to the pressure listed in the drawings within 10 minutes of reaching the lower test limit. The manufacturer shall conduct a safety briefing for the Owner and/or Engineer prior to joint make-up and the pressure test. No test joints shall be assembled unless witnessed by the Owner or Engineer and each joint shall be made-up the same as for the field installation on this project. The Contractor shall be expected to make-up the joints in the same manner and with the same types and quantities of materials and same procedures in order to meet specifications. Once the test joint and/or joints are made and the pipe is safely secured, the test pipe shall be filled with water and the test pressure range of 80 percent to 100 percent maintained as noted above in this paragraph. The duration of holding the test pressure range for each individual test run shall not be less than 24 continuous hours, unless the pipe is emptied at the Owner's or Engineer's request for rotation of the pipe joint. In such case, the pipe may be depressurized and emptied of water for the rotational activity, and such rotation of the test pipe shall be performed when requested by the witnessing Owner or Engineer. A limit of one rotation activity for each test is hereby established. Such interruption of the pressure test shall not require that the 24-hour test period start over. The elapsed time prior to rotation activity shall count toward the total 24-hour pressure test period. The test apparatus shall include chart recorders for continuous recording of each test for pressure and duration. Additional instrumentation and recording devices shall be used for maintaining a record of the joint leakage volume over the duration of each test. One photocopy of the recorded test data for each passing test shall be made available to the Owner for the Owner's records. Concurrent tests on the different joint types, pipe diameters and pipe materials may be performed at the manufacturer's discretion. Pipe joint failure, as defined above, at any time during the 24-hour test period shall be considered as a failing test. Re -testing shall begin anew the 24-hour test period. The Owner and/or Engineer can require the joint test to be conducted at manufacturer's maximum deflection of the pipe joint. The Owner and/or Engineer shall not be prohibited from videotaping and/or photographing, for each test, the materials for each test, joint make-up activity, testing apparatus, immediate test area, and the test itself. Other portions of the manufacturer's facility and operations shall not be videotaped or photographed without written permission from the manufacturer. The manufacturer is hereby notified that such videotapes and/or photographs, by the nature of the Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02660-138 June 2023 MOW City Of Lubbock Owner being a municipality, become public documents. The Owner, Engineer, and their representative shall not be required to sign confidentiality consent agreements. 4.2 JOINT SEALANT A. Rubber Gaskets (1) Furnish rubber gasket conforming to ASTM C 443 for circular reinforced concrete pipe. . 4.3 MARKING A. The following information shall be clearly marked on each section of pipe: (1) The class or D-load of pipe. (2) The date of manufacture. (3) The name or trademark of the manufacture. (4) Storm sewer line designation in which the pipe will be installed. Mark interior and exterior of pipe with line designation. Do not cover other pipe markings. Pipe transported to the site without specified markings shall not be unloaded. These additional markings need not be stenciled, but shall be legible. 4.4 INSPECTION A. The Engineer shall be entitled to inspect pipes or witness the pipe manufacturing. Such inspection shall not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products that comply with the applicable standards and these specifications. B. Manufacturer's Notification: Should the Engineer wish to see specific pipes during any phase of the manufacturing process, the manufacturer must provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and where the production of those pipes will take place. The Engineer shall make known to manufacturer of the intent to inspect production. The manufacturer shall then inform Engineer of the dates planned for production. C. Failure to Inspect: Should the Engineer elect not to inspect the manufacturing, testing, or finished pipes; it in no way implies approval of products or tests. D. The Engineer and Owner shall be entitled to witness the load tests. The manufacturer must provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and where the load tests will take place. The Engineer shall then make known whether or not the load tests will be observed. 4.5 CAUSES FOR REJECTION A. Pipe shall be subject to rejection for failure to conform to any of the specification requirements. Individual sections of pipe may be rejected because of any of the following: I. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint and the end crack is field repaired. 2. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning, mixing and molding. 3. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02660-139 June 2023 of Lubbock ,S 4. Damaged ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint, including failure to use chain or tie -down guards during transportation. 5. Exposed reinforcement not intended for tie to cast -in -place concrete. 6. Other damage or defects that, in the opinion of the Engineer, is detrimental to the function or longevity of the work. PART 5 EXECUTION 5.1 INSTALLATION A. Conform to requirements of the following Sections, as applicable: (1) Section 02631 - Storm Sewers. B. Install reinforced concrete pipe in accordance with the Drawings. 5.2 TESTING A. Refer to Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Storm Sewer. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4Isolation Project Section 02660-140 June 2023 Cof Lubbocity k SECTION 02665: WATER PIPING, VALVES, AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section of the specifications covers all water piping, valves, and fittings required for the project. B. Section Includes: (1) Material Schedule (2) Submittals (3) References (4) Materials (5) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (6) Ductile Iron Pipe (7) Concrete Cylinder Pipe (8) Pipe Fittings (9) Flexible Couplings and Flanged Coupling Adapters (10) Pipe Joints (11) Steel Casing (12) Valves (13) Fire Hydrants (14) Polyethylene Wrap (15) Joint Restraints (16) Concrete (17) General (18) Inspection (19) Responsibility for Materials (20) Handling Pipe and Accessories (21) Alignment and Grade (22) Manner of Handling Pipe and Accessories in Trench (23) Cleaning and Inspecting (24) Laying and Jointing PVC Pipe (25) Plugging Dead Ends (26) Fittings (27) Setting Valves, Valve Boxes, Fire Hydrants and Fittings (28) Thrust Restraint (29) Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling (30) Line Testing (31) Disinfection of Pipelines Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02660-1 June 2023 Cof Lubbocity k (32) Installation of Steel Pipe Casing and Pipe in Casing (33) Pipe Identifiers (34) Cleanup 1.2 MATERIAL SCHEDULE A. 6", 8", 10" and 12" lines shall be AWWA C 900, DR 18 PVC pipe. B. Ductile Iron Fittings (AWWA C 153) C. Tapping Sleeve (ductile iron or stainless steel) D. Gate Valves E. Valve Boxes F. Fire Hydrants (AWWA C 502) G. Mechanical Joint Restraints 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all manufacturers' data for all pipe and fittings including all pipe thickness class calculations, steel casing, and casing spacers. B. Submit affidavits of compliance with appropriate standards. C. Submit product warranties. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. E. Submit manufacturer's loading, unloading, and storage requirements. F. Submit product information for pipe identification tape. G. Submit concrete mix design for concrete thrust blocking. 1.4 REFERENCES A. AWWA C 104 — Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. B. AWWA C 110 — Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings, 3 inch through 48 inch, for Water. C. AWWA C I I I — Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. D. AWWA C 104 — Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves. E. AWWA 509 — Resilient Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply. F. AWWA C 900 — Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 inch through 12 inch, for water distribution. G. AWWA C 905 — Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 inch through 48 inch, for water transmission and distribution. H. AWWA C 301 — Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and other Liquids. L AWWA C 303 — Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type J. ANSI/AWWA C-200 Standard for Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger K. ANSI/AWWA C-205 Standard for Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe - 4 in. and Larger -Shop Applied L. ANSI/AWWA C-206 Standard for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02660-2 June 2023 Cof Lubbocity k M. ANSI/AWWA C-207 Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Works Service, 4" - 144" N. ANSI/AWWA C-208 Standard for Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings O. ANSI/AWWA C-209 Standard for Cold -Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines P. ANSI/AWWA C-210 Standard for Liquid -Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines Q. ANSI/AWWA C-214 Standard for Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines R. ANSI/AWWA C-216 Standard for Heat -Shrinkable Cross -Linked Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines S. ANSI/AWWA C-218 Standard for Coating the Exterior of Aboveground Steel Water Pipelines and Fittings T. ANSI/AWWA C-219 Standard for Bolted Sleeve -Type Couplings for Plain -End Pipe U. ANSI/AWWA C-222 Standard for Polyurethane Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines and Fittings V. AWWA M-I I Steel Pipe - A guide for Design and Installation W. ASTM A 106 Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High -Temperature Service. X. ASTM A 53 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless Y. ASTM E 165 Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination Z. ASTM E 709 Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination AA. ASME Section V Nondestructive Testing Examination BB.ASME Section IX Welding and Brazing Qualification. CC.AWS B2.1 Standard for Welding Procedure and Welding Qualifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All pipe, fittings, and valves shall be new and of the best quality in material and workmanship. B. All pipe, fittings, and valves shall conform to American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NSF) Standard 61. C. In areas where natural gas lines exist, and are cathodically protected by means of impressed current, only electrically non-conductive pipe shall be allowed. 2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE A. PVC pipe 12 inches and smaller shall be AWWA C-900, DR-18. B. PVC pipe 14 inches and larger shall be AWWA C-905, DR-21. The outside diameter of the PVC pipe shall be cast iron equivalent. C. PVC pipe shall be formed with an integral bell and shall be joined using a gasketed bell and spigot joint. Spigot ends shall be beveled and reference marked to facilitate joining and insure proper seating depth. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F 477. The nominal joint length shall be twenty (20) feet. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02660-3 June 2023 City of Lubbock D. AWWA C-900 and C-905 pipe shall be marked as prescribed by AWWA standards including nominal size, dimension, ratio, AWWA pressure class, manufacturer's name and code, and seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water. E. Pipe shall meet all additional test requirements as described in AWWA C-900 or C-905, as applicable. F. All PVC pipe shall be approved by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for use in the transportation of potable water and shall bear the NSF seal of approval. 2.3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. Ductile Iron pipe 12" shall be Class 200. B. Ductile iron pipe to be furnished shall conform to the following standard specifications or latest revisions: (1) ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50-81 (2) ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4-80 (3) ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.4-80 C. All ductile iron pipe shall be cement lined in accordance with AWWA C104-80 (ANSI A21.4) specifications. The external surface shall be coated with an asphalt base paint. D. All joint for ductile iron pipe shall be of the rubber gasket bell and spigot type, except where connecting flanged fittings, and shall otherwise conform to the base specifications to which the pipe is manufactured. E. The joint shall be latest approved type of rubber gasket joint for ductile iron pipe. F. All joints of ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be sealed with a continuous ring rubber gasket meeting standards specified by AWWA C11-72 (ANSI A21.11) or its latest revision. 2.4 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE A. Prestressed Concrete Embedded Cylinder pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest revision of AWWA C-301. B. Pretensioned Concrete Cylinder Pipe (PCCP) shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest revision of AWWAS C303-78 C. Concrete Cylinder Pipe shall withstand a minimum pressure of 150 p.s.i. longitudinally and helically. D. The joints of the pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe and fittings shall be sealed with a continuous ring rubber gasket meeting standards specified in AWWA C303-78. E. A Portland cement mortar shall be used to fill the annular space both inside and outside of Joints in the pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe. (1) Portland cement used in the mortar shall conform to "Standard Specifications and Test for Portland Cement" A.S.T.M. serial designations C150 and C77. (2) Sand for the mortar shall conform to A.S.T.M. designation C-33-52T for fine aggregate. (3) The exterior joints on pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe shall be poured with a heavy duty diaper. (a) The width of the diaper shall be nine inches. (b) The band shall be provided with 3/8 inch x 0.20 steel straps on each side. 2.5 PIPE FITTINGS A. General: Pipe fittings shall be of a type and design especially suitable for use with the type of piping with which they are installed. Pressure rating of fittings shall not be less than that of the pipe. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02660-4 June 2023 City of Lubbock B. All ductile iron fittings shall have an external bituminous coating and shall be cement lined in accordance with AWWA C 104. C. Fittings shall be ductile iron and shall be mechanical joint or push -on joint unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings. D. Ductile Iron Fittings — Ductile iron fittings shall conform to AWWA C 153 110. Fittings shall be mechanical joint or push -on joint unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings. E. All fittings shall have a pressure rating equal to that of the pipe with which they are used but in no case less than 150 psi. F. Unless otherwise indicated, all ductile iron fittings shall have an external bituminous coating and shall be cement -lined in accordance with the specifications for coating and lining the pipe. G. All ductile iron fittings shall be cast from the same quality of metal used in casting ductile iron pipe and shall be subjected to the same test requirements. Marking and weighing shall be as required for ductile iron pipe. H. Where flanged fittings are used, the flanges shall be of the same material as the fitting. Where bell or mechanical joint fittings are used, the bells shall be cast integrally with the fitting. Screwed -on bells will not be acceptable. 2.6 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS AND FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS A. Flanged coupling adapters and flexible couplings shall be provided at the locations shown on the Drawings and at other locations required for installation of the piping system. B. Flanged coupling adapters will be provided with anchoring studs to provide thrust restraint. Epoxy coated sheet construction shall be used for all couplings. All bolts, nuts, and washers shall be stainless steel. 2.7 PIPE JOINTS A. Push -on Joints — Push -on joints shall be as specified in AWWA Standard C 111. B. Mechanical Joints —Mechanical joints shall be as specified in AWWA Standard C111. 2.8 STEEL CASING A. Steel casing shall be new welded steel pipe with minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi meeting ASTM A36. The exterior of the casing pipe shall have a bituminous coating. B. Casing wall thickness for installation shall be in accordance with the City of Lubbock Design Standards and Specifications. C. Casing spacers shall be used to install carrier pipe inside the encasement pipe and to provide support around the periphery of the pipe should the pipe twist as it is pushed through the casing. D. The spacers shall be of a projection type that has a minimum number of projections around the circumference totaling the number of diameter inches. For example, eight (8) inch pipe shall have a minimum of eight (8) projections and eighteen (18) inch pipe shall have a minimum of eighteen (18) projections. E. Casing spacers shall use double backed tape, provided with the spacers, to fasten tightly onto the carrier pipe so that the spacers do not move during installation. Installation instructions shall be provided with each shipment. F. Casing spacers shall have a span of ten (10) feet to six (6) feet dependent on the total load anticipated with the pipe full of liquid. The maximum load shall not exceed the load limits per spacer listed in the brochure. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02660-5 June 2023 City of Lubbock G. These values in the brochure include conservative safety factors for class spacer used. Spacers shall have minimum height that clears the pipe bell or as otherwise indicated on plans. H. Casing spacers shall be projection type totally non-metallic spacers constructed of preformed sections of high -density polyethylene. Spacers shall be ISO 9002 certified for strength and quality. L Manufacturer: Projection type spacers shall be Raci type spacers, or equal approved by the Engineer, along with wrap around end seal made of 1/8" think rubber with stainless steel bands. 2.9 VALVES A. Valves that are twelve (12) inches and smaller shall be gate valves unless otherwise noted on the plans or specified herein. All valves shall be designed for a working pressure of at least 150 psi unless otherwise noted. B. Gate Valves: (1) All gate valves shall be resilient seat or double disk parallel seat, iron body; bronze mounted throughout and shall meet all requirements of AWWA C 509. (2) The valves shall be of the type of joint used in the piping. (3) All valves shall open by turning to the left, and unless otherwise specified, shall have non -rising stem when buried and outside screw and yoke when exposed, and be furnished with a two (2) inch operating nut when valves are buried and shall be furnished with hand wheels when exposed. (4) Gate valves shall be furnished with O-ring stem packing. (5) All gate valves shall be designed to withstand a working pressure of 200 psi unless otherwise noted. (6) Gate valves shall be meet the City of Lubbock Design Standards and Specifications. (7) All ductile iron shall conform to A536 Grade 65-45-12. Castings shall be clean and sound without defects that will impair their service. No plugging or welding of such defects will be allowed. (8) Bolts shall be electro-zinc plated steel with hex heads and hex nuts in accordance with ASTM 307 and A563, respectively. (9) All parts for valves furnished must be standard and completely interchangeable with valves of the same brand. Successful bidder to furnish to the Owner, upon request, a letter stating the type of valves to be installed and a letter from the manufacturer stating that the parts are standard and interchangeable. C. Valve Boxes and Extension Stems: (1) Extension stems shall be furnished on buried valves where the top of the operating nut is more than ninety (60) inches below finished grade. Top of the extension stem shall not be more than thirty-six (36) inches below the top of the valve box. (2) Buried valves shall be provided with cast iron valve boxes. (3) The boxes shall be designed to fit over a section of six (6) inch C 900 PVC riser pipe, which will be used, as an extension from the top of the valve to within six (6) inches of the ground surface. (4) The box shall have a heavy cast iron cover marked "Water". (5) The box shall have a flange type base, with the base being approximately four (4) inches larger in diameter than the outside diameter of the barrel of the box. (6) The necessary length of the six (6) inch C 900 PVC riser pipe required for the extension shall be considered as a part of the box. (7) Valve boxes shall be East Jordan Iron Works No. 8453, or approved equal. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02660-6 June 2023 Cof Lubbocity k D. FIRE HYDRANTS (1) Hydrants shall meet the City of Lubbock Design Standards and Specifications (2) Hydrants shall meet AWWA C-502 (3) Hydrants shall have an iron body, bronze mounted throughout and be designed for working pressure of 150 psi. (4) Hydrants shall be traffic model type with a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, two (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles, and one (1) 4-inch steamer nozzle. (5) The hydrant shall be for a 6-inch main. E. Butterfly Valves — Class 150B (1) General: The butterfly valve shall be designed expressly for waterworks applications and shall be of the double offset design. Zero and single offset butterfly valve designs are not acceptable. Valves shall be of the size and class indicated in the Valve Schedule. All valves shall be bubble tight and sized for bi-directional water service, full rated pressure, and a line velocity of 16 feet per second, and a velocity rating of 50 feet per second on line break conditions. Actuators shall be sized for conditions given in Valve Schedule. Valve shall be suitable for plant service or direct buried service without modifications to the valve. (2) Pressure Class: Butterfly valves shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C504-15 Class 150B and be rated at 250 psi. (3) Flanges: Flanges shall be in conformance with ASME B 16.1 Class 125. Flange faces shall be coated in accordance with Section 2.A.(18) Paint and Coatings. Flanges shall have machined groves to improve gasket sealing. (4) Valve Lay Length: Flanged valve lay lengths shall be in accordance with AWWA C504-15, Table 1 short bodied valves. (5) Body: Valve bodies shall be ductile iron, ASTM A536 65-45-12. Carbon steel and Cast Iron are not acceptable material for the valve body. A. The entire valve body, excluding shaft bores, shall be coated for corrosion protection. (6) Valve Tags: Valves shall be equipped with mechanically fastened stainless steel stamped or engraved tags as detailed in Section 2.A.(19) Marking. Painted lettering on tags will not be accepted. (� Disc: The disc shall be ductile iron ASTM A536 65-45-12 or ASTM A536 60- 40-18. Unless stainless steel, the entire disc and all its wetted surfaces shall be coated, without exception, in accordance with Section 2.A.(18) Paint and Coatings. Disc pins shall extend completely through the valve and shall be mechanically fastened and O-Ring sealed and shall be ASTM A240 Type 2205 Duplex Stainless Steel. Carbon steel is not an acceptable material for the valve disc. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02660-7 June 2023 (8) Shaft: Shafts shall meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA C504-15 and the following: A. Valve shafts shall be dual stub shafts of stainless -steel ASTM A240 Type 2205 Duplex. (9) Elastomeric Seat: Valve seats shall be field replaceable and shall be secured to the valve disc by a 316-stainless steel seat retainer ring and secured by 316 stainless steel fasteners. Bronze and carbon steel seat retainer rings are not acceptable. Elastomeric valve seats shall be field replaceable in -line without having to remove the valves from service. The eastomeric seat material shall be EPDM. The EPDM seat shall not be "sandwiched" between the disc and the retaining ring. This causes a bulging effect if the bolts are not all tightened to the exact same torque. The Disc and Retaining ring shall have metal to metal contact to prevent this bulging effect. The valve shall be bi- directionally leak free. The field replaceable seat shall not require special skills or tools to replace the seal. Elastomeric seat methods which use either irreplaceable vulcanized seats or which use hardened epoxy or grout in a dovetailed groove are not acceptable. Elastomeric seats with seams are not allowed. (10) Metallic Seating Surface: The metallic seating surface shall be located in the valve body. Seating surfaces shall be a highly wear resistant, double overlay welded 316 Stainless Steel_ The seat shall be applied through a high alloy weld overlay process and shall have a final surface minimum thickness of no less than 5mm's. Replaceable metallic seating surfaces in the body are not acceptable. (11) Shaft Seals: Shaft seals shall be appropriate for service specified. Shaft seals shall be composed of a minimum of 8 O-ring seals protecting both the OD and ID of the shaft bearings Elastomer packing material shall be EPDM. Shaft Seals shall be clearly shown on submittal drawings. Packing will not be allowed. (12) Hardware: A. All fasteners and hardware shall be type 316 stainless steel. B. Bolt sizes for all tapped holes shall be identified Paint and Coatings: A. All valves shall be NSF/ANSI 61 certified by an accredited service. B. All sharp edges to be coated shall have the necessary beveling or long radius to assure consistent coating thickness. C. The Valve Manufacturer is required to have and follow a system of valve preparation and coating which assures a quality holiday free application and shall comply with the requirements of AWWA C550. The coating system shall be submitted for approval. D. Coatings shall be either of the following: i. An Owner approved 390-degree F plus, heat bonded fusion coated to a final dry film thickness no less than 12 mils. (13) An Owner approved two-part liquid epoxy. A minimum of two separate 6 mill coats to a final dry film thickness DFT of no less than 14 mils. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02660-8 June 2023 (14) Marking: A. All parts subject to disassembly prior to shipment shall be marked for identification and match marked. Match marking information shall be submitted in the O&M manual. B. Casting markings shall conform to the appropriate section of MSS-SP-25 each valve shall be marked with the Valve Manufacturer's name, valve size, body material, and pressure rating cast into the body of the valve. Lettering shall be a minimum of inch tall and project a minimum of 1/10 inch from the body. C. Each individual piece of equipment shall bear a stainless -steel nameplate attached with stainless steel screws or rivets, upon which there shall be engraved or stamped the following minimal information. Painted lettering on tags shall not be accepted. i. Valve Manufacturer's name or trademark ii. Valve Manufacturer's serial number iii. Valve Size iv. Valve Pressure Rating (15) APPROVED VALVE MANUFACTURERS A. Av-Tek Inc. — DEX 2504 or owner and/or engineer pre -approved equal Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02660-9 June 2023 B. Valve Manufacturer Warranty (1) The Valve Manufacturer shall warrant all valves against material and Workmanship defects for a period not less than Three (3) years. The warranty period shall start at installation or at no more than two months from delivery; whichever comes first. Any valve component failure during the warranty period shall be corrected by the Valve Manufacturer. (2) The Valve Manufacturer shall have an authorized warranty service center within the continental United States of America. (3) The Valve Manufacturer shall provide a signed Certificate of Warrantywhich states the following: A. Owners Purchase Order or Contract Number B. Equipment to be warranted including valve serial number and Owners Equipment Number. C. The date the warranty begins D. The date the warranty ends E. The name, office address, telephone number, fax number, and e-mail address of the valve warranty contact representativewithin the continental United States of America. F. The name, address, telephone number, fax number, and e-mail address of the Valve Manufacturer's authorized warranty service center within the continental United States of America. 2.10 POLYETHYLENE WRAP A. All buried valves and fittings shall be thoroughly wrapped prior to installation with a polyethylene material meeting the requirements of ASTM D 1248. B. The polyethylene material shall have a minimum thickness of eight (8) mils. C. The wrap shall be secured by two (2) inch duct tape. 2.11 JOINT RESTRAINTS A. Uniflange series 1500 joint restraint for PVC pipelines or approved equal. B. Must meet all pressure testing requirements of ASTM F-1674. C. Materials must meet requirements of ASTM A-536. D. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. 2.12 CONCRETE A. Concrete may be used for blocking the pipe and fittings and shall conform to the concrete specifications, as set forth in the Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete, except a minimum compressive strength of 2,800 psi will be acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02665-10 June 2023 A. All pipe and accessories shall be unloaded, handled, laid, jointed, tested for defects and for leakage, and disinfected in the manner herein specified. 3.2 INSPECTION A. The pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and during the progress of the Work and any material found to be defective will be rejected by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall remove such defective material from the site of the Work. 3.3 RESPONSIBILITY FOR MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material furnished and shall replace, at the Contractor's expense, all such material that is found to be defective in manufacture or has become damaged in handling after delivery. 3.4 HANDLING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES A. All pipe, fittings, and other accessories shall, unless otherwise directed, be unloaded at the point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the site of the Work by the Contractor. B. In loading and unloading, they shall be lifted by hoists or slid, or rolled on skidways in such a manner as to avoid shock or damage to the materials. Under no circumstances shall they be dropped. Pipe handled on skyways must not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. C. The pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be placed along the site in such a manner as to be kept as free as possible from dirt, sand, mud, and other foreign matter. 3.5 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE A. All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as established on the ground by the Engineer. B. The Contractor shall verify horizontal and vertical locations of items critical to the alignment and grade of the proposed water line. C. Confirm compliance with the Drawings and Specifications. D. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in a vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions, to plumb valves, or where vertical or horizontal curves are shown or permitted, the degree of deflection at each joint shall not exceed the maximum deflection noted on the Drawings. 3.6 MANNER OF HANDLING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES IN TRENCH A. After the trench grade has been completed, all bell holes dug and the grade inspected, the pipes and accessories may be placed in the trench. B. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of derricks, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment, in such a manner so as to prevent damage to the material in any way. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench. 3.7 CLEANING AND INSPECTING A. Before lowering into the trench, the pipe shall be again inspected for defects and the pipe, while suspended, shall be lightly hammered to detect cracks. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe and materials shall be rejected. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02665-11 June 2023 B. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and from all bells, spigots, or parts of the pipe used in forming the joint, before the pipe is lowered into the trench, and it shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. C. At a time when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by approved means, and no trench water shall be allowed to enter the pipe. 3.8 LAYING AND JOINTING PVC PIPE A. General: Unless otherwise directed, pipe shall be laid with bells facing in direction of laying; and for lines on appreciable slopes, bells shall, at the discretion of the Engineer, face up grade. B. Cutting of pipe for inserting fittings or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or the cement lining. C. The jointing shall be completed for all pipe laid each day, in order not to leave open joints in the trench overnight. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by approved means, and not trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe. D. No pipe shall be laid in water, or when the trench conditions or weather are unsuitable for such work, except by permission of the Engineer. E. Before laying the pipes, all lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot ends of each pipe; the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry. Pipe ends shall be kept clean until joints are made. F. Defective joints shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer. G. Mechanical Joint Piping: (1) The last eight (8) inches outside of the spigot and inside of the bell of mechanical joint pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit, excess coating, and other foreign matter from the joint, and then painted with lubricant recommended by the pipe manufacturer. (2) The cast iron gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end of the pipe with the lip extension of the gland toward the socket or bell end. (3) The rubber gasket shall be painted with lubricant recommended by the pipe manufacturer and placed on the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland. (4) The entire section of the pipe shall be pushed forward to seat the spigot end in the bell. (5) The gasket shall then be pressed into place within the bell; care shall be taken to locate the gasket evenly around the entire joint. (6) The gland shall be moved along the pipe into position for bolting, all of the bolts inserted, and the nuts screwed up tightly with the fingers. (7) All nuts shall be tightened with a suitable torque limiting wrench. (8) Nuts spaced 180 degrees apart shall be tightened alternately in order to produce an equal pressure on all parts of the gland. H. If water gets in the trench before the joint is completed, or if the pipe is disturbed from line and grade after being laid, the pipe shall be taken up, the joints cleaned and the pipe re-laid. I. Immediately after completion of the jointing, sufficient bedding and backfill material shall be placed around and over the pipe to hold the pipe to line and grade. J. Pre -molded joints shall be made in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the pipe. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02665-12 June 2023 K. The surfaces of the jointing material on both the bell and spigot at each joint shall be wiped with the solvent recommended by the pipe manufacturer. L. The spigot shall then be firmly forced into the bell using a bar or other similar lever and a block of wood to prevent damage to the pipe. 3.9 PLUGGING DEAD ENDS A. Standard plugs shall be inserted into the bells of all dead ends and pipes, tees, or crosses and spigot ends shall be capped. B. Plugs or caps shall be jointed to the pipe or fittings in the same manner used in jointing the pipe. C. All plugs and caps shall have horizontal thrust blocks. 3.10 FITTINGS A. Fittings shall be set at the locations shown on the plans or at locations as established by the Engineer, and shall be set and jointed to the pipe in the manner heretofore specified for pipe installations. Concrete blocking shall be provided for all buried fittings. 3.11 SETTING VALVES, VALVE BOXES, FIRE HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS A. Valves and fittings shall be set at the locations shown on the Drawings and shall be set and jointed to the pipe in the manner heretofore specified for pipe installations. B. All valves shall be hub end as required and all valves buried in the ground shall have a cast iron or precast concrete valve box set over the valve. C. All valves shall be set vertical, unless otherwise specified, and shall be thoroughly checked for operation prior to installation. D. After pressure has been applied to the line, stuffing boxes shall be checked for operation prior to installation. E. After pressure has been applied to the line, stuffing boxes shall be checked and tightened if necessary. F. Valve Boxes: (1) Valve boxes shall be firmly supported and maintained centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the ground or at such a level as directed by the Engineer. (2) All valve boxes under pavement shall be adjusted to finished pavement grades. G. Fire Hydrants: (1) Fire hydrants shall be located at the points shown on the Drawings. (2) All fire hydrants shall be set plumb, to the grade established on the Drawing, and with the steamer nozzle at right angles to the street. (3) Hydrants shall be supported in such a manner as not to cause a strain on the fire hydrant lead or branch. (4) The bowl of the hydrant shall be well braced against unexcavated earth at the end of the trench with concrete blocking. (5) The concrete blocking shall be placed so as not to interfere with the hydrant drains and so that the joints of the flanges are accessible. (6) Blocking of gate valves on fire hydrants leads shall be with concrete as shown on the Drawings. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02665-13 June 2023 (7) The hydrants shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt or foreign matter and checked for operation prior to installation. Drain holes shall not be blocked or sealed. (8) Fire hydrants shall be installed and maintained so that the center of the lowest water outlet shall be eighteen (18) inches from the ground. (9) Fire hydrants shall be installed with the four (4) inch nozzle facing the required access way. 3.12 THRUST RESTRAINT A. All fittings, valves and fire hydrants, unless otherwise specified, shall be provided with suitably restrained joints per the manufacturer's recommendation. B. Restrained push -on or mechanical joints, mechanical joint anchoring fittings, and mechanical joints utilizing setscrew ductile iron retainer glands shall be used in lieu of concrete thrust blocking. Thrust blocking will be allowed only under special circumstances as approved by the Engineer. 3.13 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING. A. Backfill and compaction shall be performed in accordance of COL Ordinance 2007-00122. B. Backfill around pipe with specified granular bedding material that is free of large rocks, topsoil, debris or other unacceptable material. C. The Backfill around the pipe shall be shovel sliced around the haunch of the pipe and mechanically compacted or hand tamped to a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe. D. Backfill from 12 inches above the pipe to the finished grade will be as follows: (1) For unpaved areas: (a) Use excavated material that is free of large rocks, debris or other material determined unsuitable by the Owner's Representative. Backfill shall be placed in maximum six (6) inch lifts and compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density at +/- 2% optimum moisture content. (b) Each lift shall be tested at a maximum of 500 feet intervals according to ASTM designation D-698. (c) These tests shall be performed by a reputable contractor specializing in geotechnical work and will be at the successful bidder's expense. (d) Copies of these tests shall be provided to the Owners Representative. (2) For paved areas: (a) Place Cement Stabilized Backfill (CSB) meeting City of Lubbock Standards under the bottom of the pavement in a minimum thickness of 12". (b) The Backfill from 12-inches above the top of pipe to the CSB shall be in placed in maximum 6 inch lifts and compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density. (c) Each lift shall be tested at a maximum of 500 feet intervals according to ASTM designation D-698. (d) These tests shall be performed by a reputable contractor specializing in geotechnical work and will be at the successful bidder's expense. (e) Copies of these tests shall be provided to the Owners Representative. (3) The City of Lubbock will perform random spot testing at no expense to the contractor. 3.14 LINE TESTING Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02665-14 June 2023 A. After the pipe is laid and the joints completed, each section or run of piping, shall be tested as specified herein. The Contractor shall bear all costs of providing all equipment, materials, labor, and other incidentals required to test pipe lines as specified herein. B. The Contractor shall provide suitable means for filling the lines and developing the required pressure in the lines. C. Testing procedure shall be as follows: (1) Duration — The duration of the hydrostatic test shall be a minimum of four (4) hours. (2) Pressure — The pipeline shall be tested so that the pressure at the lowest point in the test section is at least 100 percent, but not greater than 120 percent of the pressure class of the pipe, and the minimum pressure at the highest point in the test section is not less than 85 percent of the pressure class of the pipe. D. Allowable Leakage —The maximum allowable leakage for push -on joints is the number of gallons per hour as determined by the following formula(s): E. PVC: Ductile Iron: (1) L = ND(P) 1�2 L = SD(P) iz (2) 7,400 133,200 (3) where: (a) L = allowable leakage in gallons per hour (b) N = number of joints in length of pipe tested (c) S = length of pipe (d) D = nominal diameter of the pipe in inches (e) P = average of the maximum and minimum pressures within the test section in psi F. Any leakage which becomes evident prior to final acceptance of the project shall be found and repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer even though the particular line has been previously accepted and tested. 3.15 DISINFECTION OF PIPE LINES A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for the disinfection of all pipe lines, which shall be disinfected before being placed in service. B. The lines shall be disinfected by the application of a chlorinating agent in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C 651, include the placement of hypochlorite granules in the pipe during construction. C. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48 hours in advance of disinfection so that the Engineer or Owner's Representative may witness the disinfection activities. D. Quality Assurance: (1) Bacteriological sampling and test will be performed in accordance with the latest requirements of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. (2) The City of Lubbock laboratory will be used for bacteriological testing. E. Chemicals: (1) Acceptable disinfectants are liquid and solid forms of hypochlorites. Chlorine gas is not acceptable. (2) Acceptable chemicals for neutralizing chlorinated water are liquid and solid forms of sodium bisulfate, sodium sulfite, and sodium thiosulfate. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02665-15 June 2023 (3) The water being used to fill the line shall be controlled to flow into the section to be sterilized very slowly, and the rate of application of the chlorinating agent shall be proportioned at least fifty (50) parts per million in the water entering the pipe. F. Temporary Facilities: (1) Provide temporary taps or blowoffs as required. As a minimum, use a two (2) inch diameter steel pipe and fittings with isolation valves and sampling taps. (2) Water used for the initial flushing as well as the final chlorination shall be introduced into the pipeline through a corporation stop or other approved connection inserted in the horizontal axis of the newly laid pipe. (3) No connection to the existing distribution system is allowed until the pipeline has passed all bacteriological testing. G. Final Flushing: (1) Flush the water system of the highly chlorinated water within twenty-four (24) hours of initial chlorination. (2) Flush water in a location and manner approved by the Engineer. (3) Neutralize the highly chlorinated water to a maximum free chlorine residual of 1.0 mg/L. H. Sampling and Analysis: (1) Collect bacteriological samples at intervals no more than 1000 feet and one (1) sample from each end of the pipeline in the presence of the Engineer or Owner's representative. (2) The Owner's representative or the Engineer shall deliver the samples to the City of Lubbock Health Department or the City of Lubbock Water Treatment Laboratory for analysis. (3) Collect samples after the initial disinfection and after the facilities have been filled with chlorinated water and a free chlorine residual of at least 0.5 mg/L has been detected. I. Acceptance: (1) Facilities will be considered properly disinfected when two (2) consecutive sets of acceptable bacteriological samples, taken at least twenty-four (24) hours apart, have indicated the absence of coliform organisms. J. After acceptance by the Engineer, remove all temporary facilities and properly plug test taps. The pipeline may then be connected to the City of Lubbock water distribution system. 3.16 INSTALLATION OF STEEL PIPE CASING AND PIPE IN CASING A. Installation of the casing pipe sleeves shall be accomplished by boring as specified herein. B. Equipment used shall be such size and capacity as to allow the placement of the casing to proceed in a safe and expeditious manner. Installation of the casing and the excavation and removal of the materials within the casing shall proceed simultaneously. C. The boring shall proceed from a pit provided for the boring equipment and workers. D. Excavation and location of the pit shall be approved by the Engineer and County as appropriate. E. Boring without the concurrent installation of the casing pipe will not be permitted. F. The use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be permitted only to the extent of lubricating cuttings. G. Jetting will not be permitted. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02665-16 June 2023 H. Overcutting in excess of one (1) inch shall be remedied by concrete pressure grouting the entire length of the installation. L All casing pipe joints shall be welded. J. Care shall be taken to keep the pipe sleeve on the proper line and grade. K. After the casing pipe has been jacked and bored and is accepted by the Engineer, the pipe shall be shoved through the casing. L. The pipe shall be pushed or pulled through the casing by exerting pressure on the barrel of the pipe and not on the bell, and shall be done in such a manner that the joint is always in compression during the shoving operation. 3.17 PIPE IDENTIFIERS A. Marking Tape: (1) All pipes installed in an open trench will be identified with the appropriate color and description of three (3) inch wide pipe identification tape. (2) Install the tape parallel to the pipe it identifies at a distance above the pipe of twelve (12) to eighteen (18) inches. (3) Above non-metallic (PVC) pipe material, install a tape detectable with a metal detector from the top of finished grade. (4) Install detectable tape as deep as it can be detected but no closer to the non-metallic pipe than twelve (12) inches. B. Locator Wire: (1) On non-metallic (PVC) pipe material, install twelve (12) gauge minimum solid copper with 30 mil HDPE thermoplastic insulation directly above piping. 3.18 CLEANUP A. The backfill shall be rounded up over the trench sufficiently to allow for future settlement and any excess dirt shall be removed from the site. B. The Contractor shall maintain the trench surfaces in a satisfactory manner until final completion and acceptance of the Work. C. The maintenance shall include blading from time to time as necessary, filling depressions caused by settlement, and other work required to keep areas in a presentable condition. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02665-17 June 2023 Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02730-18 June 2023 Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02750-19 June 2023 Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 02920-20 June 2023 City of Lubbock SECTION 03300: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes, but is not limited to cast -in -place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, curing, and finishes. B. Section Includes: (1) Definitions (2) Submittals (3) Quality Assurance (4) Deliver, Storage and Handling (5) Form -Facing Materials (6) Steel Reinforcement (7) Reinforcement Accessories (8) Concrete Materials (9) Admixtures (10) Curing Materials (11) Repair Materials (12) Concrete Mixes (13) Fabricating Reinforcement (14) Concrete Mixing (15) Formwork (16) Embedded Items (17) Removing and Reusing Forms (18) Shores and Reshores (19) Steel Reinforcement (20) Joints (21) Concrete Placement (22) Miscellaneous Concrete Items (23) Concrete Protecting and Curing (24) Field Quality Control 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash or other pozzolans, ground granulated blast -furnace slag, and silica fume. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix, include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 03300 - 21 June 2023 MOW City of Lubbock u5 C. Indicate amounts of mix water withheld for later addition at Project site. Water added at project site will not be permissible without paperwork showing how much water has been withheld. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. C. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. E. ACI Publications: Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are indicated: (1) ACI 301 — Specification for Structural Concrete (2) ACI 117 —Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. B. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth -Formed Finished Concrete: Form -facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable size to minimize number of joints. B. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel material. C. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, earth, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. D. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum.\ E. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. F. Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials. G. Form -Ties: Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass -fiber -reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. H. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than one (1) inch to the place of the exposed concrete surface. L Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes less than one (1) inch in diameter in concrete surface. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 03300 - 22 June 2023 VuLubbockof ,S J. Furnish ties with integral water -barrier plates to walls indicated to receive damp proofing or waterproofing. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. B. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's Manual of Standard Practice from steel wire, plastic, and as follows: (1) For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected or CRSI Class 2 stainless -steel bar supports. (2) For slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. (3) Wood, concrete, or clay blocks are not permissible. C. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain -steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C. C. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, and as follows: D. Class: Moderate weathering region, but not less than 3M. E. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water- soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. B. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. C. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. D. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. E. Water -Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. F. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. G. Moisture Retaining Film: Dayton Superior — Sure Film J-74. 2.6 CURING MATERIALS A. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. B. Curing blankets approved by the Engineer. 2.7 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at the edges to match adjacent elevations. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 03300 - 23 June 2023 City of `Lubbock a$ B. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, Portland Cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. C. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. D. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch, or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. E. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field data bases, as follows: (1) Proportion normal -weight concrete according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. (2) Standard design mix to be used unless noted otherwise, provide normal weight concrete with the following properties: (3) Compressive Strength (28 days): 3000 psi (4) Type I cement (5) Fly Ash: Allow up to 25% of cementitious material (6) Minimum Slump: 4 inches (7) Maximum Slump: 6 inches (8) Maximum Slump for Concrete Containing High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture: 8 inches after admixture is added to concrete with 2 to 4 inch slump. (9) Maximum Water/Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.55 (10) Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content of five (5) to seven (7) percent, unless otherwise indicated. B. Cementitious Materials: (1) For concrete exposed to deicers, limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland cement according to ACI 301 requirements. (2) Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland cement in concrete as follows: (a) Fly Ash: 20 percent (b) Do not air entrain concrete to trowel -finished interior floors and suspended slabs. Do not allow entrapped air content to exceed 3 percent. (c) Admixtures with chloride ions are prohibited. C. Admixtures: (1) Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. (2) Use water -reducing admixture or high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. (3) Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. (4) Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water/cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 03300 - 24 June 2023 MOW City of Lubbock 2.9 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's Manual of Standard Practice. 2.10 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94, and as specified. B. When air temperature is between 85 degrees Fahrenheit and 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing and delivery time from ninety (90) minutes to seventy-five (75) minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 degree Fahrenheit, reduce mixing and delivery time to sixty (60) minutes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: (1) Class B, 1/4 inch (2) Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. (3) Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. (4) Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. (5) Provide top forms for included surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerf wood inserts form forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. (6) Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. (7) Set edge of forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. (8) Provide and secure units to support screed strips, use strike -off templates, or compacting type screeds. (9) Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. (10) Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. (11) Form openings, chases, offsets, linkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. (12) Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. (13) Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 03300 - 25 June 2023 City of Lubbock ,, $ (14) Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. B. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. C. Install anchor bolts, accurately located, to elevations required. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. Formwork, for sides of beams, walls, columns and similar parts of the Work, that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degree Fahrenheit for 52 hours after placing concrete provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form -removal operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Leave formwork, for beam soffits, joist, slabs, and other structural elements, that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved the following: (1) At least 70 percent of 28-day design compressive strength. C. Determine compressive strength of in -place concrete by testing representative field or laboratory cured test specimens according to ACI 301. D. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release agent. E. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES A. Comply with ACI 318, ACI 301, and recommendations in ACI 347R for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. B. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. 3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with CRSI's Manual of Standard Practice for placing reinforcement. B. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repaid damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. C. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials. D. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. E. All reinforcement to be in place prior to placing of concrete. Equipment will not be allowed to drive over reinforcement. 3.6 JOINTS A. Construction joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 03300 - 26 June 2023 Lubbock a� B. Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. C. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. D. Form from preformed galvanized steel, plastic keyway -section forms, or bulkhead forms with keys, unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. E. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam -girder intersection. F. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. G. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. H. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. I. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness, as follows: (1) Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8 inch wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. (2) Curb and Gutter Joints: Curbs and gutter shall be constructed with an expansion joint at the tangent point on each return at intersections and at the end of each day's concrete pour. (a) A construction or contraction joint shall be located at intervals corresponding to the joint interval of the adjacent concrete pavement or as directed by the Owner's Representative. (b) Joints in the new concrete pavement shall extend through the new curb and gutter unless otherwise directed by the Owner's Representative. (c) All joints shall be perpendicular to the surface of the concrete and to the axis of the section. (d) The contraction joints shall be made by cutting into the curb and gutter sections with a trowel a depth of 22 inches; these joints shall be finished as specified under finishing. (e) Expansion joint material shall be an approved preformed bituminous impregnated non -extruding type jointing material, meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 213. The joint material shall be 1/2 inch thick, and shaped to the section of the curb and gutter or other work. (3) Sidewalk Joints: Space contraction joints at 4 feet and expansion joints every 20 feet. Expansion joints shall be placed between existing and new setting of concrete. (4) Dowel Joints: Install dowel sleeves and dowels or dowel bar and support assemblies at joints where indicated. (a) Use dowel sleeves or lubricate or asphalt -coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 03300 - 27 June 2023 MOW City of Lubbock AS 3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement, unless approved by the Engineer. C. Before placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. D. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing admixtures to the mix. E. Water may not be added beyond the limit of water withheld from the plant. F. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. G. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. H. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. I. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic, to avoid cold joints. J. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R. (1) Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Inset and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator. (2) Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. (3) Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. (4) At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate. K. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. L. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. M. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. N. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. O. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. P. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. Q. Cold Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. (1) When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 degree Fahrenheit, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mix temperature of not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit and not more than 80 degrees Fahrenheit at point of placement. Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 03300 - 28 June 2023 Vub�io'kk a (2) Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. (3) Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs. R. Hot Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 350R and as follows, when hot weather conditions exist: S. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 degrees Fahrenheit at time of placement. T. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. U. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. V. Cover steel reinforcement with water -soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. W. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.8 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. B. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete Work. 3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Formed Surfaces: Cured formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. (1) Leave forms in place for a minim of 3 days. (2) Upon removal of forms, apply approved curing compound. C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. (1) Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces, by the following method: D. Concrete shall be wet cured for 3 days after concrete placement. Wet curing shall begin immediately after final finishing of slab surface and shall consist of continuous misting by sprinkler or wet burlap. (1) No work will be permitted on the slab during wet curing. E. Immediately after removal of sprinkler or burlap, Contractor shall apply approved curing compound. F. During cold weather concrete placement, in lieu of wet curing, the Contractor shall place plastic sheets over the concrete surface with blankets over the plastic. Plastic shall remain in place for 3 days. G. Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to hardened concrete by power spry or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 03300 - 29 June 2023 City of Lubbock A. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device will be permitted by the Engineer. END OF SECTION Pump Station 4 Isolation Project 03300 - 30 June 2023 City of Lubbock PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK Pump Station 4 Isolation Project Section 03300-31 June 2023 Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR.